Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents SCORE for Small Business Act of 2022

SCORE for Small Business Act of 2022

Summary

Report 117-257 of the 117th Congress, 2d Session, dated March 7, 2022, in which Ms. Velázquez reports for the Committee on Small Business on H.R. 6450, the SCORE for Small Business Act of 2022. The bill would amend the Small Business Act to reauthorize the SCORE program, and the committee reports favorably without amendment. Closing bill text provides that small business concerns may access technical information and advice by telephone and electronically to increase energy efficiency and reduce energy costs, and authorizes such sums as are necessary to remain available until expended.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Issuer
Congressional materials
Document type
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt257 Crpt 117Hrpt257
Case
Crpt Crpt 117Hrpt257 Crpt 117Hrpt257

Cite this document

“SCORE for Small Business Act of 2022.” Original at www.govinfo.gov. Archived at Pandemic Darlings, https://pandemicdarlings.com/source-documents/crpt-crpt-117hrpt257-crpt-117hrpt257/, SHA-256 e0e43807714f291b450e4ecf8798f3a495ea411f794e4b4be3896bcb1bf87a97.

Full text

                                                                                  117TH CONGRESS                                                                                           REPORT
                                                                                                 " HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES                                                        !
                                                                                     2d Session                                                                                            117–257




                                                                                                  SCORE FOR SMALL BUSINESS ACT OF 2022



                                                                                   MARCH 7, 2022.—Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of
                                                                                                     the Union and ordered to be printed




                                                                                            Ms. VELÁZQUEZ, from the Committee on Small Business,
                                                                                                           submitted the following


                                                                                                                                  R E P O R T
                                                                                                                              [To accompany H.R. 6450]

                                                                                    The Committee on Small Business, to whom was referred the bill
                                                                                  (H.R. 6450) to amend the Small Business Act to reauthorize the
                                                                                  SCORE program, and for other purposes, having considered the
                                                                                  same, reports favorably thereon without amendment and rec-
                                                                                  ommends that the bill do pass.
                                                                                                                                         CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Page
                                                                                       I. Purpose and Bill Summary ........................................................................                    1
                                                                                      II. Background and Need for Legislation .......................................................                          2
                                                                                     III. Hearings .......................................................................................................     2
                                                                                     IV. Committee Consideration ...........................................................................                   3
                                                                                      V. Committee Votes .........................................................................................             3
                                                                                     VI. Section-by-Section for H.R. 6450 ...............................................................                      3
                                                                                    VII. Congressional Budget Office Cost Estimate .............................................                               6
                                                                                   VIII. New Budget Authority, Entitlement Authority, and Tax Expenditures                                                     6
                                                                                     IX. Committee Oversight Findings and Recommendations ...........................                                          6
                                                                                      X. Statement of General Performance Goals and Objectives .......................                                         7
                                                                                     XI. Duplication of Federal Programs ...............................................................                       7
                                                                                    XII. Congressional Earmarks, Limited Tax Benefits, and Limited Tariff
                                                                                            Benefits .....................................................................................................     7
                                                                                   XIII. Federal Mandates Statement .....................................................................                      7
                                                                                    XIV. Federal Advisory Committee Statement ...................................................                              7
                                                                                     XV. Applicability to Legislative Branch ...........................................................                       7
                                                                                    XVI. Constitutional Authority Statement ..........................................................                         7
                                                                                   XVII. Changes in Existing Law Made by the Bill, as Reported ........................                                        7

                                                                                                                    I. PURPOSE AND BILL SUMMARY
                                                                                    The purpose of H.R. 6450 ‘‘The SCORE for Small Business Act
                                                                                  of 2022,’’ is to maintain the integrity, accounting, and performance
                                                                                  standards of the U.S. Small Business Administration’s (SBA)




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  SCORE program, and to reauthorize the SCORE program.
                                                                                        29–006




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:05 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006     PO 00000       Frm 00001       Fmt 6659      Sfmt 6602      E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX            HR257
                                                                                                                                        2

                                                                                                      II. BACKGROUND AND NEED FOR LEGISLATION
                                                                                    H.R. 6450 was introduced by Representatives Young Kim (R–
                                                                                  CA), and Angie Craig (D–MN) on January 20, 2022. The bill would
                                                                                  reauthorize the SCORE program for FY2022–FY2023 and make
                                                                                  programmatic improvements to ensure greater oversight of the pro-
                                                                                  gram.
                                                                                    The legislation maintains safeguards to the SCORE program to
                                                                                  ensure that the Small Business Administration (SBA) is a good
                                                                                  agent of government funds, and that the counseling and training
                                                                                  program is operating effectively and efficiently for the 30 million
                                                                                  small business owners and aspiring entrepreneurs throughout the
                                                                                  country.
                                                                                    America’s 30 million small businesses account for more than 56
                                                                                  million jobs and create two out of three private sector jobs in the
                                                                                  United States. The SBA offers a wide range of free or low-cost
                                                                                  counseling and training services through its entrepreneurial eco-
                                                                                  system to help entrepreneurs launch and grow their small busi-
                                                                                  nesses. SCORE, a Resource Partner of the SBA, is the nation’s
                                                                                  largest network of volunteer expert business mentors and is dedi-
                                                                                  cated to helping small businesses get off the ground, grow, and
                                                                                  achieve their goals.1 Since 1964, they have provided education and
                                                                                  mentorship to over 11 million entrepreneurs.2 SCORE provides
                                                                                  face-to-face or virtual counseling at over 250 chapters with 10,000
                                                                                  SCORE volunteers.3 In addition, SCORE volunteers provide a full
                                                                                  range of business consultation services, such as business plan de-
                                                                                  velopment; strategic marketing; and financing ideas. The SBA’s
                                                                                  SCORE database enables small businesses to find SCORE volun-
                                                                                  teers that best match the needs of their business. In 2020, SCORE
                                                                                  helped create 45,027 new businesses and 74,535 new jobs, and it
                                                                                  had a return on federal investment of $67.35 for every $1 appro-
                                                                                  priated.4 SCORE was the only SBA Resource Partner to not receive
                                                                                  additional COVID–19 relief funding through the CARES Act.5
                                                                                    The Office of Inspector General (OIG) regularly conducts audits
                                                                                  and evaluations of SBA’s programs. On April 25, 2019, the Inspec-
                                                                                  tor General released the findings of an audit (Report No. 19–12.)
                                                                                  of SCORE. The OIG found that improvements are needed to ensure
                                                                                  SCORE minimizes risk of fraud or misuse of program funds, and
                                                                                  SBA did not ensure it accurately measured the effectiveness of the
                                                                                  SCORE program. Since the report’s release, SCORE has closed all
                                                                                  of the OIG’s recommendations and made incredible progress in
                                                                                  strengthening the oversight of the program.
                                                                                                                             III. HEARINGS
                                                                                    In the 117th Congress, the Committee on Small Business, Sub-
                                                                                  committee on Innovation, Entrepreneurship, and Workforce Devel-
                                                                                  opment, held a hearing on May 19, 2021, entitled, ‘‘The Small Busi-
                                                                                  ness Administration’s Entrepreneurial Ecosystem: An Update and
                                                                                  Next Steps with SBA’s Resource Partners.’’ During the hearing,
                                                                                       1 SCORE, About SCORE, https://www.score.org/about-score (last visited June 10, 2021).
                                                                                       2 Id.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    3 Id.
                                                                                    4 Letter from SCORE to the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Small Business
                                                                                  (Feb. 3, 2021) (unpublished letter) (on file with Committee).
                                                                                    5 See Pub. L. No. 116–136.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022     Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                      3

                                                                                  Committee Members heard from SBA Resource Partners and a
                                                                                  Small Business Development Center (SBDC) client.
                                                                                     Ms. Bridget Weston, CEO, SCORE, testified that SCORE’s net-
                                                                                  work of volunteer mentors is the nation’s largest with over 10,000
                                                                                  volunteers across over 240 chapters. SCORE’s mentors are current
                                                                                  or former business executives and entrepreneurs that provide first-
                                                                                  hand knowledge to SCORE clients to better assist them in starting
                                                                                  and growing their businesses. The impact of SCORE’s mentoring
                                                                                  services is vast and in FY 2020, SCORE held over 315,000 men-
                                                                                  toring sessions with SCORE mentors volunteering almost 4 million
                                                                                  hours of service. In addition, Ms. Weston discussed the program’s
                                                                                  accomplishments in closing all the SBA Office of Inspector Gen-
                                                                                  eral’s (OIG) recommendations within one year of the report’s re-
                                                                                  lease. Lastly, Ms. Weston discussed the future goals for SCORE in-
                                                                                  cluding expanding outreach to underserved communities, increas-
                                                                                  ing mentor diversity, improving resource sharing for mentors and
                                                                                  Chapters, and increasing monetary support to Chapters.
                                                                                     On October 6, 2021, the Committee held a hearing entitled,
                                                                                  ‘‘SBA’s Entrepreneurial Development Programs,’’ and heard testi-
                                                                                  mony from SBA’s Assistant Administrator for the Office of Entre-
                                                                                  preneurial Development, Mark Madrid. Mr. Madrid testified about
                                                                                  the importance of SCORE within SBA’s entrepreneurial ecosystem.
                                                                                  In addition, Mr. Madrid testified on the Administration’s efforts to
                                                                                  bolster the technical assistance offered by SCORE, and SBA’s other
                                                                                  Resource Partners, to meet the needs of small businesses across
                                                                                  the country.
                                                                                                               IV. COMMITTEE CONSIDERATION
                                                                                    The Committee on Small Business met in open session, with a
                                                                                  quorum being present, on February 3, 2022, and ordered H.R. 6450
                                                                                  favorably reported to the House of Representatives. During the
                                                                                  markup, no amendments were offered.
                                                                                                                     V. COMMITTEE VOTES
                                                                                     Clause 3(b) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representa-
                                                                                  tives requires the Committee to list the recorded votes on the mo-
                                                                                  tion to report legislation and amendments thereto. The Committee
                                                                                  voted by voice vote to favorably report H.R. 6450 to the House of
                                                                                  Representatives at 10:37 A.M.
                                                                                                        VI. SECTION-BY-SECTION FOR H.R. 6450
                                                                                  Section 1. Short title
                                                                                    This Act may be cited as the ‘‘SCORE for Small Business Act of
                                                                                  2022.’’
                                                                                  Section 2. SCORE program provisions and requirements
                                                                                     This section amends Section 8 of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                  U.S.C. § 637) and officially changes the name of the Service Corps
                                                                                  of Retired Executives (SCORE) to the SCORE program. The change
                                                                                  is reflective of how the SCORE program has grown beyond merely




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  utilizing retired executives for its volunteer base and today utilizes
                                                                                  entrepreneurs who may still be actively engaged in running their
                                                                                  businesses.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                      4

                                                                                     This section strikes subsection (c) and inserts the following:
                                                                                     (c) SCORE Program.
                                                                                     Subsection (1)—Definitions.
                                                                                     This subsection defines key terms in subsection (c).
                                                                                     Subsection (2)—Cooperative Agreement.
                                                                                     This subsection gives the Administrator the authority to enter
                                                                                  into a cooperative agreement with the SCORE Association (Associa-
                                                                                  tion) to carry out the program, and delineates the requirements of
                                                                                  the Administrator, the SCORE Association, and their joint duties.
                                                                                  The duties of the Administrator include conducting a financial ex-
                                                                                  amination of the Association every two years, reviewing and ap-
                                                                                  proving contracts entered into by the Association, maintaining a
                                                                                  system for SCORE to submit documentation, and reconciling the
                                                                                  differences between the Association’s performance report and the
                                                                                  results reported in the Office of Entrepreneurial Development’s
                                                                                  management information system. The duties of the Association in-
                                                                                  clude managing SCORE Chapters (Chapter(s)), providing annual
                                                                                  training to Association employees on generating and using program
                                                                                  income, submitting training verification documentation to the Ad-
                                                                                  ministrator, separating donations from federal funds received
                                                                                  through the cooperative agreement, and maintaining and enforcing
                                                                                  requirements for volunteers to provide mentoring, and facilitate
                                                                                  free or low-cost educational workshops for small business owners
                                                                                  and entrepreneurs. Joint duties include developing and imple-
                                                                                  menting plans to provide services to individuals in rural areas, eco-
                                                                                  nomically disadvantaged communities, or traditionally underserved
                                                                                  communities, and reinforcing an inclusive culture by recruiting di-
                                                                                  verse volunteers for Chapters.
                                                                                     Subsection (3)—Online Component.
                                                                                     This subsection requires the Association to, in addition to pro-
                                                                                  viding in-person services, maintain and expand online counseling
                                                                                  services through webinars, electronic mentoring platforms, and on-
                                                                                  line toolkits to further support entrepreneurs.
                                                                                     Subsection (4)—Accounting.
                                                                                     This subsection requires the Association to: maintain a central-
                                                                                  ized accounting and financing system for each SCORE Chapter;
                                                                                  maintain uniform policies and procedures to manage federal funds;
                                                                                  and appoint an employee to serve as a compliance officer to ensure
                                                                                  expenditures are compliant with laws, regulations, and cooperative
                                                                                  agreements.
                                                                                     Subsection (5)—Compensation.
                                                                                     This subsection limits employee compensation by capping the
                                                                                  maximum pay rate for an individual to the level received by an
                                                                                  SBA employee in the career Senior Executive Service and limits
                                                                                  the amount available for performance awards to five percent of the
                                                                                  aggregate salaries. The Association must submit the number and
                                                                                  amount of the awards to the Administrator = 60 days prior to their
                                                                                  disbursement. Furthermore, the bill prohibits members of the
                                                                                  Board of Directors of the Association and their employees from
                                                                                  serving on the Board of Directors or receiving compensation from
                                                                                  the SCORE Foundation without the Administrator’s written ap-
                                                                                  proval.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     Subsection (6)—Whistleblower Protection Requirements.
                                                                                     This subsection requires the Association to annually update
                                                                                  whistleblower protection policies and materials applicable to em-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                      5

                                                                                  ployees or volunteers. In addition, the Association must conduct an-
                                                                                  nual whistleblower protection training for employees and volun-
                                                                                  teers and promote the use of the whistleblower hotline through the
                                                                                  SBA’s Office of the Inspector General.
                                                                                     Subsection (7)—Published Materials.
                                                                                     This subsection states that the Association must ensure all pub-
                                                                                  lished materials include an acknowledgement of the SBA’s support
                                                                                  of the program if the materials are paid for, in whole or in part,
                                                                                  by federal funds.
                                                                                     Subsection (8)—Privacy Requirements.
                                                                                     This subsection states that neither the Administrator nor the As-
                                                                                  sociation can disclose the personal information of SCORE clients,
                                                                                  including individuals or small businesses names, addresses, or tele-
                                                                                  phone numbers. This restriction does not hinder the Administrator
                                                                                  from accessing SCORE data or surveying SCORE clients.
                                                                                     Subsection (9)—Annual Report.
                                                                                     This subsection requires that, no later than 180 days after enact-
                                                                                  ment of this Act and annually thereafter, the Administrator shall
                                                                                  submit to the House and Senate Committees on Small Business, a
                                                                                  report on the performance and effectiveness SCORE. The report
                                                                                  must include the total number and unique number of clients coun-
                                                                                  seled and trained, the number of hours of counseling, the number
                                                                                  of local workshops provided, the number of clients attending online
                                                                                  and local workshops, client and volunteer demographics, the cost to
                                                                                  create a job or business and return on investment for businesses
                                                                                  assisted, the number of client referrals to other SBA resources and
                                                                                  programs, the number of clients participating in SBA loan pro-
                                                                                  grams, the results and summary of client satisfaction surveys, the
                                                                                  number of new businesses started by clients, the number of those
                                                                                  new businesses realizing revenue growth, the number of jobs cre-
                                                                                  ated, the total cost of the program, any recommendations from the
                                                                                  Administrator about how to improve the program, and an expla-
                                                                                  nation of how SCORE has been integrated with SBA’s Resource
                                                                                  Partners, SBA’s offices, and other public and private entities that
                                                                                  engage in entrepreneurial and small business development.
                                                                                  Section 3. Authorization of appropriations for the SCORE program
                                                                                    This section amends Section 20 of the Small Business Act to pro-
                                                                                  vide for an authorization of appropriations for two years, FY2022–
                                                                                  FY2023, that does not exceed $13.5 million.
                                                                                  Section 4. Reporting requirements
                                                                                     Subsection (a)—Study and Report on the Future Role of the
                                                                                  SCORE Program.
                                                                                     This subsection requires the Association to study the future role
                                                                                  of SCORE and to develop a strategic plan for how the program will
                                                                                  meet the needs of small businesses for five years after the date of
                                                                                  enactment of this Act. The report must include specific objectives
                                                                                  for the first, third, and fifth years of the five-year period. A report
                                                                                  must be submitted within six months of enactment of this Act to
                                                                                  the House and Senate Small Business Committees detailing the
                                                                                  findings and determinations of the study, the strategic plan devel-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  oped, and an explanation of how the Association plans to fulfill the
                                                                                  strategic plan if they receive level or increased funding.
                                                                                     Subsection (b)—Administrator Report on Leased Space.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   06:05 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                      6

                                                                                     This subsection requires the Administrator to submit a report, no
                                                                                  later than one year after enactment of this Act, to the House and
                                                                                  Senate Committees on Small Business that provides an assessment
                                                                                  of the cost of leased space that is donated to SCORE Association.
                                                                                     Subsection (c)—Online Component Report.
                                                                                     This subsection requires, no later than three months after the
                                                                                  last day of the first full fiscal year after enactment of this Act, the
                                                                                  Association to submit to the House and Senate Small Business
                                                                                  Committees a report on the effectiveness of the online counseling
                                                                                  services provided by SCORE. The report must include a description
                                                                                  of how the Association determines electronic mentoring and
                                                                                  webinar needs, develops training for electronic mentoring, estab-
                                                                                  lishes webinar criteria curricula, and evaluates webinar and elec-
                                                                                  tronic mentoring results. The report should also include the inter-
                                                                                  nal controls used, a summary of the topics covered by the webinars,
                                                                                  and performance metrics used to include the number of small busi-
                                                                                  nesses counseled and created, the number of jobs retained, and the
                                                                                  funding amounts directed towards online counseling.
                                                                                  Section 5. Technical and conforming amendments
                                                                                    This section makes technical and conforming amendments to the
                                                                                  Small Business Act reflective of other changes made in this bill.
                                                                                  Section 6. Definitions
                                                                                    This subsection defines key terms throughout the bill.
                                                                                             VII. CONGRESSIONAL BUDGET OFFICE COST ESTIMATE
                                                                                    The Committee has requested but not received a cost estimate
                                                                                  from the Director of the Congressional Budget Office.
                                                                                  VIII. NEW BUDGET AUTHORITY, ENTITLEMENT AUTHORITY, AND TAX
                                                                                                        EXPENDITURES
                                                                                    Pursuant to clause 3(c)(2) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                                                                  of Representatives and section 308(a) of the Congressional Budget
                                                                                  Act of 1974, the Committee provides the following opinion and esti-
                                                                                  mate with respect to new budget authority, entitlement authority,
                                                                                  and tax expenditures. While the Committee has not received an es-
                                                                                  timate of new budget authority contained in the cost estimate pre-
                                                                                  pared by the Director of the Congressional Budget Office pursuant
                                                                                  to Sec. 402 of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974, the Committee
                                                                                  does not believe that there will be any additional costs attributable
                                                                                  to this legislation because all funding would be subject to future
                                                                                  appropriation action.
                                                                                       IX. COMMITTEE OVERSIGHT FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
                                                                                    In accordance with clause 3(c)(1) of rule XIII and clause 2(b)(1)
                                                                                  of rule X of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the over-
                                                                                  sight findings and recommendations of the Committee on Small
                                                                                  Business with respect to the subject matter contained in the H.R.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  6450 are incorporated into the descriptive portions of this report.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                       7

                                                                                   X. STATEMENT OF GENERAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
                                                                                     With respect to the requirements of clause 3(c)(4) of rule XIII of
                                                                                  the Rules of the House of Representatives, the performance goals
                                                                                  and objectives of H.R. 6450 is to strengthen the SCORE program
                                                                                  to maintain accounting, program performance, safeguards and re-
                                                                                  porting requirements, and reauthorize the program for $13.5 mil-
                                                                                  lion annually for two years.
                                                                                                        XI. DUPLICATION OF FEDERAL PROGRAMS
                                                                                    Pursuant to clause 3(c)(5) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House
                                                                                  of Representatives, no provision of H.R. 6450 is known to be dupli-
                                                                                  cative of another Federal program, including any program that was
                                                                                  included in a report to Congress pursuant to section 21 of Public
                                                                                  Law 111–139 or the most recent Catalog of Federal Domestic As-
                                                                                  sistance.
                                                                                       XII. CONGRESSIONAL EARMARKS, LIMITED TAX BENEFITS, AND
                                                                                                       LIMITED TARIFF BENEFITS
                                                                                    With respect to clause 9 of rule XXI of the Rules of the House
                                                                                  of Representatives, the Committee finds that the bill does not con-
                                                                                  tain any congressional earmarks, limited tax benefits, or limited
                                                                                  tariff benefits as defined in clause 9(e), 9(f), or 9(g) of rule XXI of
                                                                                  the Rules of the House of Representatives.
                                                                                                          XIII. FEDERAL MANDATES STATEMENT
                                                                                    An estimate of Federal mandates prepared by the Director of the
                                                                                  Congressional Budget Office pursuant to section 423 of the Un-
                                                                                  funded Mandates Reform Act was not made available to the Com-
                                                                                  mittee in time for the filing of this report. The Chairwoman of the
                                                                                  Committee shall cause such estimate to be printed in the Congres-
                                                                                  sional Record upon its receipt by the Committee.
                                                                                                    XIV. FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE STATEMENT
                                                                                    No advisory committees within the meaning of section 5(b) of the
                                                                                  Federal Advisory Committee Act were created by this legislation.
                                                                                                      XV. APPLICABILITY TO LEGISLATIVE BRANCH
                                                                                    The Committee finds that the legislation does not relate to the
                                                                                  terms and conditions of employment or access to public services or
                                                                                  accommodations within the meaning of section 102(b)(3) of the Con-
                                                                                  gressional Accountability Act.
                                                                                                     XVI. CONSTITUTIONAL AUTHORITY STATEMENT
                                                                                    Pursuant to clause 7 of rule XII of the Rules of the House of Rep-
                                                                                  resentatives, the Committee finds the authority for this legislation
                                                                                  in Art. I, § 8, cl. 1 of the Constitution of the United States.
                                                                                   XVII. CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                                                                    In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                                                                  as reported, as shown as follows: existing law proposed to be omit-
                                                                                  ted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italic,




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006    PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                      8

                                                                                  and existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in
                                                                                  roman:
                                                                                        CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
                                                                                    In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the
                                                                                  House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill,
                                                                                  as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omit-
                                                                                  ted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italics,
                                                                                  and existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in
                                                                                  roman):
                                                                                                                 SMALL BUSINESS ACT
                                                                                          *           *       *        *       *        *        *
                                                                                    SEC. 7. (a) LOANS TO SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS; ALLOWABLE
                                                                                  PURPOSES; QUALIFIED BUSINESS; RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.—
                                                                                  The Administration is empowered to the extent and in such
                                                                                  amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts to make
                                                                                  loans for plant acquisition, construction, conversion, or expansion,
                                                                                  including the acquisition of land, material, supplies, equipment,
                                                                                  and working capital, and to make loans to any qualified small busi-
                                                                                  ness concern, including those owned by qualified Indian tribes, for
                                                                                  purposes of this Act. Such financings may be made either directly
                                                                                  or in cooperation with banks or other financial institutions through
                                                                                  agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred (guaran-
                                                                                  teed) basis. These powers shall be subject, however, to the fol-
                                                                                  lowing restrictions, limitations, and provisions:
                                                                                         (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                               (A) CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—
                                                                                                    (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator has the author-
                                                                                                 ity to direct, and conduct oversight for, the methods by
                                                                                                 which lenders determine whether a borrower is able to
                                                                                                 obtain credit elsewhere. No financial assistance shall
                                                                                                 be extended pursuant to this subsection if the appli-
                                                                                                 cant can obtain credit elsewhere. No immediate par-
                                                                                                 ticipation may be purchased unless it is shown that a
                                                                                                 deferred participation is not available; and no direct fi-
                                                                                                 nancing may be made unless it is shown that a par-
                                                                                                 ticipation is not available.
                                                                                                    (ii) LIQUIDITY.—On and after October 1, 2015, the
                                                                                                 Administrator may not guarantee a loan under this
                                                                                                 subsection if the lender determines that the borrower
                                                                                                 is unable to obtain credit elsewhere solely because the
                                                                                                 liquidity of the lender depends upon the guaranteed
                                                                                                 portion of the loan being sold on the secondary mar-
                                                                                                 ket.
                                                                                               (B) BACKGROUND CHECKS.—Prior to the approval of any
                                                                                            loan made pursuant to this subsection, or section 503 of
                                                                                            the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, the Adminis-
                                                                                            trator may verify the applicant’s criminal background, or
                                                                                            lack thereof, through the best available means, including,
                                                                                            if possible, use of the National Crime Information Center




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            computer system at the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
                                                                                               (C) LENDING LIMITS OF LENDERS.—On and after October
                                                                                           1, 2015, the Administrator may not guarantee a loan




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                      9

                                                                                              under this subsection if the sole purpose for requesting the
                                                                                              guarantee is to allow the lender to exceed the legal lending
                                                                                              limit of the lender.
                                                                                            (2) LEVEL OF PARTICIPATION IN GUARANTEED LOANS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraphs
                                                                                              (B), (D), (E), and (F), in an agreement to participate in a
                                                                                              loan on a deferred basis under this subsection (including
                                                                                              a loan made under the Preferred Lenders Program), such
                                                                                              participation by the Administration shall be equal to—
                                                                                                      (i) 75 percent of the balance of the financing out-
                                                                                                   standing at the time of disbursement of the loan, if
                                                                                                   such balance exceeds $150,000; or
                                                                                                      (ii) 85 percent of the balance of the financing out-
                                                                                                   standing at the time of disbursement of the loan, if
                                                                                                   such balance is less than or equal to $150,000.
                                                                                                 (B) REDUCED PARTICIPATION UPON REQUEST.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The guarantee percentage specified
                                                                                                   by subparagraph (A) for any loan under this sub-
                                                                                                   section may be reduced upon the request of the par-
                                                                                                   ticipating lender.
                                                                                                      (ii) PROHIBITION.—The Administration shall not use
                                                                                                   the guarantee percentage requested by a participating
                                                                                                   lender under clause (i) as a criterion for establishing
                                                                                                   priorities in approving loan guarantee requests under
                                                                                                   this subsection.
                                                                                                 (C) INTEREST RATE UNDER PREFERRED LENDERS PRO-
                                                                                              GRAM.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The maximum interest rate for a
                                                                                                   loan guaranteed under the Preferred Lenders Program
                                                                                                   shall not exceed the maximum interest rate, as deter-
                                                                                                   mined by the Administration, applicable to other loans
                                                                                                   guaranteed under this subsection.
                                                                                                      (ii) EXPORT-IMPORT BANK LENDERS.—Any lender that
                                                                                                   is participating in the Delegated Authority Lender
                                                                                                   Program of the Export-Import Bank of the United
                                                                                                   States (or any successor to the Program) shall be eligi-
                                                                                                   ble to participate in the Preferred Lenders Program.
                                                                                                      (iii) PREFERRED LENDERS PROGRAM DEFINED.—For
                                                                                                   purposes of this subparagraph, the term ‘‘Preferred
                                                                                                   Lenders Program’’ means any program established by
                                                                                                   the Administrator, as authorized under the proviso in
                                                                                                   section 5(b)(7), under which a written agreement be-
                                                                                                   tween the lender and the Administration delegates to
                                                                                                   the lender—
                                                                                                            (I) complete authority to make and close loans
                                                                                                         with a guarantee from the Administration without
                                                                                                         obtaining the prior specific approval of the Admin-
                                                                                                         istration; and
                                                                                                            (II) complete authority to service and liquidate
                                                                                                         such loans without obtaining the prior specific ap-
                                                                                                         proval of the Administration for routine servicing




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                         and liquidation activities, but shall not take any
                                                                                                         actions creating an actual or apparent conflict of
                                                                                                         interest.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  10

                                                                                                 (D) PARTICIPATION UNDER EXPORT WORKING CAPITAL PRO-
                                                                                               GRAM.—In an agreement to participate in a loan on a de-
                                                                                              ferred basis under the Export Working Capital Program
                                                                                              established pursuant to paragraph (14)(A), such participa-
                                                                                              tion by the Administration shall be 90 percent.
                                                                                                 (E) PARTICIPATION IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE LOAN.—In
                                                                                              an agreement to participate in a loan on a deferred basis
                                                                                              under paragraph (16), the participation by the Administra-
                                                                                              tion may not exceed 90 percent.
                                                                                                 (F) PARTICIPATION IN THE PAYCHECK PROTECTION PRO-
                                                                                              GRAM.—In an agreement to participate in a loan on a de-
                                                                                              ferred basis under paragraph (36), the participation by the
                                                                                              Administration shall be 100 percent.
                                                                                            (3) No loan shall be made under this subsection—
                                                                                                 (A) if the total amount outstanding and committed (by
                                                                                              participation or otherwise) to the borrower from the busi-
                                                                                              ness loan and investment fund established by this Act
                                                                                              would exceed $3,750,000 (or if the gross loan amount
                                                                                              would exceed $5,000,000), except as provided in subpara-
                                                                                              graph (B);
                                                                                                 (B) if the total amount outstanding and committed (on
                                                                                              a deferred basis) solely for the purposes provided in para-
                                                                                              graph (16) to the borrower from the business loan and in-
                                                                                              vestment fund established by this Act would exceed
                                                                                              $4,500,000 (or if the gross loan amount would exceed
                                                                                              $5,000,000), of which not more than $4,000,000 may be
                                                                                              used for working capital, supplies, or financings under sec-
                                                                                              tion 7(a)(14) for export purposes; and
                                                                                                 (C) if effected either directly or in cooperation with
                                                                                              banks or other lending institutions through agreements to
                                                                                              participate on an immediate basis if the amount would ex-
                                                                                              ceed $350,000.
                                                                                            (4) INTEREST RATES AND PREPAYMENT CHARGES.—
                                                                                                 (A) INTEREST RATES.—Notwithstanding the provisions of
                                                                                              the constitution of any State or the laws of any State lim-
                                                                                              iting the rate or amount of interest which may be charged,
                                                                                              taken, received, or reserved, the maximum legal rate of in-
                                                                                              terest on any financing made on a deferred basis pursuant
                                                                                              to this subsection shall not exceed a rate prescribed by the
                                                                                              Administration, and the rate of interest for the Adminis-
                                                                                              tration’s share of any direct or immediate participation
                                                                                              loan shall not exceed the current average market yield on
                                                                                              outstanding marketable obligations of the United States
                                                                                              with remaining periods to maturity comparable to the av-
                                                                                              erage maturities of such loans and adjusted to the nearest
                                                                                              one-eighth of 1 per centum, and an additional amount as
                                                                                              determined by the Administration, but not to exceed 1 per
                                                                                              centum per annum: Provided, That for those loans to as-
                                                                                              sist any public or private organization for the handicapped
                                                                                              or to assist any handicapped individual as provided in
                                                                                              paragraph (10) of this subsection, the interest rate shall be
                                                                                              3 per centum per annum.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                 (B) PAYMENT OF ACCRUED INTEREST.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—Any bank or other lending institu-
                                                                                                   tion making a claim for payment on the guaranteed




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  11

                                                                                                  portion of a loan made under this subsection shall be
                                                                                                  paid the accrued interest due on the loan from the ear-
                                                                                                  liest date of default to the date of payment of the
                                                                                                  claim at a rate not to exceed the rate of interest on the
                                                                                                  loan on the date of default, minus one percent.
                                                                                                     (ii) LOANS SOLD ON SECONDARY MARKET.—If a loan
                                                                                                  described in clause (i) is sold on the secondary market,
                                                                                                  the amount of interest paid to a bank or other lending
                                                                                                  institution described in that clause from the earliest
                                                                                                  date of default to the date of payment of the claim
                                                                                                  shall be no more than the agreed upon rate, minus one
                                                                                                  percent.
                                                                                                     (iii) APPLICABILITY.—Clauses (i) and (ii) shall not
                                                                                                  apply to loans made on or after October 1, 2000.
                                                                                                (C) PREPAYMENT CHARGES.—
                                                                                                     (i) IN GENERAL.—A borrower who prepays any loan
                                                                                                  guaranteed under this subsection shall remit to the
                                                                                                  Administration a subsidy recoupment fee calculated in
                                                                                                  accordance with clause (ii) if—
                                                                                                           (I) the loan is for a term of not less than 15
                                                                                                        years;
                                                                                                           (II) the prepayment is voluntary;
                                                                                                           (III) the amount of prepayment in any calendar
                                                                                                        year is more than 25 percent of the outstanding
                                                                                                        balance of the loan; and
                                                                                                           (IV) the prepayment is made within the first 3
                                                                                                        years after disbursement of the loan proceeds.
                                                                                                     (ii) SUBSIDY RECOUPMENT FEE.—The subsidy
                                                                                                  recoupment fee charged under clause (i) shall be—
                                                                                                           (I) 5 percent of the amount of prepayment, if the
                                                                                                        borrower prepays during the first year after dis-
                                                                                                        bursement;
                                                                                                           (II) 3 percent of the amount of prepayment, if
                                                                                                        the borrower prepays during the second year after
                                                                                                        disbursement; and
                                                                                                           (III) 1 percent of the amount of prepayment, if
                                                                                                        the borrower prepays during the third year after
                                                                                                        disbursement.
                                                                                           (5) No such loans including renewals and extensions thereof
                                                                                         may be made for a period or periods exceeding twenty-five
                                                                                         years, except that such portion of a loan made for the purpose
                                                                                         of acquiring real property or constructing, converting, or ex-
                                                                                         panding facilities may have a maturity of twenty-five years
                                                                                         plus such additional period as is estimated may be required to
                                                                                         complete such construction, conversion, or expansion.
                                                                                           (6) All loans made under this subsection shall be of such
                                                                                         sound value or so secured as reasonably to assure repayment:
                                                                                         Provided, however, That—
                                                                                                (A) for loans to assist any public or private organization
                                                                                             or to assist any handicapped individual as provided in
                                                                                             paragraph (10) of this subsection any reasonable doubt
                                                                                             shall be resolved in favor of the applicant;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                (B) recognizing that greater risk may be associated with
                                                                                             loans for energy measures as provided in paragraph (12)
                                                                                             of this subsection, factors in determining ‘‘sound value’’




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  12

                                                                                              shall include, but not be limited to, quality of the product
                                                                                              or service; technical qualifications of the applicant or his
                                                                                              employees; sales projections; and the financial status of
                                                                                              the business concern: Provided further, That such status
                                                                                              need not be as sound as that required for general loans
                                                                                              under this subsection; and
                                                                                         On that portion of the loan used to refinance existing indebted-
                                                                                         ness held by a bank or other lending institution, the Adminis-
                                                                                         tration shall limit the amount of deferred participation to 80
                                                                                         per centum of the amount of the loan at the time of disburse-
                                                                                         ment: Provided further, That any authority conferred by this
                                                                                         subparagraph on the Administration shall be exercised solely
                                                                                         by the Administration and shall not be delegated to other than
                                                                                         Administration personnel.
                                                                                            (7)(A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may defer payments
                                                                                         on the principal and interest of such loans for a grace period
                                                                                         and use such other methods as it deems necessary and appro-
                                                                                         priate to assure the successful establishment and operation of
                                                                                         such concern.
                                                                                                 (B) DEFERRAL REQUIREMENTS.—With respect to a defer-
                                                                                              ral provided under this paragraph, the Administrator may
                                                                                              allow lenders under this subsection—
                                                                                                      (i) to provide full payment deferment relief (includ-
                                                                                                   ing payment of principal and interest) for a period of
                                                                                                   not more than 1 year; and
                                                                                                      (ii) to provide an additional deferment period if the
                                                                                                   borrower provides documentation justifying such addi-
                                                                                                   tional deferment.
                                                                                                 (C) SECONDARY MARKET.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause (ii), if
                                                                                                   an investor declines to approve a deferral or additional
                                                                                                   deferment requested by a lender under subparagraph
                                                                                                   (B), the Administrator shall exercise the authority to
                                                                                                   purchase the loan so that the borrower may receive
                                                                                                   full payment deferment relief (including payment of
                                                                                                   principal and interest) or an additional deferment as
                                                                                                   described in subparagraph (B).
                                                                                                      (ii) EXCEPTION.—If, in a fiscal year, the Adminis-
                                                                                                   trator determines that the cost of implementing clause
                                                                                                   (i) is greater than zero, the Administrator shall not
                                                                                                   implement that clause.
                                                                                            (8) The Administration may make loans under this sub-
                                                                                         section to small business concerns owned and controlled by dis-
                                                                                         abled veterans (as defined in section 4211(3) of title 38, United
                                                                                         States Code).
                                                                                            (9) The Administration may provide loans under this sub-
                                                                                         section to finance residential or commercial construction or re-
                                                                                         habilitation for sale: Provided, however, That such loans shall
                                                                                         not be used primarily for the acquisition of land.
                                                                                            (10) The Administration may provide guaranteed loans
                                                                                         under this subsection to assist any public or private organiza-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         tion for the handicapped or to assist any handicapped indi-
                                                                                         vidual, including service-disabled veterans, in establishing, ac-
                                                                                         quiring, or operating a small business concern.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  13

                                                                                          (11) The Administration may provide loans under this sub-
                                                                                       section to any small business concern, or to any qualified per-
                                                                                       son seeking to establish such a concern when it determines
                                                                                       that such loan will further the policies established in section
                                                                                       2(c) of this Act, with particular emphasis on the preservation
                                                                                       or establishment of small business concerns located in urban
                                                                                       or rural areas with high proportions of unemployed or low-in-
                                                                                       come individuals or owned by low-income individuals.
                                                                                          (12)(A) The Administration may provide loans under this
                                                                                       subsection to assist any small business concern, including start
                                                                                       up, to enable such concern to design architecturally or engi-
                                                                                       neer, manufacture, distribute, market, install, or service en-
                                                                                       ergy measures: Provided, however, That such loan proceeds
                                                                                       shall not be used primarily for research and development.
                                                                                     (b) The Administration may provide deferred participation loans
                                                                                  under this subsection to finance the planning, design, or installa-
                                                                                  tion of pollution control facilities for the purposes set forth in sec-
                                                                                  tion 404 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958. Notwith-
                                                                                  standing the limitation expressed in paragraph (3) of this sub-
                                                                                  section, a loan made under this paragraph may not result in a total
                                                                                  amount outstanding and committed to a borrower from the busi-
                                                                                  ness loan and investment fund of more than $1,000,000.
                                                                                          (13) The Administration may provide financing under this
                                                                                       subsection to State and local development companies for the
                                                                                       purposes of, and subject to the restrictions in, title V of the
                                                                                       Small Business Investment Act of 1958.
                                                                                          (14) EXPORT WORKING CAPITAL PROGRAM.—
                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may provide exten-
                                                                                            sions of credit, standby letters of credit, revolving lines of
                                                                                            credit for export purposes, and other financing to enable
                                                                                            small business concerns, including small business export
                                                                                            trading companies and small business export management
                                                                                            companies, to develop foreign markets. A bank or partici-
                                                                                            pating lending institution may establish the rate of inter-
                                                                                            est on such financings as may be legal and reasonable.
                                                                                               (B) TERMS.—
                                                                                                    (i) LOAN AMOUNT.—The Administrator may not
                                                                                                 guarantee a loan under this paragraph of more than
                                                                                                 $5,000,000.
                                                                                                    (ii) FEES.—
                                                                                                          (I) IN GENERAL.—For a loan under this para-
                                                                                                       graph, the Administrator shall collect the fee as-
                                                                                                       sessed under paragraph (23) not more frequently
                                                                                                       than once each year.
                                                                                                          (II) UNTAPPED CREDIT.—The Administrator may
                                                                                                       not assess a fee on capital that is not accessed by
                                                                                                       the small business concern.
                                                                                               (C) CONSIDERATIONS.—When considering loan or guar-
                                                                                            antee applications, the Administration shall give weight to
                                                                                            export-related benefits, including opening new markets for
                                                                                            United States goods and services abroad and encouraging
                                                                                            the involvement of small businesses, including agricultural




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            concerns, in the export market.
                                                                                               (D) MARKETING.—The Administrator shall aggressively
                                                                                            market its export financing program to small businesses.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  14

                                                                                            (15)(A) The Administration may guarantee loans under this
                                                                                         subsection—
                                                                                                 (i) to qualified employee trusts with respect to a small
                                                                                              business concern for the purpose of purchasing, and for
                                                                                              any transaction costs associated with purchasing, stock of
                                                                                              the concern under a plan approved by the Administrator
                                                                                              which, when carried out, results in the qualified employee
                                                                                              trust owning at least 51 per centum of the stock of the con-
                                                                                              cern; and
                                                                                                 (ii) to a small business concern under a plan approved
                                                                                              by the Administrator, if the proceeds from the loan are
                                                                                              only used to make a loan to a qualified employee trust,
                                                                                              and for any transaction costs associated with making that
                                                                                              loan, that results in the qualified employee trust owning
                                                                                              at least 51 percent of the small business concern.
                                                                                            (B) The plan requiring the Administrator’s approval under
                                                                                         subparagraph (A) shall be submitted to the Administration by
                                                                                         the trustee of such trust or by the small business concern with
                                                                                         its application for the guarantee. Such plan shall include an
                                                                                         agreement with the Administrator which is binding on such
                                                                                         trust and on the small business concern and which provides
                                                                                         that—
                                                                                                 (i) not later than the date the loan guaranteed under
                                                                                              subparagraph (A) is repaid (or as soon thereafter as is con-
                                                                                              sistent with the requirements of section 401(a) of the In-
                                                                                              ternal Revenue Code of 1954), at least 51 per centum of
                                                                                              the total stock of such concern shall be allocated to the ac-
                                                                                              counts of at least 51 per centum of the employees of such
                                                                                              concern who are entitled to share in such allocation,
                                                                                                 (ii) there will be periodic reviews of the role in the man-
                                                                                              agement of such concern of employees to whose accounts
                                                                                              stock is allocated,
                                                                                                 (iii) there will be adequate management to assure man-
                                                                                              agement expertise and continuity, and
                                                                                                 (iv) with respect to a loan made to a trust, or to a coop-
                                                                                              erative in accordance with paragraph (35)—
                                                                                                       (I) a seller of the small business concern may re-
                                                                                                    main involved as an officer, director, or key employee
                                                                                                    of the small business concern when a qualified em-
                                                                                                    ployee trust or cooperative has acquired 100 percent of
                                                                                                    ownership of the small business concern; and
                                                                                                       (II) any seller of the small business concern who re-
                                                                                                    mains as an owner of the small business concern, re-
                                                                                                    gardless of the percentage of ownership interest, shall
                                                                                                    be required to provide a personal guarantee by the Ad-
                                                                                                    ministration.
                                                                                            (C) In determining whether to guarantee any loan under this
                                                                                         paragraph, the individual business experience or personal as-
                                                                                         sets of employee-owners shall not be used as criteria, except in-
                                                                                         asmuch as certain employee-owners may assume managerial
                                                                                         responsibilities, in which case business experience may be con-
                                                                                         sidered.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            (D) For purposes of this paragraph, a corporation which is
                                                                                         controlled by any other person shall be treated as a small busi-
                                                                                         ness concern if such corporation would, after the plan de-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  15

                                                                                         scribed in subparagraph (B) is carried out, be treated as a
                                                                                         small business concern.
                                                                                            (E) The Administration shall compile a separate list of appli-
                                                                                         cations for assistance under this paragraph, indicating which
                                                                                         applications were accepted and which were denied, and shall
                                                                                         report periodically to the Congress on the status of employee-
                                                                                         owned firms assisted by the Administration, which shall in-
                                                                                         clude—
                                                                                                 (i) the total number of loans made to employee-owned
                                                                                              business concerns that were guaranteed by the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator under section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                              U.S.C. 636(a)) or section 502 of the Small Business Invest-
                                                                                              ment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 696), including the number of
                                                                                              loans made—
                                                                                                       (I) to small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                                    by socially and economically disadvantaged individ-
                                                                                                    uals; and
                                                                                                       (II) to cooperatives;
                                                                                                 (ii) the total number of financings made to employee-
                                                                                              owned business concerns by companies licensed under sec-
                                                                                              tion 301(c) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958
                                                                                              (15 U.S.C. 696(c)), including the number of financings
                                                                                              made—
                                                                                                       (I) to small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                                    by socially and economically disadvantaged individ-
                                                                                                    uals; and
                                                                                                       (II) to cooperatives; and
                                                                                                 (iii) any outreach and educational activities conducted by
                                                                                              the Administration with respect to employee-owned busi-
                                                                                              ness concerns.
                                                                                            (F) A small business concern that makes a loan to a qualified
                                                                                         employee trust under subparagraph (A)(ii) is not required to
                                                                                         contain the same terms and conditions as the loan made to the
                                                                                         small business concern that is guaranteed by the Administra-
                                                                                         tion under such subparagraph.
                                                                                            (G) With respect to a loan made to a qualified employee trust
                                                                                         under this paragraph, or to a cooperative in accordance with
                                                                                         paragraph (35), the Administrator may, as deemed appro-
                                                                                         priate, elect to not require any mandatory equity to be pro-
                                                                                         vided by the qualified employee trust or cooperative to make
                                                                                         the loan.
                                                                                            (16) INTERNATIONAL TRADE.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—If the Administrator determines that a
                                                                                              loan guaranteed under this subsection will allow an eligi-
                                                                                              ble small business concern that is engaged in or adversely
                                                                                              affected by international trade to improve its competitive
                                                                                              position, the Administrator may make such loan to assist
                                                                                              such concern—
                                                                                                       (i) in the financing of the acquisition, construction,
                                                                                                    renovation, modernization, improvement, or expansion
                                                                                                    of productive facilities or equipment to be used in the
                                                                                                    United States in the production of goods and services




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                    involved in international trade;
                                                                                                       (ii) in the refinancing of existing indebtedness that
                                                                                                    is not structured with reasonable terms and condi-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  16

                                                                                                  tions, including any debt that qualifies for refinancing
                                                                                                  under any other provision of this subsection; or
                                                                                                     (iii) by providing working capital.
                                                                                                (B) SECURITY.—
                                                                                                     (i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause (ii),
                                                                                                  each loan made under this paragraph shall be secured
                                                                                                  by a first lien position or first mortgage on the prop-
                                                                                                  erty or equipment financed by the loan or on other as-
                                                                                                  sets of the small business concern.
                                                                                                     (ii) EXCEPTION.—A loan under this paragraph may
                                                                                                  be secured by a second lien position on the property or
                                                                                                  equipment financed by the loan or on other assets of
                                                                                                  the small business concern, if the Administrator deter-
                                                                                                  mines the lien provides adequate assurance of the pay-
                                                                                                  ment of the loan.
                                                                                                (C) ENGAGED IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE.—For purposes of
                                                                                             this paragraph, a small business concern is engaged in
                                                                                             international trade if, as determined by the Administrator,
                                                                                             the small business concern is in a position to expand exist-
                                                                                             ing export markets or develop new export markets.
                                                                                                (D) ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY INTERNATIONAL TRADE.—
                                                                                             For purposes of this paragraph, a small business concern
                                                                                             is adversely affected by international trade if, as deter-
                                                                                             mined by the Administrator, the small business concern—
                                                                                                     (i) is confronting increased competition with foreign
                                                                                                  firms in the relevant market; and
                                                                                                     (ii) is injured by such competition.
                                                                                                (E) FINDINGS BY CERTAIN FEDERAL AGENCIES.—For pur-
                                                                                             poses of subparagraph (D)(ii) the Administrator shall ac-
                                                                                             cept any finding of injury by the International Trade Com-
                                                                                             mission or any finding of injury by the Secretary of Com-
                                                                                             merce pursuant to chapter 3 of title II of the Trade Act of
                                                                                             1974.
                                                                                                (F) LIST OF EXPORT FINANCE LENDERS.—
                                                                                                     (i) PUBLICATION OF LIST REQUIRED.—The Adminis-
                                                                                                  trator shall publish an annual list of the banks and
                                                                                                  participating lending institutions that, during the 1-
                                                                                                  year period ending on the date of publication of the
                                                                                                  list, have made loans guaranteed by the Administra-
                                                                                                  tion under—
                                                                                                           (I) this paragraph;
                                                                                                           (II) paragraph (14); or
                                                                                                           (III) paragraph (34).
                                                                                                     (ii) AVAILABILITY OF LIST.—The Administrator
                                                                                                  shall—
                                                                                                           (I) post the list published under clause (i) on the
                                                                                                        website of the Administration; and
                                                                                                           (II) make the list published under clause (i)
                                                                                                        available, upon request, at each district office of
                                                                                                        the Administration.
                                                                                           (17) The Administration shall authorize lending institutions




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         and other entities in addition to banks to make loans author-
                                                                                         ized under this subsection.
                                                                                           (18) GUARANTEE FEES.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  17

                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to each loan guaranteed
                                                                                              under this subsection (other than a loan that is repayable
                                                                                              in 1 year or less), the Administration shall collect a guar-
                                                                                              antee fee, which shall be payable by the participating lend-
                                                                                              er, and may be charged to the borrower, as follows:
                                                                                                      (i) A guarantee fee not to exceed 2 percent of the de-
                                                                                                   ferred participation share of a total loan amount that
                                                                                                   is not more than $150,000.
                                                                                                      (ii) A guarantee fee not to exceed 3 percent of the
                                                                                                   deferred participation share of a total loan amount
                                                                                                   that is more than $150,000, but not more than
                                                                                                   $700,000.
                                                                                                      (iii) A guarantee fee not to exceed 3.5 percent of the
                                                                                                   deferred participation share of a total loan amount
                                                                                                   that is more than $700,000.
                                                                                                      (iv) In addition to the fee under clause (iii), a guar-
                                                                                                   antee fee equal to 0.25 percent of any portion of the
                                                                                                   deferred participation share that is more than
                                                                                                   $1,000,000.
                                                                                                 (B) RETENTION OF CERTAIN FEES.—Lenders participating
                                                                                              in the programs established under this subsection may re-
                                                                                              tain not more than 25 percent of a fee collected under sub-
                                                                                              paragraph (A)(i).
                                                                                            (19)(A) In addition to the Preferred Lenders Program author-
                                                                                         ized by the proviso in section 5(b)(7), the Administration is au-
                                                                                         thorized to establish a Certified Lenders Program for lenders
                                                                                         who establish their knowledge of Administration laws and reg-
                                                                                         ulations concerning the guaranteed loan program and their
                                                                                         proficiency in program requirements. The designation of a
                                                                                         lender as a certified lender shall be suspended or revoked at
                                                                                         any time that the Administration determines that the lender
                                                                                         is not adhering to its rules and regulations or that the loss ex-
                                                                                         perience of the lender is excessive as compared to other lend-
                                                                                         ers, but such suspension or revocation shall not affect any out-
                                                                                         standing guarantee.
                                                                                            (B) In order to encourage all lending institutions and other
                                                                                         entities making loans authorized under this subsection to pro-
                                                                                         vide loans of $50,000 or less in guarantees to eligible small
                                                                                         business loan applicants, the Administration shall develop and
                                                                                         allow participating lenders to solely utilize a uniform and sim-
                                                                                         plified loan form for such loans.
                                                                                                 (C) Authority to liquidate loans.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may permit
                                                                                                   lenders participating in the Certified Lenders Program
                                                                                                   to liquidate loans made with a guarantee from the Ad-
                                                                                                   ministration pursuant to a liquidation plan approved
                                                                                                   by the Administrator.
                                                                                                      (ii) Automatic approval.—If the Administrator does
                                                                                                   not approve or deny a request for approval of a liq-
                                                                                                   uidation plan within 10 business days of the date on
                                                                                                   which the request is made (or with respect to any rou-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                   tine liquidation activity under such a plan, within 5
                                                                                                   business days) such request shall be deemed to be ap-
                                                                                                   proved.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  18

                                                                                            (20)(A) The Administration is empowered to make loans ei-
                                                                                         ther directly or in cooperation with banks or other financial in-
                                                                                         stitutions through agreements to participate on an immediate
                                                                                         or deferred (guaranteed) basis to small business concerns eligi-
                                                                                         ble for assistance under subsection (j)(10) and section 8(a).
                                                                                         Such assistance may be provided only if the Administration de-
                                                                                         termines that—
                                                                                                  (i) the type and amount of such assistance requested by
                                                                                               such concern is not otherwise available on reasonable
                                                                                               terms from other sources;
                                                                                                  (ii) with such assistance such concern has a reasonable
                                                                                               prospect for operating soundly and profitably within a rea-
                                                                                               sonable period of time;
                                                                                                  (iii) the proceeds of such assistance will be used within
                                                                                               a reasonable time for plant construction, conversion, or ex-
                                                                                               pansion, including the acquisition of equipment, facilities,
                                                                                               machinery, supplies, or material or to supply such concern
                                                                                               with working capital to be used in the manufacture of arti-
                                                                                               cles, equipment, supplies, or material for defense or civil-
                                                                                               ian production or as may be necessary to insure a well-bal-
                                                                                               anced national economy; and
                                                                                                  (iv) such assistance is of such sound value as reasonably
                                                                                               to assure that the terms under which it is provided will
                                                                                               not be breached by the small business concern.
                                                                                            (B)(i) No loan shall be made under this paragraph if the total
                                                                                         amount outstanding and committed (by participation or other-
                                                                                         wise) to the borrower would exceed $750,000.
                                                                                            (ii) Subject to the provisions of clause (i), in agreements to
                                                                                         participate in loans on a deferred (guaranteed) basis, participa-
                                                                                         tion by the Administration shall be not less than 85 per cen-
                                                                                         tum of the balance of the financing outstanding at the time of
                                                                                         disbursement.
                                                                                            (iii) The rate of interest on financings made on a deferred
                                                                                         (guaranteed) basis shall be legal and reasonable.
                                                                                            (iv) Financings made pursuant to this paragraph shall be
                                                                                         subject to the following limitations:
                                                                                                  (I) No immediate participation may be purchased unless
                                                                                               it is shown that a deferred participation is not available.
                                                                                                  (II) No direct financing may be made unless it is shown
                                                                                               that a participation is unavailable.
                                                                                            (C) A direct loan or the Administration’s share of an imme-
                                                                                         diate participation loan made pursuant to this paragraph shall
                                                                                         be any secured debt instrument—
                                                                                                  (i) that is subordinated by its terms to all other bor-
                                                                                               rowings of the issuer;
                                                                                                  (ii) the rate of interest on which shall not exceed the cur-
                                                                                               rent average market yield on outstanding marketable obli-
                                                                                               gations of the United States with remaining periods to ma-
                                                                                               turity comparable to the average maturities of such loan
                                                                                               and adjusted to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum;
                                                                                                  (iii) the term of which is not more than twenty-five




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               years; and
                                                                                                  (iv) the principal on which is amortized at such rate as
                                                                                               may be deemed appropriate by the Administration, and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  19

                                                                                             the interest on which is payable not less often than annu-
                                                                                             ally.
                                                                                    (21)(A) The Administration may make loans on a guaranteed
                                                                                  basis under the authority of this subsection—
                                                                                          (i) to a small business concern that has been (or can reason-
                                                                                       ably be expected to be) detrimentally affected by—
                                                                                                (I) the closure (or substantial reduction) of a Department
                                                                                             of Defense installation; or
                                                                                                (II) the termination (or substantial reduction) of a De-
                                                                                             partment of Defense program on which such small busi-
                                                                                             ness was a prime contractor or subcontractor (or supplier)
                                                                                             at any tier; or
                                                                                          (ii) to a qualified individual or a veteran seeking to establish
                                                                                       (or acquire) and operate a small business concern.
                                                                                    (B) Recognizing that greater risk may be associated with a loan
                                                                                  to a small business concern described in subparagraph (A)(i), any
                                                                                  reasonable doubts concerning the firm’s proposed business plan for
                                                                                  transition to nondefense-related markets shall be resolved in favor
                                                                                  of the loan applicant when making any determination regarding
                                                                                  the sound value of the proposed loan in accordance with paragraph
                                                                                  (6).
                                                                                    (C) Loans pursuant to this paragraph shall be authorized in such
                                                                                  amounts as provided in advance in appropriation Acts for the pur-
                                                                                  poses of loans under this paragraph.
                                                                                    (D) For purposes of this paragraph a qualified individual is—
                                                                                          (i) a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, hon-
                                                                                       orably discharged from active duty involuntarily or pursuant to
                                                                                       a program providing bonuses or other inducements to encour-
                                                                                       age voluntary separation or early retirement;
                                                                                          (ii) a civilian employee of the Department of Defense invol-
                                                                                       untarily separated from Federal service or retired pursuant to
                                                                                       a program offering inducements to encourage early retirement;
                                                                                       or
                                                                                          (iii) an employee of a prime contractor, subcontractor, or sup-
                                                                                       plier at any tier of a Department of Defense program whose
                                                                                       employment is involuntarily terminated (or voluntarily termi-
                                                                                       nated pursuant to a program offering inducements to encour-
                                                                                       age voluntary separation or early retirement) due to the termi-
                                                                                       nation (or substantial reduction) of a Department of Defense
                                                                                       program.
                                                                                          (E) JOB CREATION AND COMMUNITY BENEFIT.—In providing
                                                                                       assistance under this paragraph, the Administration shall de-
                                                                                       velop procedures to ensure, to the maximum extent practicable,
                                                                                       that such assistance is used for projects that—
                                                                                                (i) have the greatest potential for—
                                                                                                     (I) creating new jobs for individuals whose employ-
                                                                                                   ment is involuntarily terminated due to reductions in
                                                                                                   Federal defense expenditures; or
                                                                                                     (II) preventing the loss of jobs by employees of small
                                                                                                   business concerns described in subparagraph (A)(i);
                                                                                                   and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                (ii) have substantial potential for stimulating new eco-
                                                                                             nomic activity in communities most affected by reductions
                                                                                             in Federal defense expenditures.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  20

                                                                                           (22) The Administration is authorized to permit participating
                                                                                         lenders to impose and collect a reasonable penalty fee on late
                                                                                         payments of loans guaranteed under this subsection in an
                                                                                         amount not to exceed 5 percent of the monthly loan payment
                                                                                         per month plus interest.
                                                                                           (23) YEARLY FEE.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to each loan approved
                                                                                              under this subsection, the Administration shall assess, col-
                                                                                              lect, and retain a fee, not to exceed 0.55 percent per year
                                                                                              of the outstanding balance of the deferred participation
                                                                                              share of the loan, in an amount established once annually
                                                                                              by the Administration in the Administration’s annual
                                                                                              budget request to Congress, as necessary to reduce to zero
                                                                                              the cost to the Administration of making guarantees under
                                                                                              this subsection. As used in this paragraph, the term ‘‘cost’’
                                                                                              has the meaning given that term in section 502 of the Fed-
                                                                                              eral Credit Reform Act of 1990 (2 U.S.C. 661a).
                                                                                                 (B) PAYER.—The yearly fee assessed under subpara-
                                                                                              graph (A) shall be payable by the participating lender and
                                                                                              shall not be charged to the borrower.
                                                                                                 (C) LOWERING OF BORROWER FEES.—If the Administra-
                                                                                              tion determines that fees paid by lenders and by small
                                                                                              business borrowers for guarantees under this subsection
                                                                                              may be reduced, consistent with reducing to zero the cost
                                                                                              to the Administration of making such guarantees—
                                                                                                     (i) the Administration shall first consider reducing
                                                                                                   fees paid by small business borrowers under clauses (i)
                                                                                                   through (iii) of paragraph (18)(A), to the maximum ex-
                                                                                                   tent possible; and
                                                                                                     (ii) fees paid by small business borrowers shall not
                                                                                                   be increased above the levels in effect on the date of
                                                                                                   enactment of this subparagraph.
                                                                                           (24) NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENT.—The Administration shall
                                                                                         notify the Committees on Small Business of the Senate and the
                                                                                         House of Representatives not later than 15 days before making
                                                                                         any significant policy or administrative change affecting the
                                                                                         operation of the loan program under this subsection.
                                                                                           (25) LIMITATION ON CONDUCTING PILOT PROJECTS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Not more than 10 percent of the total
                                                                                              number of loans guaranteed in any fiscal year under this
                                                                                              subsection may be awarded as part of a pilot program
                                                                                              which is commenced by the Administrator on or after Octo-
                                                                                              ber 1, 1996.
                                                                                                 (B) PILOT PROGRAM DEFINED.—In this paragraph, the
                                                                                              term ‘‘pilot program’’ means any lending program initia-
                                                                                              tive, project, innovation, or other activity not specifically
                                                                                              authorized by law.
                                                                                                 (C) LOW DOCUMENTATION LOAN PROGRAM.—The Adminis-
                                                                                              trator may carry out the low documentation loan program
                                                                                              for loans of $100,000 or less only through lenders with sig-
                                                                                              nificant experience in making small business loans. Not
                                                                                              later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this sub-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              section, the Administrator shall promulgate regulations
                                                                                              defining the experience necessary for participation as a
                                                                                              lender in the low documentation loan program.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  21

                                                                                            (26) CALCULATION OF SUBSIDY RATE.—All fees, interest, and
                                                                                         profits received and retained by the Administration under this
                                                                                         subsection shall be included in the calculations made by the
                                                                                         Director of the Office of Management and Budget to offset the
                                                                                         cost (as that term is defined in section 502 of the Federal Cred-
                                                                                         it Reform Act of 1990) to the Administration of purchasing and
                                                                                         guaranteeing loans under this Act.
                                                                                            (28) LEASING.—In addition to such other lease arrangements
                                                                                         as may be authorized by the Administration, a borrower may
                                                                                         permanently lease to one or more tenants not more than 20
                                                                                         percent of any property constructed with the proceeds of a loan
                                                                                         guaranteed under this subsection, if the borrower permanently
                                                                                         occupies and uses not less than 60 percent of the total business
                                                                                         space in the property.
                                                                                            (29) REAL ESTATE APPRAISALS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to a loan under this sub-
                                                                                              section that is secured by commercial real property, an ap-
                                                                                              praisal of such property by a State licensed or certified ap-
                                                                                              praiser—
                                                                                                      (i) shall be required by the Administration in con-
                                                                                                   nection with any such loan, if such loan is in an
                                                                                                   amount greater than the Federal banking regulator
                                                                                                   appraisal threshold; or
                                                                                                      (ii) may be required by the Administration or the
                                                                                                   lender in connection with any such loan, if such loan
                                                                                                   is in an amount equal to or less than the Federal
                                                                                                   banking regulator appraisal threshold, if such ap-
                                                                                                   praisal is necessary for appropriate evaluation of cred-
                                                                                                   itworthiness.
                                                                                                 (B) FEDERAL BANKING REGULATOR APPRAISAL THRESHOLD
                                                                                              DEFINED.—For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘‘Fed-
                                                                                              eral banking regulator appraisal threshold’’ means the
                                                                                              lesser of the threshold amounts set by the Board of Gov-
                                                                                              ernors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of
                                                                                              the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corpora-
                                                                                              tion for when a federally related transaction that is a com-
                                                                                              mercial real estate transaction requires an appraisal pre-
                                                                                              pared by a State licensed or certified appraiser.
                                                                                            (30) OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENTS.—Ownership requirements
                                                                                         to determine the eligibility of a small business concern that ap-
                                                                                         plies for assistance under any credit program under this Act
                                                                                         shall be determined without regard to any ownership interest
                                                                                         of a spouse arising solely from the application of the commu-
                                                                                         nity property laws of a State for purposes of determining mar-
                                                                                         ital interests.
                                                                                            (31) EXPRESS LOANS.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITIONS.—As used in this paragraph:
                                                                                                      (i) The term ‘‘disaster area’’ means the area for
                                                                                                   which the President has declared a major disaster,
                                                                                                   during the 5-year period beginning on the date of the
                                                                                                   declaration.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      (ii) The term ‘‘express lender’’ means any lender au-
                                                                                                   thorized by the Administration to participate in the
                                                                                                   Express Loan Program.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  22

                                                                                                      (iii) The term ‘‘express loan’’ means any loan made
                                                                                                    pursuant to this paragraph in which a lender utilizes
                                                                                                    to the maximum extent practicable its own loan anal-
                                                                                                    yses, procedures, and documentation.
                                                                                                      (iv) The term ‘‘Express Loan Program’’ means the
                                                                                                    program for express loans established by the Adminis-
                                                                                                    tration under paragraph (25)(B), as in existence on
                                                                                                    April 5, 2004, with a guaranty rate of not more than
                                                                                                    50 percent.
                                                                                                  (B) RESTRICTION TO EXPRESS LENDER.—The authority to
                                                                                               make an express loan shall be limited to those lenders
                                                                                               deemed qualified to make such loans by the Administra-
                                                                                               tion. Designation as an express lender for purposes of
                                                                                               making an express loan shall not prohibit such lender from
                                                                                               taking any other action authorized by the Administration
                                                                                               for that lender pursuant to this subsection.
                                                                                                  (C) GRANDFATHERING OF EXISTING LENDERS.—Any ex-
                                                                                               press lender shall retain such designation unless the Ad-
                                                                                               ministration determines that the express lender has vio-
                                                                                               lated the law or regulations promulgated by the Adminis-
                                                                                               tration or modifies the requirements to be an express lend-
                                                                                               er and the lender no longer satisfies those requirements.
                                                                                                  (D) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—The maximum loan
                                                                                               amount under the Express Loan Program is $1,000,000.
                                                                                                  (E) OPTION TO PARTICIPATE.—Except as otherwise pro-
                                                                                               vided in this paragraph, the Administration shall take no
                                                                                               regulatory, policy, or administrative action, without regard
                                                                                               to whether such action requires notification pursuant to
                                                                                               paragraph (24), that has the effect of requiring a lender to
                                                                                               make an express loan pursuant to subparagraph (D).
                                                                                                  (F) EXPRESS LOANS FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY AND ENERGY
                                                                                               EFFICIENCY.—
                                                                                                      (i) DEFINITIONS.—In this subparagraph—
                                                                                                            (I) the term ‘‘biomass’’—
                                                                                                                 (aa) means any organic material that is
                                                                                                               available on a renewable or recurring basis,
                                                                                                               including—
                                                                                                                       (AA) agricultural crops;
                                                                                                                       (BB) trees grown for energy production;
                                                                                                                       (CC) wood waste and wood residues;
                                                                                                                       (DD) plants (including aquatic plants
                                                                                                                    and grasses);
                                                                                                                       (EE) residues;
                                                                                                                       (FF) fibers;
                                                                                                                       (GG) animal wastes and other waste
                                                                                                                    materials; and
                                                                                                                       (HH) fats, oils, and greases (including
                                                                                                                    recycled fats, oils, and greases); and
                                                                                                                 (bb) does not include—
                                                                                                                       (AA) paper that is commonly recycled;
                                                                                                                    or




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                       (BB) unsegregated solid waste;
                                                                                                            (II) the term ‘‘energy efficiency project’’ means
                                                                                                         the installation or upgrading of equipment that




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  23

                                                                                                            results in a significant reduction in energy usage;
                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                               (III) the term ‘‘renewable energy system’’ means
                                                                                                            a system of energy derived from—
                                                                                                                     (aa) a wind, solar, biomass (including bio-
                                                                                                                  diesel), or geothermal source; or
                                                                                                                     (bb) hydrogen derived from biomass or
                                                                                                                  water using an energy source described in
                                                                                                                  item (aa).
                                                                                                         (ii) LOANS.—The Administrator may make a loan
                                                                                                      under the Express Loan Program for the purpose of—
                                                                                                               (I) purchasing a renewable energy system; or
                                                                                                               (II) carrying out an energy efficiency project for
                                                                                                            a small business concern.
                                                                                                    (G) GUARANTEE FEE WAIVER FOR VETERANS.—
                                                                                                         (i) GUARANTEE FEE WAIVER.—The Administrator
                                                                                                      may not collect a guarantee fee described in paragraph
                                                                                                      (18) in connection with a loan made under this para-
                                                                                                      graph to a veteran or spouse of a veteran on or after
                                                                                                      October 1, 2015.
                                                                                                         (ii) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
                                                                                                      ‘‘veteran or spouse of a veteran’’ means—
                                                                                                               (I) a veteran, as defined in section 3(q)(4);
                                                                                                               (II) an individual who is eligible to participate
                                                                                                            in the Transition Assistance Program established
                                                                                                            under section 1144 of title 10, United States Code;
                                                                                                               (III) a member of a reserve component of the
                                                                                                            Armed Forces named in section 10101 of title 10,
                                                                                                            United States Code;
                                                                                                               (IV) the spouse of an individual described in
                                                                                                            subclause (I), (II), or (III); or
                                                                                                               (V) the surviving spouse (as defined in section
                                                                                                            101 of title 38, United States Code) of an indi-
                                                                                                            vidual described in subclause (I), (II), or (III) who
                                                                                                            died while serving on active duty or as a result of
                                                                                                            a disability that is service-connected (as defined in
                                                                                                            such section).
                                                                                                    (H) RECOVERY OPPORTUNITY LOANS.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may guarantee
                                                                                                      an express loan to a small business concern located in
                                                                                                      a disaster area in accordance with this subparagraph.
                                                                                                         (ii) MAXIMUMS.—For a loan guaranteed under clause
                                                                                                      (i)—
                                                                                                               (I) the maximum loan amount is $150,000; and
                                                                                                               (II) the guarantee rate shall be not more than
                                                                                                            85 percent.
                                                                                                         (iii) OVERALL CAP.—A loan guaranteed under clause
                                                                                                      (i) shall not be counted in determining the amount of
                                                                                                      loans made to a borrower for purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                      graph (D).
                                                                                                         (iv) OPERATIONS.—A small business concern receiv-
                                                                                                      ing a loan guaranteed under clause (i) shall certify




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      that the small business concern was in operation on
                                                                                                      the date on which the applicable major disaster oc-
                                                                                                      curred as a condition of receiving the loan.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  24

                                                                                                     (v) REPAYMENT ABILITY.—A loan guaranteed under
                                                                                                   clause (i) may only be made to a small business con-
                                                                                                   cern that demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Ad-
                                                                                                   ministrator, sufficient capacity to repay the loan.
                                                                                                     (vi) TIMING OF PAYMENT OF GUARANTEES.—
                                                                                                           (I) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after
                                                                                                        the date on which a request for purchase is filed
                                                                                                        with the Administrator, the Administrator shall
                                                                                                        determine whether to pay the guaranteed portion
                                                                                                        of the loan.
                                                                                                           (II) RECAPTURE.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                        provision of law, unless there is a subsequent
                                                                                                        finding of fraud by a court of competent jurisdic-
                                                                                                        tion relating to a loan guaranteed under clause (i),
                                                                                                        on and after the date that is 6 months after the
                                                                                                        date on which the Administrator determines to
                                                                                                        pay the guaranteed portion of the loan, the Ad-
                                                                                                        ministrator may not attempt to recapture the paid
                                                                                                        guarantee.
                                                                                                     (vii) FEES.—
                                                                                                           (I) IN GENERAL.—Unless the Administrator has
                                                                                                        waived the guarantee fee that would otherwise be
                                                                                                        collected by the Administrator under paragraph
                                                                                                        (18) for a loan guaranteed under clause (i), and
                                                                                                        except as provided in subclause (II), the guarantee
                                                                                                        fee for the loan shall be equal to the guarantee fee
                                                                                                        that the Administrator would collect if the guar-
                                                                                                        antee rate for the loan was 50 percent.
                                                                                                           (II) EXCEPTION.—Subclause (I) shall not apply if
                                                                                                        the cost of carrying out the program under this
                                                                                                        subsection in a fiscal year is more than zero and
                                                                                                        such cost is directly attributable to the cost of
                                                                                                        guaranteeing loans under clause (i).
                                                                                                     (viii) RULES.—Not later than 270 days after the date
                                                                                                   of enactment of this subparagraph, the Administrator
                                                                                                   shall promulgate rules to carry out this subparagraph.
                                                                                            (32) LOANS FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT TECHNOLOGIES.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                     (i) the term ‘‘cost’’ has the meaning given that term
                                                                                                   in section 502 of the Federal Credit Reform Act of
                                                                                                   1990 (2 U.S.C. 661a);
                                                                                                     (ii) the term ‘‘covered energy efficiency loan’’ means
                                                                                                   a loan—
                                                                                                           (I) made under this subsection; and
                                                                                                           (II) the proceeds of which are used to purchase
                                                                                                        energy efficient designs, equipment, or fixtures, or
                                                                                                        to reduce the energy consumption of the borrower
                                                                                                        by 10 percent or more; and
                                                                                                     (iii) the term ‘‘pilot program’’ means the pilot pro-
                                                                                                   gram established under subparagraph (B)
                                                                                                 (B) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Administrator shall establish




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              and carry out a pilot program under which the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator shall reduce the fees for covered energy efficiency
                                                                                              loans.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  25

                                                                                                 (C) DURATION.—The pilot program shall terminate at
                                                                                               the end of the second full fiscal year after the date that the
                                                                                               Administrator establishes the pilot program.
                                                                                                 (D) MAXIMUM PARTICIPATION.—A covered energy effi-
                                                                                               ciency loan shall include the maximum participation levels
                                                                                               by the Administrator permitted for loans made under this
                                                                                               subsection.
                                                                                                 (E) FEES.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The fee on a covered energy effi-
                                                                                                   ciency loan shall be equal to 50 percent of the fee oth-
                                                                                                   erwise applicable to that loan under paragraph (18).
                                                                                                      (ii) WAIVER.—The Administrator may waive clause
                                                                                                   (i) for a fiscal year if—
                                                                                                           (I) for the fiscal year before that fiscal year, the
                                                                                                         annual rate of default of covered energy efficiency
                                                                                                         loans exceeds that of loans made under this sub-
                                                                                                         section that are not covered energy efficiency
                                                                                                         loans;
                                                                                                           (II) the cost to the Administration of making
                                                                                                         loans under this subsection is greater than zero
                                                                                                         and such cost is directly attributable to the cost of
                                                                                                         making covered energy efficiency loans; and
                                                                                                           (III) no additional sources of revenue authority
                                                                                                         are available to reduce the cost of making loans
                                                                                                         under this subsection to zero.
                                                                                                      (iii) EFFECT OF WAIVER.—If the Administrator
                                                                                                   waives the reduction of fees under clause (ii), the Ad-
                                                                                                   ministrator—
                                                                                                           (I) shall not assess or collect fees in an amount
                                                                                                         greater than necessary to ensure that the cost of
                                                                                                         the program under this subsection is not greater
                                                                                                         than zero; and
                                                                                                           (II) shall reinstate the fee reductions under
                                                                                                         clause (i) when the conditions in clause (ii) no
                                                                                                         longer apply.
                                                                                                      (iv) NO INCREASE OF FEES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                   not increase the fees under paragraph (18) on loans
                                                                                                   made under this subsection that are not covered en-
                                                                                                   ergy efficiency loans as a direct result of the pilot pro-
                                                                                                   gram.
                                                                                                 (F) GAO REPORT.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the
                                                                                                   date that the pilot program terminates, the Comp-
                                                                                                   troller General of the United States shall submit to
                                                                                                   the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                                   resentatives and the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                                   and Entrepreneurship of the Senate a report on the
                                                                                                   pilot program.
                                                                                                      (ii) CONTENTS.—The report submitted under clause
                                                                                                   (i) shall include—
                                                                                                           (I) the number of covered energy efficiency loans
                                                                                                         for which fees were reduced under the pilot pro-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                         gram;
                                                                                                           (II) a description of the energy efficiency savings
                                                                                                         with the pilot program;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  26

                                                                                                            (III) a description of the impact of the pilot pro-
                                                                                                         gram on the program under this subsection;
                                                                                                            (IV) an evaluation of the efficacy and potential
                                                                                                         fraud and abuse of the pilot program; and
                                                                                                            (V) recommendations for improving the pilot
                                                                                                         program.
                                                                                            (33) INCREASED VETERAN PARTICIPATION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                      (i) the term ‘‘cost’’ has the meaning given that term
                                                                                                   in section 502 of the Federal Credit Reform Act of
                                                                                                   1990 (2 U.S.C. 661a);
                                                                                                      (ii) the term ‘‘pilot program’’ means the pilot pro-
                                                                                                   gram established under subparagraph (B); and
                                                                                                      (iii) the term ‘‘veteran participation loan’’ means a
                                                                                                   loan made under this subsection to a small business
                                                                                                   concern owned and controlled by veterans of the
                                                                                                   Armed Forces or members of the reserve components
                                                                                                   of the Armed Forces.
                                                                                                 (B) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Administrator shall establish
                                                                                              and carry out a pilot program under which the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator shall reduce the fees for veteran participation loans.
                                                                                                 (C) DURATION.—The pilot program shall terminate at
                                                                                              the end of the second full fiscal year after the date that the
                                                                                              Administrator establishes the pilot program.
                                                                                                 (D) MAXIMUM PARTICIPATION.—A veteran participation
                                                                                              loan shall include the maximum participation levels by the
                                                                                              Administrator permitted for loans made under this sub-
                                                                                              section.
                                                                                                 (E) FEES.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The fee on a veteran participation
                                                                                                   loan shall be equal to 50 percent of the fee otherwise
                                                                                                   applicable to that loan under paragraph (18).
                                                                                                      (ii) WAIVER.—The Administrator may waive clause
                                                                                                   (i) for a fiscal year if—
                                                                                                            (I) for the fiscal year before that fiscal year, the
                                                                                                         annual estimated rate of default of veteran par-
                                                                                                         ticipation loans exceeds that of loans made under
                                                                                                         this subsection that are not veteran participation
                                                                                                         loans;
                                                                                                            (II) the cost to the Administration of making
                                                                                                         loans under this subsection is greater than zero
                                                                                                         and such cost is directly attributable to the cost of
                                                                                                         making veteran participation loans; and
                                                                                                            (III) no additional sources of revenue authority
                                                                                                         are available to reduce the cost of making loans
                                                                                                         under this subsection to zero.
                                                                                                      (iii) EFFECT OF WAIVER.—If the Administrator
                                                                                                   waives the reduction of fees under clause (ii), the Ad-
                                                                                                   ministrator—
                                                                                                            (I) shall not assess or collect fees in an amount




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                         greater than necessary to ensure that the cost of
                                                                                                         the program under this subsection is not greater
                                                                                                         than zero; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  27

                                                                                                            (II) shall reinstate the fee reductions under
                                                                                                         clause (i) when the conditions in clause (ii) no
                                                                                                         longer apply.
                                                                                                      (iv) NO INCREASE OF FEES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                   not increase the fees under paragraph (18) on loans
                                                                                                   made under this subsection that are not veteran par-
                                                                                                   ticipation loans as a direct result of the pilot program.
                                                                                                 (F) GAO REPORT.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the
                                                                                                   date that the pilot program terminates, the Comp-
                                                                                                   troller General of the United States shall submit to
                                                                                                   the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                                   resentatives and the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                                   and Entrepreneurship of the Senate a report on the
                                                                                                   pilot program.
                                                                                                      (ii) CONTENTS.—The report submitted under clause
                                                                                                   (i) shall include—
                                                                                                            (I) the number of veteran participation loans for
                                                                                                         which fees were reduced under the pilot program;
                                                                                                            (II) a description of the impact of the pilot pro-
                                                                                                         gram on the program under this subsection;
                                                                                                            (III) an evaluation of the efficacy and potential
                                                                                                         fraud and abuse of the pilot program; and
                                                                                                            (IV) recommendations for improving the pilot
                                                                                                         program.
                                                                                            (34) EXPORT EXPRESS PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                      (i) the term ‘‘export development activity’’ includes—
                                                                                                            (I) obtaining a standby letter of credit when re-
                                                                                                         quired as a bid bond, performance bond, or ad-
                                                                                                         vance payment guarantee;
                                                                                                            (II) participation in a trade show that takes
                                                                                                         place outside the United States;
                                                                                                            (III) translation of product brochures or cata-
                                                                                                         logues for use in markets outside the United
                                                                                                         States;
                                                                                                            (IV) obtaining a general line of credit for export
                                                                                                         purposes;
                                                                                                            (V) performing a service contract from buyers
                                                                                                         located outside the United States;
                                                                                                            (VI) obtaining transaction-specific financing as-
                                                                                                         sociated with completing export orders;
                                                                                                            (VII) purchasing real estate or equipment to be
                                                                                                         used in the production of goods or services for ex-
                                                                                                         port;
                                                                                                            (VIII) providing term loans or other financing to
                                                                                                         enable a small business concern, including an ex-
                                                                                                         port trading company and an export management
                                                                                                         company, to develop a market outside the United
                                                                                                         States; and
                                                                                                            (IX) acquiring, constructing, renovating, mod-
                                                                                                         ernizing, improving, or expanding a production fa-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                         cility or equipment to be used in the United
                                                                                                         States in the production of goods or services for
                                                                                                         export; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  28

                                                                                                     (ii) the term ‘‘express loan’’ means a loan in which
                                                                                                   a lender uses to the maximum extent practicable the
                                                                                                   loan analyses, procedures, and documentation of the
                                                                                                   lender to provide expedited processing of the loan ap-
                                                                                                   plication.
                                                                                                 (B) AUTHORITY.—The Administrator may guarantee the
                                                                                              timely payment of an express loan to a small business con-
                                                                                              cern made for an export development activity.
                                                                                                 (C) LEVEL OF PARTICIPATION.—
                                                                                                     (i) MAXIMUM AMOUNT.—The maximum amount of an
                                                                                                   express loan guaranteed under this paragraph shall be
                                                                                                   $500,000.
                                                                                                     (ii) PERCENTAGE.—For an express loan guaranteed
                                                                                                   under this paragraph, the Administrator shall guar-
                                                                                                   antee—
                                                                                                           (I) 90 percent of a loan that is not more than
                                                                                                        $350,000; and
                                                                                                           (II) 75 percent of a loan that is more than
                                                                                                        $350,000 and not more than $500,000.
                                                                                            (35) LOANS TO COOPERATIVES.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITION.—In this paragraph, the term ‘‘coopera-
                                                                                              tive’’ means an entity that is determined to be a coopera-
                                                                                              tive by the Administrator, in accordance with applicable
                                                                                              Federal and State laws and regulation.
                                                                                                 (B) AUTHORITY.—The Administration shall guarantee
                                                                                              loans made to a cooperative for the purpose described in
                                                                                              paragraph (15).
                                                                                            (36) PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                     (i) the terms ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’
                                                                                                   and ‘‘insured depository institution’’ have the mean-
                                                                                                   ings given those terms in section 3 of the Federal De-
                                                                                                   posit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
                                                                                                     (ii) the term ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan made
                                                                                                   under this paragraph during the covered period;
                                                                                                     (iii) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the period be-
                                                                                                   ginning on February 15, 2020 and ending on June 30,
                                                                                                   2021;
                                                                                                     (iv) the term ‘‘eligible recipient’’ means an individual
                                                                                                   or entity that is eligible to receive a covered loan;
                                                                                                     (v) the term ‘‘eligible self-employed individual’’ has
                                                                                                   the meaning given the term in section 7002(b) of the
                                                                                                   Families First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law
                                                                                                   116–127);
                                                                                                     (vi) the term ‘‘insured credit union’’ has the meaning
                                                                                                   given the term in section 101 of the Federal Credit
                                                                                                   Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
                                                                                                     (vii) the term ‘‘nonprofit organization’’ means an or-
                                                                                                   ganization that is described in section 501(c)(3) of the
                                                                                                   Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and that is exempt
                                                                                                   from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code;
                                                                                                     (viii) the term ‘‘payroll costs’’—




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           (I) means—
                                                                                                                 (aa) the sum of payments of any compensa-
                                                                                                              tion with respect to employees that is a—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  29

                                                                                                                         (AA) salary, wage, commission, or simi-
                                                                                                                      lar compensation;
                                                                                                                         (BB) payment of cash tip or equivalent;
                                                                                                                         (CC) payment for vacation, parental,
                                                                                                                      family, medical, or sick leave;
                                                                                                                         (DD) allowance for dismissal or separa-
                                                                                                                      tion;
                                                                                                                         (EE) payment required for the provi-
                                                                                                                      sions of group health care or group life,
                                                                                                                      disability, vision, or dental insurance ben-
                                                                                                                      efits, including insurance premiums;
                                                                                                                         (FF) payment of any retirement benefit;
                                                                                                                      or
                                                                                                                         (GG) payment of State or local tax as-
                                                                                                                      sessed on the compensation of employees;
                                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                                   (bb) the sum of payments of any compensa-
                                                                                                                tion to or income of a sole proprietor or inde-
                                                                                                                pendent contractor that is a wage, commis-
                                                                                                                sion, income, net earnings from self-employ-
                                                                                                                ment, or similar compensation and that is in
                                                                                                                an amount that is not more than $100,000 on
                                                                                                                an annualized basis, as prorated for the pe-
                                                                                                                riod during which the payments are made or
                                                                                                                the obligation to make the payments is in-
                                                                                                                curred; and
                                                                                                             (II) shall not include—
                                                                                                                   (aa) the compensation of an individual em-
                                                                                                                ployee in excess of $100,000 on an annualized
                                                                                                                basis, as prorated for theperiod during which
                                                                                                                the compensation is paid or the obligationto
                                                                                                                pay the compensation is incurred;
                                                                                                                   (bb) taxes imposed or withheld under chap-
                                                                                                                ters 21, 22, or 24 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                                Code of 1986 during the applicable period;
                                                                                                                   (cc) any compensation of an employee whose
                                                                                                                principal place of residence is outside of the
                                                                                                                United States;
                                                                                                                   (dd) qualified sick leave wages for which a
                                                                                                                credit is allowed under section 7001 of the
                                                                                                                Families First Coronavirus Response Act
                                                                                                                (Public Law 116–127); or
                                                                                                                   (ee) qualified family leave wages for which
                                                                                                                a credit is allowed under section 7003 of the
                                                                                                                Families First Coronavirus Response Act
                                                                                                                (Public Law 116–127);
                                                                                                        (ix) the term ‘‘veterans organization’’ means an orga-
                                                                                                      nization that is described in section 501(c)(19) of the
                                                                                                      Internal Revenue Code that is exempt from taxation
                                                                                                      under section 501(a) of such Code;
                                                                                                        (x) the term ‘‘community development financial in-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      stitution’’ has the meaning given the term in section
                                                                                                      103 of the Riegle Community Development and Regu-
                                                                                                      latory Improvement Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4702));




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  30

                                                                                                         (xi) the term ‘‘community financial institutions’’
                                                                                                      means—
                                                                                                               (I) a community development financial institu-
                                                                                                           tion;
                                                                                                               (II) a minority depository institution, as defined
                                                                                                           in section 308 of the Financial Institutions Re-
                                                                                                           form, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (12
                                                                                                           U.S.C. 1463 note);
                                                                                                               (III) a development company that is certified
                                                                                                           under title V of the Small Business Investment
                                                                                                           Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 695 et seq.); and
                                                                                                               (IV) an intermediary, as defined in section
                                                                                                           7(m)(11);
                                                                                                         (xii) the term ‘‘credit union’’ means a State credit
                                                                                                      union or a Federal credit union, as those terms are de-
                                                                                                      fined, respectively, in section 101 of the Federal Credit
                                                                                                      Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
                                                                                                         (xiii) the term ‘‘seasonal employer’’ means an eligible
                                                                                                      recipient that—
                                                                                                               (I) does not operate for more than 7 months in
                                                                                                           any calendar year; or
                                                                                                               (II) during the preceding calendar year, had
                                                                                                           gross receipts for any 6 months of that year that
                                                                                                           were not more than 33.33 percent of the gross re-
                                                                                                           ceipts of the employer for the other 6 months of
                                                                                                           that year;
                                                                                                         (xiv) the term ‘‘housing cooperative’’ means a cooper-
                                                                                                      ative housing corporation (as defined in section 216(b)
                                                                                                      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) that employs
                                                                                                      not more than 300 employees;
                                                                                                         (xv) the term ‘‘destination marketing organization’’
                                                                                                      means a nonprofit entity that is—
                                                                                                               (I) an organization described in section 501(c) of
                                                                                                           the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt
                                                                                                           from tax under section 501(a) of such Code; or
                                                                                                               (II) a State, or a political subdivision of a State
                                                                                                           (including any instrumentality of such entities)—
                                                                                                                     (aa) engaged in marketing and promoting
                                                                                                                  communities and facilities to businesses and
                                                                                                                  leisure travelers through a range of activities,
                                                                                                                  including—
                                                                                                                          (AA) assisting with the location of
                                                                                                                       meeting and convention sites;
                                                                                                                          (BB) providing travel information on
                                                                                                                       area attractions, lodging accommodations,
                                                                                                                       and restaurants;
                                                                                                                          (CC) providing maps; and
                                                                                                                          (DD) organizing group tours of local
                                                                                                                       historical, recreational, and cultural at-
                                                                                                                       tractions; or
                                                                                                                     (bb) that is engaged in, and derives the ma-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                  jority of the operating budget of the entity
                                                                                                                  from revenue attributable to, providing live
                                                                                                                  events;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  31

                                                                                                      (xvi) the terms ‘‘exchange’’, ‘‘issuer’’, and ‘‘security’’
                                                                                                   have the meanings given those terms in section 3(a) of
                                                                                                   the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a));
                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                      (xvii) the term ‘‘additional covered nonprofit enti-
                                                                                                   ty’’—
                                                                                                           (I) means an organization described in any
                                                                                                         paragraph of section 501(c) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                         enue Code of 1986, other than paragraph (3), (4),
                                                                                                         (6), or (19), and exempt from tax under section
                                                                                                         501(a) of such Code; and
                                                                                                           (II) does not include any entity that, if the enti-
                                                                                                         ty were a business concern, would be described in
                                                                                                         section 120.110 of title 13, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                                         lations (or in any successor regulation or other re-
                                                                                                         lated guidance or rule that may be issued by the
                                                                                                         Administrator) other than a business concern de-
                                                                                                         scribed in paragraph (a) or (k) of such section.
                                                                                                 (B) PAYCHECK PROTECTION LOANS.—Except as otherwise
                                                                                               provided in this paragraph, the Administrator may guar-
                                                                                               antee covered loans under the same terms, conditions, and
                                                                                               processes as a loan made under this subsection.
                                                                                                 (C) REGISTRATION OF LOANS.—Not later than 15 days
                                                                                               after the date on which a loan is made under this para-
                                                                                               graph, the Administration shall register the loan using the
                                                                                               TIN (as defined in section 7701 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                               Code of 1986) assigned to the borrower.
                                                                                                 (D) INCREASED ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSI-
                                                                                               NESSES AND ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, in addi-
                                                                                                   tion to small business concerns, any business concern,
                                                                                                   nonprofit organization, housing cooperative, veterans
                                                                                                   organization, or Tribal business concern described in
                                                                                                   section 31(b)(2)(C) shall be eligible to receive a covered
                                                                                                   loan if the business concern, nonprofit organization,
                                                                                                   housing cooperative, veterans organization, or Tribal
                                                                                                   business concern employs not more than the greater
                                                                                                   of—
                                                                                                           (I) 500 employees; or
                                                                                                           (II) if applicable, the size standard in number of
                                                                                                         employees established by the Administration for
                                                                                                         the industry in which the business concern, non-
                                                                                                         profit organization, housing cooperative, veterans
                                                                                                         organization, or Tribal business concern operates.
                                                                                                      (ii) INCLUSION OF SOLE PROPRIETORS, INDEPENDENT
                                                                                                   CONTRACTORS, AND ELIGIBLE SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVID-
                                                                                                   UALS.—
                                                                                                           (I) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, in-
                                                                                                         dividuals who operate under a sole proprietorship
                                                                                                         or as an independent contractor and eligible self-
                                                                                                         employed individuals shall be eligible to receive a
                                                                                                         covered loan.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           (II) DOCUMENTATION.—An eligible self-employed
                                                                                                         individual, independent contractor, or sole propri-
                                                                                                         etorship seeking a covered loan shall submit such




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  32

                                                                                                           documentation as determined necessary by the
                                                                                                           Administrator and the Secretary, to establish the
                                                                                                           applicant as eligible.
                                                                                                        (iii) BUSINESS CONCERNS WITH MORE THAN 1 PHYS-
                                                                                                      ICAL LOCATION.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, any
                                                                                                           business concern that employs not more than 500
                                                                                                           employees per physical location of the business
                                                                                                           concern and that is assigned a North American
                                                                                                           Industry Classification System code beginning
                                                                                                           with 72 at the time of disbursal shall be eligible
                                                                                                           to receive a covered loan.
                                                                                                              (II) ELIGIBILITY OF NEWS ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                                    (aa) DEFINITION.—In this subclause, the
                                                                                                                 term ‘‘included business concern’’ means a
                                                                                                                 business concern, including any station which
                                                                                                                 broadcasts pursuant to a license granted by
                                                                                                                 the Federal Communications Commission
                                                                                                                 under title III of the Communications Act of
                                                                                                                 1934 (47 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) without regard
                                                                                                                 for whether such a station is a concern as de-
                                                                                                                 fined in section 121.105 of title 13, Code of
                                                                                                                 Federal Regulations, or any successor there-
                                                                                                                 to—
                                                                                                                         (AA) that employs not more than 500
                                                                                                                      employees, or the size standard estab-
                                                                                                                      lished by the Administrator for the North
                                                                                                                      American Industry Classification System
                                                                                                                      code applicable to the business concern,
                                                                                                                      per physical location of such business con-
                                                                                                                      cern; or
                                                                                                                         (BB) any nonprofit organization or any
                                                                                                                      organization otherwise subject to section
                                                                                                                      511(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                                                      of 1986 that is a public broadcasting enti-
                                                                                                                      ty (as defined in section 397(11) of the
                                                                                                                      Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                      397(11))).
                                                                                                                    (bb) ELIGIBILITY.—During the covered pe-
                                                                                                                 riod, an included business concern shall be el-
                                                                                                                 igible to receive a covered loan if—
                                                                                                                         (AA) the included business concern is
                                                                                                                      majority owned or controlled by a busi-
                                                                                                                      ness concern that is assigned a North
                                                                                                                      American Industry Classification System
                                                                                                                      code beginning with 511110 or 5151 or,
                                                                                                                      with respect to a public broadcasting enti-
                                                                                                                      ty (as defined in section 397(11) of the
                                                                                                                      Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                      397(11))), has a trade or business that
                                                                                                                      falls under such a code; and
                                                                                                                         (BB) the included business concern




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                      makes a good faith certification that pro-
                                                                                                                      ceeds of the loan will be used to support
                                                                                                                      expenses at the component of the in-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  33

                                                                                                                      cluded business concern that produces or
                                                                                                                      distributes locally focused or emergency
                                                                                                                      information.
                                                                                                              (III) ELIGIBILITY OF CERTAIN ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                           Subject to the provisions in this subparagraph,
                                                                                                           during the covered period—
                                                                                                                    (aa) a nonprofit organization shall be eligi-
                                                                                                                 ble to receive a covered loan if the nonprofit
                                                                                                                 organization employs not more than 500 em-
                                                                                                                 ployees per physical location of the organiza-
                                                                                                                 tion; and
                                                                                                                    (bb) an additional covered nonprofit entity
                                                                                                                 and an organization that, but for subclauses
                                                                                                                 (I)(dd) and (II)(dd) of clause (vii), would be eli-
                                                                                                                 gible for a covered loan under clause (vii)
                                                                                                                 shall be eligible to receive a covered loan if
                                                                                                                 the entity or organization employs not more
                                                                                                                 than 300 employees per physical location of
                                                                                                                 the entity or organization.
                                                                                                              (IV) ELIGIBILITY OF INTERNET PUBLISHING ORGA-
                                                                                                           NIZATIONS.—A business concern or other organiza-
                                                                                                           tion that was not eligible to receive a covered loan
                                                                                                           the day before the date of enactment of this sub-
                                                                                                           clause, is assigned a North American Industry
                                                                                                           Classification System code of 519130, certifies in
                                                                                                           good faith as an Internet-only news publisher or
                                                                                                           Internet-only periodical publisher, and is engaged
                                                                                                           in the collection and distribution of local or re-
                                                                                                           gional and national news and information shall be
                                                                                                           eligible to receive a covered loan for the continued
                                                                                                           provision of news, information, content, or emer-
                                                                                                           gency information if—
                                                                                                                    (aa) the business concern or organization
                                                                                                                 employs not more than 500 employees, or the
                                                                                                                 size standard established by the Adminis-
                                                                                                                 trator for that North American Industry Clas-
                                                                                                                 sification code, per physical location of the
                                                                                                                 business concern or organization; and
                                                                                                                    (bb) the business concern or organization
                                                                                                                 makes a good faith certification that proceeds
                                                                                                                 of the loan will be used to support expenses at
                                                                                                                 the component of the business concern or or-
                                                                                                                 ganization that supports local or regional
                                                                                                                 news.
                                                                                                        (iv) WAIVER OF AFFILIATION RULES.—During the cov-
                                                                                                      ered period, the provisions applicable to affiliations
                                                                                                      under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of Federal Reg-
                                                                                                      ulations, or any successor regulation, are waived with
                                                                                                      respect to eligibility for a covered loan for—
                                                                                                              (I) any business concern with not more than 500
                                                                                                           employees that, as of the date on which the cov-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           ered loan is disbursed, is assigned a North Amer-
                                                                                                           ican Industry Classification System code begin-
                                                                                                           ning with 72;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  34

                                                                                                               (II) any business concern operating as a fran-
                                                                                                            chise that is assigned a franchise identifier code
                                                                                                            by the Administration;
                                                                                                               (III) any business concern that receives finan-
                                                                                                            cial assistance from a company licensed under sec-
                                                                                                            tion 301 of the Small Business Investment Act of
                                                                                                            1958 (15 U.S.C. 681);
                                                                                                               (IV)(aa) any business concern (including any
                                                                                                            station which broadcasts pursuant to a license
                                                                                                            granted by the Federal Communications Commis-
                                                                                                            sion under title III of the Communications Act of
                                                                                                            1934 (47 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) without regard for
                                                                                                            whether such a station is a concern as defined in
                                                                                                            section 121.105 of title 13, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                                            lations, or any successor thereto) that employs not
                                                                                                            more than 500 employees, or the size standard es-
                                                                                                            tablished by the Administrator for the North
                                                                                                            American Industry Classification System code ap-
                                                                                                            plicable to the business concern, per physical loca-
                                                                                                            tion of such business concern and is majority
                                                                                                            owned or controlled by a business concern that is
                                                                                                            assigned a North American Industry Classification
                                                                                                            System code beginning with 511110 or 5151; or
                                                                                                               (bb) any nonprofit organization that is assigned
                                                                                                            a North American Industry Classification System
                                                                                                            code beginning with 5151; and
                                                                                                               (V) any business concern or other organization
                                                                                                            that was not eligible to receive a covered loan the
                                                                                                            day before the date of enactment of this subclause,
                                                                                                            is assigned a North American Industry Classifica-
                                                                                                            tion System code of 519130, certifies in good faith
                                                                                                            as an Internet-only news publisher or Internet-
                                                                                                            only periodical publisher, and is engaged in the
                                                                                                            collection and distribution of local or regional and
                                                                                                            national news and information, if the business
                                                                                                            concern or organization—
                                                                                                                     (aa) employs not more than 500 employees,
                                                                                                                  or the size standard established by the Ad-
                                                                                                                  ministrator for that North American Industry
                                                                                                                  Classification code, per physical location of
                                                                                                                  the business concern or organization; and
                                                                                                                     (bb) is majority owned or controlled by a
                                                                                                                  business concern or organization that is as-
                                                                                                                  signed a North American Industry Classifica-
                                                                                                                  tion System code of 519130.
                                                                                                         (v) EMPLOYEE.—For purposes of determining wheth-
                                                                                                      er a business concern, nonprofit organization, veterans
                                                                                                      organization, or Tribal business concern described in
                                                                                                      section 31(b)(2)(C) employs not more than 500 employ-
                                                                                                      ees under clause (i)(I), or for purposes of determining
                                                                                                      the number of employees of a housing cooperative or
                                                                                                      a business concern or organization made eligible for a




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      loan under this paragraph under subclause (II), (III),
                                                                                                      or (IV) of clause (iii), subclause (IV) or (V) of clause
                                                                                                      (iv), clause (vii), or clause (ix), the term ‘‘employee’’ in-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  35

                                                                                                      cludes individuals employed on a full-time, part-time,
                                                                                                      or other basis.
                                                                                                        (vi) AFFILIATION.—The provisions applicable to affili-
                                                                                                      ations under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of Fed-
                                                                                                      eral Regulations, or any successor thereto, shall apply
                                                                                                      with respect to a nonprofit organization and, a hous-
                                                                                                      ing cooperative, a veterans organization in the same
                                                                                                      manner as with respect to a small business concern.
                                                                                                        (vii) ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN 501(c)(6) ORGANIZA-
                                                                                                      TIONS.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—Any organization that is de-
                                                                                                           scribed in section 501(c)(6) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                           enue Code and that is exempt from taxation under
                                                                                                           section 501(a) of such Code (excluding professional
                                                                                                           sports leagues and organizations with the purpose
                                                                                                           of promoting or participating in a political cam-
                                                                                                           paign or other activity) shall be eligible to receive
                                                                                                           a covered loan if—
                                                                                                                    (aa) the organization does not receive more
                                                                                                                 than 15 percent of its receipts from lobbying
                                                                                                                 activities;
                                                                                                                    (bb) the lobbying activities of the organiza-
                                                                                                                 tion do not comprise more than 15 percent of
                                                                                                                 the total activities of the organization;
                                                                                                                    (cc) the cost of the lobbying activities of the
                                                                                                                 organization did not exceed $1,000,000 during
                                                                                                                 the most recent tax year of the organization
                                                                                                                 that ended prior to February 15, 2020; and
                                                                                                                    (dd) the organization employs not more
                                                                                                                 than 300 employees.
                                                                                                              (II) DESTINATION MARKETING ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                           Any destination marketing organization shall be
                                                                                                           eligible to receive a covered loan if—
                                                                                                                    (aa) the destination marketing organization
                                                                                                                 does not receive more than 15 percent of its
                                                                                                                 receipts from lobbying activities;
                                                                                                                    (bb) the lobbying activities of the destina-
                                                                                                                 tion marketing organization do not comprise
                                                                                                                 more than 15 percent of the total activities of
                                                                                                                 the organization;
                                                                                                                    (cc) the cost of the lobbying activities of the
                                                                                                                 destination marketing organization did not
                                                                                                                 exceed $1,000,000 during the most recent tax
                                                                                                                 year of the destination marketing organiza-
                                                                                                                 tion that ended prior to February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                    (dd) the destination marketing organization
                                                                                                                 employs not more than 300 employees; and
                                                                                                                    (ee) the destination marketing organiza-
                                                                                                                 tion—
                                                                                                                         (AA) is described in section 501(c) of




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                       the Internal Revenue Code and is exempt
                                                                                                                       from taxation under section 501(a) of
                                                                                                                       such Code; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  36

                                                                                                                      (BB) is a quasi-governmental entity or
                                                                                                                    is a political subdivision of a State or
                                                                                                                    local government, including any instru-
                                                                                                                    mentality of those entities.
                                                                                                      (viii) INELIGIBILITY OF PUBLICLY-TRADED ENTITIES.—
                                                                                                            (I) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subclause (II), and
                                                                                                         notwithstanding any other provision of this para-
                                                                                                         graph, on and after the date of enactment of the
                                                                                                         Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Non-
                                                                                                         profits, and Venues Act, an entity that is an
                                                                                                         issuer, the securities of which are listed on an ex-
                                                                                                         change registered as a national securities ex-
                                                                                                         change under section 6 of the Securities Exchange
                                                                                                         Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f), shall be ineligible to
                                                                                                         receive a covered loan under this paragraph.
                                                                                                            (II) RULE FOR AFFILIATED ENTITIES.—With re-
                                                                                                         spect to a business concern made eligible by sub-
                                                                                                         clause (II) or (IV) of clause (iii) or subclause (IV)
                                                                                                         or (V) of clause (iv) of this subparagraph, the Ad-
                                                                                                         ministrator shall not consider whether any affili-
                                                                                                         ated entity, which for purposes of this subclause
                                                                                                         shall include any entity that owns or controls such
                                                                                                         business concern or organization, is an issuer.
                                                                                                      (ix) ELIGIBILITY OF ADDITIONAL COVERED NONPROFIT
                                                                                                    ENTITIES.—An additional covered nonprofit entity shall
                                                                                                    be eligible to receive a covered loan if—
                                                                                                            (I) the additional covered nonprofit entity does
                                                                                                         not receive more than 15 percent of its receipts
                                                                                                         from lobbying activities;
                                                                                                            (II) the lobbying activities of the additional cov-
                                                                                                         ered nonprofit entity do not comprise more than
                                                                                                         15 percent of the total activities of the organiza-
                                                                                                         tion;
                                                                                                            (III) the cost of the lobbying activities of the ad-
                                                                                                         ditional covered nonprofit entity did not exceed
                                                                                                         $1,000,000 during the most recent tax year of the
                                                                                                         additional covered nonprofit entity that ended
                                                                                                         prior to February 15, 2020; and
                                                                                                            (IV) the additional covered nonprofit entity em-
                                                                                                         ploys not more than 300 employees.
                                                                                                 (E) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—Except as provided in
                                                                                               subparagraph (V), during the covered period, with respect
                                                                                               to a covered loan, the maximum loan amount shall be the
                                                                                               lesser of—
                                                                                                      (i)(I) the sum of—
                                                                                                            (aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                 (AA) the average total monthly payments
                                                                                                               by the applicant for payroll costs incurred
                                                                                                               during the 1-year period before the date on
                                                                                                               which the loan is made, except thatan appli-
                                                                                                               cant that is a seasonal employer shall use the
                                                                                                               average total monthly payments for payroll




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                               for any 12-week period selected by the sea-
                                                                                                               sonal employer between February 15, 2019,
                                                                                                               and February 15, 2020; by




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  37

                                                                                                                   (BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                              (bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                                           subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                                           beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on the
                                                                                                           date on which covered loans are made available to
                                                                                                           be refinanced under the covered loan; or
                                                                                                        (II) if requested by an otherwise eligible recipient
                                                                                                      that was not in business during the period beginning
                                                                                                      on February 15, 2019 and ending on June 30, 2019,
                                                                                                      the sum of—
                                                                                                              (aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                   (AA) the average total monthly payments
                                                                                                                 by the applicant for payroll costs incurred
                                                                                                                 during the period beginning on January 1,
                                                                                                                 2020 and ending on February 29, 2020; by
                                                                                                                   (BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                              (bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                                           subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                                           beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on the
                                                                                                           date on which covered loans are made available to
                                                                                                           be refinanced under the covered loan; or
                                                                                                        (ii) $10,000,000.
                                                                                                    (F) ALLOWABLE USES OF COVERED LOANS.—
                                                                                                        (i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, an eligi-
                                                                                                      ble recipient may, in addition to the allowable uses of
                                                                                                      a loan made under this subsection, use the proceeds of
                                                                                                      the covered loan for—
                                                                                                              (I) payroll costs;
                                                                                                              (II) costs related to the continuation of group
                                                                                                           health care benefits during periods of paid sick,
                                                                                                           medical, or family leave, and insurance premiums;
                                                                                                              (III) employee salaries, commissions, or similar
                                                                                                           compensations;
                                                                                                              (IV) payments of interest on any mortgage obli-
                                                                                                           gation (which shall not include any prepayment of
                                                                                                           or payment of principal on a mortgage obligation);
                                                                                                              (V) rent (including rent under a lease agree-
                                                                                                           ment);
                                                                                                              (VI) utilities;
                                                                                                              (VII) interest on any other debt obligations that
                                                                                                           were incurred before the covered period;
                                                                                                              (VIII) covered operations expenditures, as de-
                                                                                                           fined in section 7A(a);
                                                                                                              (IX) covered property damage costs, as defined
                                                                                                           in section 7A(a);
                                                                                                              (X) covered supplier costs, as defined in section
                                                                                                           7A(a); and
                                                                                                              (XI) covered worker protection expenditures, as
                                                                                                           defined in section 7A(a).
                                                                                                        (ii) DELEGATED AUTHORITY.—
                                                                                                              (I) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of making cov-
                                                                                                           ered loans for the purposes described in clause (i),




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           a lender approved to make loans under this sub-
                                                                                                           section shall be deemed to have been delegated
                                                                                                           authority by the Administrator to make and ap-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  38

                                                                                                            prove covered loans, subject to the provisions of
                                                                                                            this paragraph.
                                                                                                               (II) CONSIDERATIONS.—In evaluating the eligi-
                                                                                                            bility of a borrower for a covered loan with the
                                                                                                            terms described in this paragraph, a lender shall
                                                                                                            consider whether the borrower—
                                                                                                                    (aa) was in operation on February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                    (bb)(AA) had employees for whom the bor-
                                                                                                                  rower paid salaries and payroll taxes; or
                                                                                                                    (BB) paid independent contractors, as re-
                                                                                                                  ported on a Form 1099–MISC.
                                                                                                         (iii) ADDITIONAL LENDERS.—The authority to make
                                                                                                      loans under this paragraph shall be extended to addi-
                                                                                                      tional lenders determined by the Administrator and
                                                                                                      the Secretary of the Treasury to have the necessary
                                                                                                      qualifications to process, close, disburse and service
                                                                                                      loans made with the guarantee of the Administration.
                                                                                                         (iv) REFINANCE.—A loan made under subsection
                                                                                                      (b)(2) during the period beginning on January 31, 2020
                                                                                                      and ending on the date on which covered loans are
                                                                                                      made available may be refinanced as part of a covered
                                                                                                      loan.
                                                                                                         (v) NONRECOURSE.—Notwithstanding the waiver of
                                                                                                      the personal guarantee requirement or collateral
                                                                                                      under subparagraph (J), the Administrator shall have
                                                                                                      no recourse against any individual shareholder, mem-
                                                                                                      ber, or partner of an eligible recipient of a covered
                                                                                                      loan for nonpayment of any covered loan, except to the
                                                                                                      extent that such shareholder, member, or partner uses
                                                                                                      the covered loan proceeds for a purpose not authorized
                                                                                                      under clause (i) or (iv).
                                                                                                         (vi) PROHIBITION.—None of the proceeds of a covered
                                                                                                      loan may be used for—
                                                                                                               (I) lobbying activities, as defined in section 3 of
                                                                                                            the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C.
                                                                                                            1602);
                                                                                                               (II) lobbying expenditures related to a State or
                                                                                                            local election; or
                                                                                                               (III) expenditures designed to influence the en-
                                                                                                            actment of legislation, appropriations, regulation,
                                                                                                            administrative action, or Executive order proposed
                                                                                                            or pending before Congress or any State govern-
                                                                                                            ment, State legislature, or local legislature or leg-
                                                                                                            islative body.
                                                                                                    (G) BORROWER REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                         (i) CERTIFICATION.—An eligible recipient applying
                                                                                                      for a covered loan shall make a good faith certifi-
                                                                                                      cation—
                                                                                                               (I) that the uncertainty of current economic con-
                                                                                                            ditions makes necessary the loan request to sup-
                                                                                                            port the ongoing operations of the eligible recipi-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                            ent;
                                                                                                               (II) acknowledging that funds will be used to re-
                                                                                                            tain workers and maintain payroll or make mort-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00038   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  39

                                                                                                         gage payments, lease payments, and utility pay-
                                                                                                         ments;
                                                                                                            (III) that the eligible recipient does not have an
                                                                                                         application pending for a loan under this sub-
                                                                                                         section for the same purpose and duplicative of
                                                                                                         amounts applied for or received under a covered
                                                                                                         loan; and
                                                                                                            (IV) during the period beginning on February
                                                                                                         15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, that
                                                                                                         the eligible recipient has not received amounts
                                                                                                         under this subsection for the same purpose and
                                                                                                         duplicative of amounts applied for or received
                                                                                                         under a covered loan.
                                                                                                 (H) FEE WAIVER.—With respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                                      (i) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under para-
                                                                                                    graph (23)(A), the Administrator shall collect no fee;
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                      (ii) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                                    paragraph (18)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                                    fee.
                                                                                                 (I) CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—During the covered period, the
                                                                                               requirement that a small business concern is unable to ob-
                                                                                               tain credit elsewhere, as defined in section 3(h), shall not
                                                                                               apply to a covered loan.
                                                                                                 (J) WAIVER OF PERSONAL GUARANTEE REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                                               With respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                                      (i) no personal guarantee shall be required for the
                                                                                                    covered loan; and
                                                                                                      (ii) no collateral shall be required for the covered
                                                                                                    loan.
                                                                                                 (K) MATURITY FOR LOANS WITH REMAINING BALANCE
                                                                                               AFTER APPLICATION OF FORGIVENESS.—With respect to a
                                                                                               covered loan that has a remaining balance after reduction
                                                                                               based on the loan forgiveness amount under section 7A—
                                                                                                      (i) the remaining balance shall continue to be guar-
                                                                                                    anteed by the Administration under this subsection;
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                      (ii) the covered loan shall have a minimum maturity
                                                                                                    of 5 years and a maximum maturity of 10 years from
                                                                                                    the date on which the borrower applies for loan for-
                                                                                                    giveness under that section.
                                                                                                 (L) INTEREST RATE REQUIREMENTS.—A covered loan shall
                                                                                               bear an interest rate not to exceed 4 percent, calculated on
                                                                                               a non-compounding, non-adjustable basis.
                                                                                                 (M) LOAN DEFERMENT.—
                                                                                                      (i) DEFINITION OF IMPACTED BORROWER.—
                                                                                                            (I) IN GENERAL.—In this subparagraph, the term
                                                                                                         ‘‘impacted borrower’’ means an eligible recipient
                                                                                                         that—
                                                                                                                 (aa) is in operation on February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                               and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                 (bb) has an application for a covered loan
                                                                                                               that is approved or pending approval on or
                                                                                                               after the date of enactment of this paragraph.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  40

                                                                                                             (II) PRESUMPTION.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                                          paragraph, an impacted borrower is presumed to
                                                                                                          have been adversely impacted by COVID–19.
                                                                                                       (ii) DEFERRAL.—The Administrator shall—
                                                                                                             (I) consider each eligible recipient that applies
                                                                                                          for a covered loan to be an impacted borrower;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                             (II) require lenders under this subsection to pro-
                                                                                                          vide complete payment deferment relief for im-
                                                                                                          pacted borrowers with covered loans, including
                                                                                                          payment of principal, interest, and fees, until the
                                                                                                          date on which the amount of forgiveness deter-
                                                                                                          mined under section 7A is remitted to the lender.
                                                                                                       (iii) SECONDARY MARKET.—With respect to a covered
                                                                                                    loan that is sold on the secondary market, if an inves-
                                                                                                    tor declines to approve a deferral requested by a lend-
                                                                                                    er under clause (ii), the Administrator shall exercise
                                                                                                    the authority to purchase the loan so that the im-
                                                                                                    pacted borrower may receive a deferral, including pay-
                                                                                                    ment of principal, interest, and fees, until the date on
                                                                                                    which the amount of forgiveness determined under
                                                                                                    section 7A is remitted to the lender.
                                                                                                       (iv) GUIDANCE.—Not later than 30 days after the
                                                                                                    date of enactment of this paragraph, the Adminis-
                                                                                                    trator shall provide guidance to lenders under this
                                                                                                    paragraph on the deferment process described in this
                                                                                                    subparagraph.
                                                                                                       (v) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—If an eligible recipient
                                                                                                    fails to apply for forgiveness of a covered loan within
                                                                                                    10 months after the last day of the covered period de-
                                                                                                    fined in section 7A(a), such eligible recipient shall
                                                                                                    make payments of principal, interest, and fees on such
                                                                                                    covered loan beginning on the day that is not earlier
                                                                                                    than the date that is 10 months after the last day of
                                                                                                    such covered period.
                                                                                                  (N) SECONDARY MARKET SALES.—A covered loan shall be
                                                                                               eligible to be sold in the secondary market consistent with
                                                                                               this subsection. The Administrator may not collect any fee
                                                                                               for any guarantee sold into the secondary market under
                                                                                               this subparagraph.
                                                                                                  (O) REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                       (i) RISK WEIGHT.—With respect to the appropriate
                                                                                                    Federal banking agencies or the National Credit
                                                                                                    Union Administration Board applying capital require-
                                                                                                    ments under their respective risk-based capital re-
                                                                                                    quirements, a covered loan shall receive a risk weight
                                                                                                    of zero percent.
                                                                                                       (ii) TEMPORARY RELIEF FROM TDR DISCLOSURES.—
                                                                                                    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an in-
                                                                                                    sured depository institution or an insured credit union
                                                                                                    that modifies a covered loan in relation to COVID–19-
                                                                                                    related difficulties in a troubled debt restructuring on




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                    or after March 13, 2020, shall not be required to com-
                                                                                                    ply with the Financial Accounting Standards Board
                                                                                                    Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 310–40




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  41

                                                                                                      (‘‘Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by
                                                                                                      Creditors’’) for purposes of compliance with the re-
                                                                                                      quirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
                                                                                                      U.S.C. 1811 et seq.), until such time and under such
                                                                                                      circumstances as the appropriate Federal banking
                                                                                                      agency or the National Credit Union Administration
                                                                                                      Board, as applicable, determines appropriate.
                                                                                                    (P) REIMBURSEMENT FOR PROCESSING.—
                                                                                                         (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall reimburse
                                                                                                      a lender authorized to make a covered loan as follows:
                                                                                                               (I) With respect to a covered loan made during
                                                                                                            the period beginning on the date of enactment of
                                                                                                            this paragraph and ending on the day before the
                                                                                                            date of enactment of the Economic Aid to Hard-
                                                                                                            Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues
                                                                                                            Act, the Administrator shall reimburse such a
                                                                                                            lender at a rate, based on the balance of the fi-
                                                                                                            nancing outstanding at the time of disbursement
                                                                                                            of the covered loan, of—
                                                                                                                     (aa) 5 percent for loans of not more than
                                                                                                                  $350,000;
                                                                                                                     (bb) 3 percent for loans of more than
                                                                                                                  $350,000 and less than $2,000,000; and
                                                                                                                     (cc) 1 percent for loans of not less than
                                                                                                                  $2,000,000.
                                                                                                               (II) With respect to a covered loan made on or
                                                                                                            after the date of enactment of the Economic Aid to
                                                                                                            Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and
                                                                                                            Venues Act, the Administrator shall reimburse
                                                                                                            such a lender—
                                                                                                                     (aa) for a covered loan of not more than
                                                                                                                  $50,000, in an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                                                          (AA) 50 percent of the balance of the fi-
                                                                                                                        nancing outstanding at the time of dis-
                                                                                                                        bursement of the covered loan; or
                                                                                                                          (BB) $2,500; and
                                                                                                                     (bb) at a rate, based on the balance of the
                                                                                                                  financing outstanding at the time of disburse-
                                                                                                                  ment of the covered loan, of—
                                                                                                                          (AA) 5 percent for a covered loan of
                                                                                                                        more than $50,000 and not more than
                                                                                                                        $350,000;
                                                                                                                          (BB) 3 percent for a covered loan of
                                                                                                                        more than $350,000 and less than
                                                                                                                        $2,000,000; and
                                                                                                                          (CC) 1 percent for a covered loan of not
                                                                                                                        less than $2,000,000.
                                                                                                         (ii) FEE LIMITS.—An agent that assists an eligible re-
                                                                                                      cipient to prepare an application for a covered loan
                                                                                                      may not collect a fee in excess of the limits established
                                                                                                      by the Administrator. If an eligible recipient has




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      knowingly retained an agent, such fees shall be paid
                                                                                                      by the eligible recipient and may not be paid out of the
                                                                                                      proceeds of a covered loan. A lender shall only be re-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  42

                                                                                                    sponsible for paying fees to an agent for services for
                                                                                                    which the lender directly contracts with the agent.
                                                                                                       (iii) TIMING.—A reimbursement described in clause
                                                                                                    (i) shall be made not later than 5 days after the re-
                                                                                                    ported disbursement of the covered loan and may not
                                                                                                    be required to be repaid by a lender unless the lender
                                                                                                    is found guilty of an act of fraud in connection with
                                                                                                    the covered loan.
                                                                                                       (iv) SENSE OF THE SENATE.—It is the sense of the
                                                                                                    Senate that the Administrator should issue guidance
                                                                                                    to lenders and agents to ensure that the processing
                                                                                                    and disbursement of covered loans prioritizes small
                                                                                                    business concerns and entities in underserved and
                                                                                                    rural markets, including veterans and members of the
                                                                                                    military community, small business concerns owned
                                                                                                    and controlled by socially and economically disadvan-
                                                                                                    taged individuals (as defined in section 8(d)(3)(C)),
                                                                                                    women, and businesses in operation for less than 2
                                                                                                    years.
                                                                                                 (Q) DUPLICATION.—Nothing in this paragraph shall pro-
                                                                                               hibit a recipient of an economic injury disaster loan made
                                                                                               under subsection (b)(2) during the period beginning on
                                                                                               January 31, 2020 and ending on the date on which covered
                                                                                               loans are made available that is for a purpose other than
                                                                                               paying payroll costs and other obligations described in sub-
                                                                                               paragraph (F) from receiving assistance under this para-
                                                                                               graph.
                                                                                                 (R) WAIVER OF PREPAYMENT PENALTY.—Notwithstanding
                                                                                               any other provision of law, there shall be no prepayment
                                                                                               penalty for any payment made on a covered loan.
                                                                                                 (S) SET-ASIDE FOR INSURED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS,
                                                                                               CREDIT UNIONS, AND COMMUNITY FINANCIAL INSTITU-
                                                                                               TIONS.—
                                                                                                       (i) INSURED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS AND CREDIT
                                                                                                    UNIONS.—In making loan guarantees under this para-
                                                                                                    graph after the date of enactment of this clause, the
                                                                                                    Administrator shall guarantee not less than
                                                                                                    $30,000,000,000 in loans made by—
                                                                                                             (I) insured depository institutions with consoli-
                                                                                                          dated assets of not less than $10,000,000,000 and
                                                                                                          less than $50,000,000,000; and
                                                                                                             (II) credit unions with consolidated assets of not
                                                                                                          less than $10,000,000,000 and less than
                                                                                                          $50,000,000,000.
                                                                                                       (ii) COMMUNITY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, SMALL IN-
                                                                                                    SURED        DEPOSITORY     INSTITUTIONS,    AND    CREDIT
                                                                                                    UNIONS.—In making loan guarantees under this para-
                                                                                                    graph after the date of enactment of this clause, the
                                                                                                    Administrator shall guarantee not less than
                                                                                                    $30,000,000,000 in loans made by—
                                                                                                             (I) community financial institutions;
                                                                                                             (II) insured depository institutions with consoli-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                          dated assets of less than $10,000,000,000; and
                                                                                                             (III) credit unions with consolidated assets of
                                                                                                          less than $10,000,000,000.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  43

                                                                                                 (T) REQUIREMENT FOR DATE IN OPERATION.—A business
                                                                                               or organization that was not in operation on February 15,
                                                                                               2020 shall not be eligible for a loan under this paragraph.
                                                                                                 (U) EXCLUSION OF ENTITIES RECEIVING SHUTTERED
                                                                                               VENUE OPERATOR GRANTS.—An eligible person or entity (as
                                                                                               defined under of section 24 of the Economic Aid to Hard-
                                                                                               Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues Act) that re-
                                                                                               ceives a grant under such section 24 shall not be eligible
                                                                                               for a loan under this paragraph.
                                                                                                 (V) CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT FOR FARM-
                                                                                               ERS AND RANCHERS.—
                                                                                                       (i) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
                                                                                                    ‘‘covered recipient’’ means an eligible recipient that—
                                                                                                             (I) operates as a sole proprietorship or as an
                                                                                                          independent contractor, or is an eligible self-em-
                                                                                                          ployed individual;
                                                                                                             (II) reports farm income or expenses on a Sched-
                                                                                                          ule F (or any equivalent successor schedule); and
                                                                                                             (III) was in business as of February 15, 2020.
                                                                                                       (ii) NO EMPLOYEES.—With respect to covered recipi-
                                                                                                    ent without employees, the maximum covered loan
                                                                                                    amount shall be the lesser of—
                                                                                                             (I) the sum of—
                                                                                                                  (aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                       (AA) the gross income of the covered re-
                                                                                                                     cipient in 2019, as reported on a Schedule
                                                                                                                     F (or any equivalent successor schedule),
                                                                                                                     that is not more than $100,000, divided
                                                                                                                     by 12; and
                                                                                                                       (BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                                  (bb) the outstanding amount of a loan
                                                                                                                under subsection (b)(2) that was made during
                                                                                                                the period beginning on January 31, 2020 and
                                                                                                                ending on April 3, 2020 that the borrower in-
                                                                                                                tends to refinance under the covered loan, not
                                                                                                                including any amount of any advance under
                                                                                                                the loan that is not required to be repaid; or
                                                                                                             (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                       (iii) WITH EMPLOYEES.—With respect to a covered re-
                                                                                                    cipient with employees, the maximum covered loan
                                                                                                    amount shall be calculated using the formula de-
                                                                                                    scribed in subparagraph (E), except that the gross in-
                                                                                                    come of the covered recipient described in clause
                                                                                                    (ii)(I)(aa)(AA) of this subparagraph, as divided by 12,
                                                                                                    shall be added to the sum calculated under subpara-
                                                                                                    graph (E)(i)(I).
                                                                                                       (iv) RECALCULATION.—A lender that made a covered
                                                                                                    loan to a covered recipient before the date of enact-
                                                                                                    ment of this subparagraph may, at the request of the
                                                                                                    covered recipient—
                                                                                                             (I) recalculate the maximum loan amount appli-
                                                                                                          cable to that covered loan based on the formula




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                          described in clause (ii) or (iii), as applicable, if
                                                                                                          doing so would result in a larger covered loan
                                                                                                          amount; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  44

                                                                                                             (II) provide the covered recipient with additional
                                                                                                          covered loan amounts based on that recalculation.
                                                                                            (37) PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM SECOND DRAW LOANS.—
                                                                                                 (A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                     (i) the terms ‘‘additional covered nonprofit enti-
                                                                                                   ty’’,‘‘eligible self-employed individual’’, ‘‘housing cooper-
                                                                                                   ative’’, ‘‘nonprofit organization’’, ‘‘payroll costs’’, ‘‘sea-
                                                                                                   sonal employer’’, and ‘‘veterans organization’’ have the
                                                                                                   meanings given those terms in paragraph (36), except
                                                                                                   that ‘‘eligible entity’’ shall be substituted for ‘‘eligible
                                                                                                   recipient’’ each place it appears in the definitions of
                                                                                                   those terms;
                                                                                                     (ii) the term ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan made
                                                                                                   under this paragraph;
                                                                                                     (iii) the terms ‘‘covered mortgage obligation’’, ‘‘cov-
                                                                                                   ered operating expenditure’’, ‘‘covered property dam-
                                                                                                   age cost’’, ‘‘covered rent obligation’’, ‘‘covered supplier
                                                                                                   cost’’, ‘‘covered utility payment’’, and ‘‘covered worker
                                                                                                   protection expenditure’’ have the meanings given those
                                                                                                   terms in section 7A(a);
                                                                                                     (iv) the term ‘‘eligible entity’’—
                                                                                                             (I) means any business concern, nonprofit orga-
                                                                                                          nization, housing cooperative, veterans organiza-
                                                                                                          tion, Tribal business concern, eligible self-em-
                                                                                                          ployed individual, sole proprietor, independent
                                                                                                          contractor, or small agricultural cooperative
                                                                                                          that—
                                                                                                                   (aa) employs not more than 300 employees;
                                                                                                                and
                                                                                                                   (bb)(AA) except as provided in subitems
                                                                                                                (BB), (CC), and (DD), had gross receipts dur-
                                                                                                                ing the first, second, third, or, only with re-
                                                                                                                spect to an application submitted on or after
                                                                                                                January 1, 2021, fourth quarter in 2020 that
                                                                                                                demonstrate not less than a 25 percent reduc-
                                                                                                                tion from the gross receipts of the entity dur-
                                                                                                                ing the same quarter in 2019;
                                                                                                                   (BB) if the entity was not in business dur-
                                                                                                                ing the first or second quarter of 2019, but
                                                                                                                was in business during the third and fourth
                                                                                                                quarter of 2019, had gross receipts during the
                                                                                                                first, second, third, or, only with respect to an
                                                                                                                application submitted on or after January 1,
                                                                                                                2021, fourth quarter of 2020 that demonstrate
                                                                                                                not less than a 25 percent reduction from the
                                                                                                                gross receipts of the entity during the third or
                                                                                                                fourth quarter of 2019;
                                                                                                                   (CC) if the entity was not in business dur-
                                                                                                                ing the first, second, or third quarter of 2019,
                                                                                                                but was in business during the fourth quarter
                                                                                                                of 2019, had gross receipts during the first,
                                                                                                                second, third, or, only with respect to an ap-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                plication submitted on or after January 1,
                                                                                                                2021, fourth quarter of 2020 that demonstrate
                                                                                                                not less than a 25 percent reduction from the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  45

                                                                                                                 gross receipts of the entity during the fourth
                                                                                                                 quarter of 2019; or
                                                                                                                    (DD) if the entity was not in business dur-
                                                                                                                 ing 2019, but was in operation on February
                                                                                                                 15, 2020, had gross receipts during the sec-
                                                                                                                 ond, third, or, only with respect to an applica-
                                                                                                                 tion submitted on or after January 1, 2021,
                                                                                                                 fourth quarter of 2020 that demonstrate not
                                                                                                                 less than a 25 percent reduction from the
                                                                                                                 gross receipts of the entity during the first
                                                                                                                 quarter of 2020;
                                                                                                              (II) includes a business concern or organization
                                                                                                           made eligible for a loan under paragraph (36)
                                                                                                           under subclause (II), (III), or (IV) of clause (iii),
                                                                                                           subclause (IV) or (V) of clause (iv), clause (vii), or
                                                                                                           clause (ix) of subparagraph (D) of paragraph (36)
                                                                                                           and that meets the requirements described in
                                                                                                           items (aa) and (bb) of subclause (I); and
                                                                                                              (III) does not include—
                                                                                                                    (aa) any entity that is a type of business
                                                                                                                 concern (or would be, if such entity were a
                                                                                                                 business concern) described in section 120.110
                                                                                                                 of title 13, Code of Federal Regulations (or in
                                                                                                                 any successor regulation or other related
                                                                                                                 guidance or rule that may be issued by the
                                                                                                                 Administrator) other than a business concern
                                                                                                                 described in subsection (a) or (k) of such sec-
                                                                                                                 tion; or
                                                                                                                    (bb) any business concern or entity pri-
                                                                                                                 marily engaged in political or lobbying activi-
                                                                                                                 ties, which shall include any entity that is or-
                                                                                                                 ganized for research or for engaging in advo-
                                                                                                                 cacy in areas such as public policy or political
                                                                                                                 strategy or otherwise describes itself as a
                                                                                                                 think tank in any public documents;
                                                                                                                    (cc) any business concern or entity—
                                                                                                                         (AA) for which an entity created in or
                                                                                                                       organized under the laws of the People’s
                                                                                                                       Republic of China or the Special Adminis-
                                                                                                                       trative Region of Hong Kong, or that has
                                                                                                                       significant operations in the People’s Re-
                                                                                                                       public of China or the Special Adminis-
                                                                                                                       trative Region of Hong Kong, owns or
                                                                                                                       holds, directly or indirectly, not less than
                                                                                                                       20 percent of the economic interest of the
                                                                                                                       business concern or entity, including as
                                                                                                                       equity shares or a capital or profit inter-
                                                                                                                       est in a limited liability company or part-
                                                                                                                       nership; or
                                                                                                                         (BB) that retains, as a member of the
                                                                                                                       board of directors of the business concern,
                                                                                                                       a person who is a resident of the People’s




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                       Republic of China;
                                                                                                                    (dd) any person required to submit a reg-
                                                                                                                 istration statement under section 2 of the For-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00045   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  46

                                                                                                                eign Agents Registration Act of 1938 (22
                                                                                                                U.S.C. 612); or
                                                                                                                  (ee) an eligible person or entity (as defined
                                                                                                                under section 24 of the Economic Aid to Hard-
                                                                                                                Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues
                                                                                                                Act) that receives a grant under such section
                                                                                                                24; and
                                                                                                       (v) the term ‘‘Tribal business concern’’ means a Trib-
                                                                                                    al business concern described in section 31(b)(2)(C).
                                                                                                  (B) LOANS.—Except as otherwise provided in this para-
                                                                                               graph, the Administrator may guarantee covered loans to
                                                                                               eligible entities under the same terms, conditions, and
                                                                                               processes as a loan made under paragraph (36).
                                                                                                  (C) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—
                                                                                                       (i) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in
                                                                                                    this subparagraph, the maximum amount of a covered
                                                                                                    loan made to an eligible entity is the lesser of—
                                                                                                             (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                  (aa) at the election of the eligible entity, the
                                                                                                                average total monthly payment for payroll
                                                                                                                costs incurred or paid by the eligible entity
                                                                                                                during—
                                                                                                                        (AA) the 1-year period before the date
                                                                                                                     on which the loan is made; or
                                                                                                                        (BB) calendar year 2019; by
                                                                                                                  (bb) 2.5; or
                                                                                                             (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                       (ii) SEASONAL EMPLOYERS.—The maximum amount
                                                                                                    of a covered loan made to an eligible entity that is a
                                                                                                    seasonal employer is the lesser of—
                                                                                                             (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                  (aa) at the election of the eligible entity, the
                                                                                                                average total monthly payments for payroll
                                                                                                                costs incurred or paid by the eligible entity for
                                                                                                                any 12-week period between February 15,
                                                                                                                2019 and February 15, 2020; by
                                                                                                                  (bb) 2.5; or
                                                                                                             (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                       (iii) NEW ENTITIES.—The maximum amount of a cov-
                                                                                                    ered loan made to an eligible entity that did not exist
                                                                                                    during the 1-year period preceding February 15, 2020
                                                                                                    is the lesser of—
                                                                                                             (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                  (aa) the quotient obtained by dividing—
                                                                                                                        (AA) the sum of the total monthly pay-
                                                                                                                     ments by the eligible entity for payroll
                                                                                                                     costs paid or incurred by the eligible enti-
                                                                                                                     ty as of the date on which the eligible en-
                                                                                                                     tity applies for the covered loan; by
                                                                                                                        (BB) the number of months in which
                                                                                                                     those payroll costs were paid or incurred;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                     by
                                                                                                                  (bb) 2.5; or
                                                                                                             (II) $2,000,000.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00046   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  47

                                                                                                      (iv) NAICS 72 ENTITIES.—The maximum amount of
                                                                                                    a covered loan made to an eligible entity that is as-
                                                                                                    signed a North American Industry Classification Sys-
                                                                                                    tem code beginning with 72 at the time of disbursal is
                                                                                                    the lesser of—
                                                                                                            (I) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                                 (aa) at the election of the eligible entity, the
                                                                                                               average total monthly payment for payroll
                                                                                                               costs incurred or paid by the eligible entity
                                                                                                               during—
                                                                                                                      (AA) the 1-year period before the date
                                                                                                                   on which the loan is made; or
                                                                                                                      (BB) calendar year 2019; by
                                                                                                                 (bb) 3.5; or
                                                                                                            (II) $2,000,000.
                                                                                                 (D) BUSINESS CONCERNS WITH MORE THAN 1 PHYSICAL LO-
                                                                                               CATION.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—For a business concern with more
                                                                                                    than 1 physical location, the business concern shall be
                                                                                                    an eligible entity if the business concern would be eli-
                                                                                                    gible for a loan under paragraph (36) pursuant to
                                                                                                    clause (iii) of subparagraph (D) of such paragraph, as
                                                                                                    applied in accordance with clause (ii) of this subpara-
                                                                                                    graph, and meets the revenue reduction requirements
                                                                                                    described in item (bb) of subparagraph (A)(iv)(I).
                                                                                                      (ii) SIZE LIMIT.—For purposes of applying clause (i),
                                                                                                    the Administrator shall substitute ‘‘not more than 300
                                                                                                    employees’’ for ‘‘not more than 500 employees’’ in para-
                                                                                                    graph (36)(D)(iii).
                                                                                                 (E) WAIVER OF AFFILIATION RULES.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The waiver described in paragraph
                                                                                                    (36)(D)(iv) shall apply for purposes of determining eli-
                                                                                                    gibility under this paragraph.
                                                                                                      (ii) SIZE LIMIT.—For purposes of applying clause (i),
                                                                                                    the Administrator shall substitute ‘‘not more than 300
                                                                                                    employees’’ for ‘‘not more than 500 employees’’ in sub-
                                                                                                    clause (I) and (IV) of paragraph (36)(D)(iv).
                                                                                                 (F) LOAN NUMBER LIMITATION.—An eligible entity may
                                                                                               only receive 1 covered loan.
                                                                                                 (G) EXCEPTION FROM CERTAIN CERTIFICATION REQUIRE-
                                                                                               MENTS.—An eligible entity applying for a covered loan
                                                                                               shall not be required to make the certification described in
                                                                                               clause (iii) or (iv) of paragraph (36)(G).
                                                                                                 (H) FEE WAIVER.—With respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                                      (i) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under para-
                                                                                                    graph (23)(A), the Administrator shall collect no fee;
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                      (ii) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                                    paragraph (18)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                                    fee.
                                                                                                 (I) GROSS RECEIPTS AND SIMPLIFIED CERTIFICATION OF




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               REVENUE TEST.—
                                                                                                      (i) LOANS OF UP TO $150,000.—For a covered loan of
                                                                                                    not more than $150,000, the eligible entity—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00047   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  48

                                                                                                               (I) may submit a certification attesting that the
                                                                                                            eligible entity meets the applicable revenue loss
                                                                                                            requirement under subparagraph (A)(iv)(I)(bb);
                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                               (II) if the eligible entity submits a certification
                                                                                                            under subclause (I), shall, on or before the date on
                                                                                                            which the eligible entity submits an application
                                                                                                            for forgiveness under subparagraph (J), produce
                                                                                                            adequate documentation that the eligible entity
                                                                                                            met such revenue loss standard.
                                                                                                         (ii) FOR NONPROFIT AND VETERANS ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                      For purposes of calculating gross receipts under sub-
                                                                                                      paragraph (A)(iv)(I)(bb) for an eligible entity that is a
                                                                                                      nonprofit organization, a veterans organization, or an
                                                                                                      organization described in subparagraph (A)(iv)(II),
                                                                                                      gross receipts means gross receipts within the mean-
                                                                                                      ing of section 6033 of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                                      1986.
                                                                                                    (J) LOAN FORGIVENESS.—
                                                                                                         (i) DEFINITION OF COVERED PERIOD.—In this sub-
                                                                                                      paragraph, the term ‘‘covered period’’ has the meaning
                                                                                                      given that term in section 7A(a).
                                                                                                         (ii) FORGIVENESS GENERALLY.—Except as otherwise
                                                                                                      provided in this subparagraph, an eligible entity shall
                                                                                                      be eligible for forgiveness of indebtedness on a covered
                                                                                                      loan in the same manner as an eligible recipient with
                                                                                                      respect to a loan made under paragraph (36) of this
                                                                                                      section, as described in section 7A.
                                                                                                         (iii) FORGIVENESS AMOUNT.—An eligible entity shall
                                                                                                      be eligible for forgiveness of indebtedness on a covered
                                                                                                      loan in an amount equal to the sum of the following
                                                                                                      costs incurred or expenditures made during the cov-
                                                                                                      ered period:
                                                                                                               (I) Payroll costs, excluding any payroll costs
                                                                                                            that are—
                                                                                                                     (aa) qualified wages, as defined in sub-
                                                                                                                  section (c)(3) of section 2301 of the CARES
                                                                                                                  Act (26 U.S.C. 3111 note), taken into account
                                                                                                                  in determining the credit allowed under such
                                                                                                                  section;
                                                                                                                     (bb) qualified wages taken into account in
                                                                                                                  determining the credit allowed under sub-
                                                                                                                  section (a) or (d) of section 303 of the Tax-
                                                                                                                  payer Certainty and Disaster Relief Act of
                                                                                                                  2020; or
                                                                                                                     (cc) premiums taken into account in deter-
                                                                                                                  mining the credit allowed under section 6432
                                                                                                                  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                               (II) Any payment of interest on any covered
                                                                                                            mortgage obligation (which shall not include any
                                                                                                            prepayment of or payment of principal on a cov-
                                                                                                            ered mortgage obligation).




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                               (III) Any covered operations expenditure.
                                                                                                               (IV) Any covered property damage cost.
                                                                                                               (V) Any payment on any covered rent obligation.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00048   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  49

                                                                                                           (VI) Any covered utility payment.
                                                                                                           (VII) Any covered supplier cost.
                                                                                                           (VIII) Any covered worker protection expendi-
                                                                                                         ture.
                                                                                                      (iv) LIMITATION ON FORGIVENESS FOR ALL ELIGIBLE
                                                                                                    ENTITIES.—Subject to any reductions under section
                                                                                                    7A(d), the forgiveness amount under this subpara-
                                                                                                    graph shall be equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                                           (I) the amount described in clause (ii); and
                                                                                                           (II) the amount equal to the quotient obtained
                                                                                                         by dividing—
                                                                                                                (aa) the amount of the covered loan used for
                                                                                                              payroll costs during the covered period; and
                                                                                                                (bb) 0.60.
                                                                                                      (v) SUBMISSION OF MATERIALS FOR FORGIVENESS.—
                                                                                                    For purposes of applying subsection (l)(1) of section 7A
                                                                                                    to a covered loan of not more than $150,000 under this
                                                                                                    paragraph, an eligible entity may be required to pro-
                                                                                                    vide, at the time of the application for forgiveness, doc-
                                                                                                    umentation required to substantiate revenue loss in
                                                                                                    accordance with subparagraph (I).
                                                                                                  (K) LENDER ELIGIBILITY.—Except as otherwise provided
                                                                                               in this paragraph, a lender approved to make loans under
                                                                                               paragraph (36) may make covered loans under the same
                                                                                               terms and conditions as in paragraph (36).
                                                                                                  (L) REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOAN PROCESSING AND SERV-
                                                                                               ICING.—The Administrator shall reimburse a lender au-
                                                                                               thorized to make a covered loan—
                                                                                                      (i) for a covered loan of not more than $50,000, in
                                                                                                    an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                                           (I) 50 percent of the balance of the financing
                                                                                                         outstanding at the time of disbursement of the
                                                                                                         covered loan; or
                                                                                                           (II) $2,500;
                                                                                                      (ii) at a rate, based on the balance of the financing
                                                                                                    outstanding at the time of disbursement of the covered
                                                                                                    loan, of—
                                                                                                           (I) 5 percent for a covered loan of more than
                                                                                                         $50,000 and not more than $350,000; and
                                                                                                           (II) 3 percent for a covered loan of more than
                                                                                                         $350,000.
                                                                                                  (M) PUBLICATION OF GUIDANCE.—Not later than 10 days
                                                                                               after the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Admin-
                                                                                               istrator shall issue guidance addressing barriers to access-
                                                                                               ing capital for minority, underserved, veteran, and women-
                                                                                               owned business concerns for the purpose of ensuring equi-
                                                                                               table access to covered loans.
                                                                                                  (N) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE.—The Adminis-
                                                                                               trator shall, to the maximum extent practicable, allow a
                                                                                               lender approved to make covered loans to use existing pro-
                                                                                               gram guidance and standard operating procedures for
                                                                                               loans made under this subsection.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                  (O) SUPPLEMENTAL COVERED LOANS.—A covered loan
                                                                                               under this paragraph may only be made to an eligible enti-
                                                                                               ty that—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00049   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  50

                                                                                                     (i) has received a loan under paragraph (36); and
                                                                                                     (ii) on or before the expected date on which the cov-
                                                                                                  ered loan under this paragraph is disbursed to the eli-
                                                                                                  gible entity, has used, or will use, the full amount of
                                                                                                  the loan received under paragraph (36).
                                                                                     (b) Except as to agricultural enterprises as defined in section
                                                                                  18(b)(1) of this Act, the Administration also is empowered to the
                                                                                  extent and in such amounts as provided in advance in appropria-
                                                                                  tion Acts—
                                                                                          (1)(A) to make such loans (either directly or in cooperation
                                                                                       with banks or other lending institutions through agreements to
                                                                                       participate on an immediate or deferred (guaranteed) basis) as
                                                                                       the Administration may determine to be necessary or appro-
                                                                                       priate to repair, rehabilitate or replace property, real or per-
                                                                                       sonal, damaged or destroyed by or as a result of natural or
                                                                                       other disasters: Provided, That such damage or destruction is
                                                                                       not compensated for by insurance or otherwise: And provided
                                                                                       further, That the Administration may increase the amount of
                                                                                       the loan by up to an additional 20 per centum of the aggregate
                                                                                       costs of such damage or destruction (whether or not com-
                                                                                       pensated for by insurance or otherwise) if it determines such
                                                                                       increase to be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the
                                                                                       damaged or destroyed property from possible future disasters
                                                                                       by taking mitigating measures, including—
                                                                                               (i) construction of retaining walls and sea walls;
                                                                                               (ii) grading and contouring land; and
                                                                                               (iii) relocating utilities and modifying structures, includ-
                                                                                            ing construction of a safe room or similar storm shelter de-
                                                                                            signed to protect property and occupants from tornadoes or
                                                                                            other natural disasters, if such safe room or similar storm
                                                                                            shelter is constructed in accordance with applicable stand-
                                                                                            ards issued by the Federal Emergency Management Agen-
                                                                                            cy;
                                                                                          (B) to refinance any mortgage or other lien against a totally
                                                                                       destroyed or substantially damaged home or business concern:
                                                                                       Provided, That no loan or guarantee shall be extended unless
                                                                                       the Administration finds that (i) the applicant is not able to ob-
                                                                                       tain credit elsewhere; (ii) such property is to be repaired, reha-
                                                                                       bilitated, or replaced; (iii) the amount refinanced shall not ex-
                                                                                       ceed the amount of physical loss sustained; and (iv) such
                                                                                       amount shall be reduced to the extent such mortgage or lien
                                                                                       is satisfied by insurance or otherwise; and
                                                                                          (C) during fiscal years 2000 through 2004, to establish a
                                                                                       predisaster mitigation program to make such loans (either di-
                                                                                       rectly or in cooperation with banks or other lending institu-
                                                                                       tions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                       deferred (guaranteed) basis), as the Administrator may deter-
                                                                                       mine to be necessary or appropriate, to enable small busi-
                                                                                       nesses to use mitigation techniques in support of a formal miti-
                                                                                       gation program established by the Federal Emergency Manage-
                                                                                       ment Agency, except that no loan or guarantee may be ex-
                                                                                       tended to a small business under this subparagraph unless the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       Administration finds that the small business is otherwise un-
                                                                                       able to obtain credit for the purposes described in this subpara-
                                                                                       graph;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00050   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  51

                                                                                            (2) to make such loans (either directly or in cooperation with
                                                                                         banks or other lending institutions through agreements to par-
                                                                                         ticipate on an immediate or deferred (guaranteed) basis) as the
                                                                                         Administration may determine to be necessary or appropriate
                                                                                         to any small business concern, private nonprofit organization,
                                                                                         or small agricultural cooperative located in an area affected by
                                                                                         a disaster, (including drought), with respect to both farm-re-
                                                                                         lated and nonfarm-related small business concerns, if the Ad-
                                                                                         ministration determines that the concern, the organization, or
                                                                                         the cooperative has suffered a substantial economic injury as
                                                                                         a result of such disaster and if such disaster constitutes—
                                                                                                 (A) a major disaster, as determined by the President
                                                                                              under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                              gency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.);
                                                                                                 (B) a natural disaster, as determined by the Secretary of
                                                                                              Agriculture pursuant to section 321 of the Consolidated
                                                                                              Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1961), in
                                                                                              which case, assistance under this paragraph may be pro-
                                                                                              vided to farm-related and nonfarm-related small business
                                                                                              concerns, subject to the other applicable requirements of
                                                                                              this paragraph;
                                                                                                 (C) a disaster, as determined by the Administrator of the
                                                                                              Small Business Administration;
                                                                                                 (D) an emergency involving Federal primary responsi-
                                                                                              bility determined to exist by the President under the sec-
                                                                                              tion 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and
                                                                                              Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)); or
                                                                                                 (E) if no disaster or emergency declaration has been
                                                                                              issued pursuant to subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D), the
                                                                                              Governor of a State in which a disaster or emergency has
                                                                                              occurred may certify to the Small Business Administration
                                                                                              that small business concerns, private nonprofit organiza-
                                                                                              tions, or small agricultural cooperatives (1) have suffered
                                                                                              economic injury as a result of such disaster or emergency,
                                                                                              and (2) are in need of financial assistance which is not
                                                                                              available on reasonable terms in the disaster- or emer-
                                                                                              gency-stricken area. Not later than 30 days after the date
                                                                                              of receipt of such certification by a Governor of a State, the
                                                                                              Administration shall respond in writing to that Governor
                                                                                              on its determination and the reasons therefore, and may
                                                                                              then make such loans as would have been available under
                                                                                              this paragraph if a disaster or emergency declaration had
                                                                                              been issued.
                                                                                         Provided, That no loan or guarantee shall be extended pursu-
                                                                                         ant to this paragraph (2) unless the Administration finds that
                                                                                         the applicant is not able to obtain credit elsewhere: Provided
                                                                                         further, That for purposes of subparagraph (D), the Adminis-
                                                                                         trator shall deem that such an emergency affects each State or
                                                                                         subdivision thereof (including counties), and that each State or
                                                                                         subdivision has sufficient economic damage to small business
                                                                                         concerns to qualify for assistance under this paragraph and the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         Administrator shall accept applications for such assistance im-
                                                                                         mediately.
                                                                                            (3)(A) In this paragraph—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00051   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  52

                                                                                                (i) the term ‘‘active service’’ has the meaning given that
                                                                                              term in section 101(d)(3) of title 10, United States Code;
                                                                                                (ii) the term ‘‘essential employee’’ means an individual
                                                                                              who is employed by a small business concern and whose
                                                                                              managerial or technical expertise is critical to the success-
                                                                                              ful day-to-day operations of that small business concern;
                                                                                              and
                                                                                                (iii) the term ‘‘substantial economic injury’’ means an
                                                                                              economic harm to a business concern that results in the in-
                                                                                              ability of the business concern—
                                                                                                      (I) to meet its obligations as they mature;
                                                                                                      (II) to pay its ordinary and necessary operating ex-
                                                                                                   penses; or
                                                                                                      (III) to market, produce, or provide a product or
                                                                                                   service ordinarily marketed, produced, or provided by
                                                                                                   the business concern.
                                                                                            (B) The Administration may make such disaster loans (either
                                                                                         directly or in cooperation with banks or other lending institu-
                                                                                         tions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                         deferred basis) to assist a small business concern that has suf-
                                                                                         fered or that is likely to suffer substantial economic injury as
                                                                                         the result of an essential employee of such small business con-
                                                                                         cern being ordered to perform active service for a period of
                                                                                         more than 30 consecutive days.
                                                                                            (C) A small business concern described in subparagraph (B)
                                                                                         shall be eligible to apply for assistance under this paragraph
                                                                                         during the period beginning on the date on which the essential
                                                                                         employee is ordered to active service and ending on the date
                                                                                         that is 1 year after the date on which such essential employee
                                                                                         is discharged or released from active service. The Adminis-
                                                                                         trator may, when appropriate (as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                         trator), extend the ending date specified in the preceding sen-
                                                                                         tence by not more than 1 year.
                                                                                            (D) Any loan or guarantee extended pursuant to this para-
                                                                                         graph shall be made at the same interest rate as economic in-
                                                                                         jury loans under paragraph (2).
                                                                                            (E) No loan may be made under this paragraph, either di-
                                                                                         rectly or in cooperation with banks or other lending institu-
                                                                                         tions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                         deferred basis, if the total amount outstanding and committed
                                                                                         to the borrower under this subsection would exceed $1,500,000,
                                                                                         unless such applicant constitutes, or have become due to
                                                                                         changed economic circumstances, a major source of employ-
                                                                                         ment in its surrounding area, as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                         tration, in which case the Administration, in its discretion,
                                                                                         may waive the $1,500,000 limitation.
                                                                                            (F) For purposes of assistance under this paragraph, no dec-
                                                                                         laration of a disaster area shall be required.
                                                                                                (G)(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the
                                                                                              Administrator may make a loan under this paragraph of
                                                                                              not more than $50,000 without collateral.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                (ii) The Administrator may defer payment of principal
                                                                                              and interest on a loan described in clause (i) during the
                                                                                              longer of—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00052   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  53

                                                                                                      (I) the 1-year period beginning on the date of the
                                                                                                   initial disbursement of the loan; and
                                                                                                      (II) the period during which the relevant essential
                                                                                                   employee is on active service.
                                                                                                 (H) The Administrator shall give priority to any applica-
                                                                                              tion for a loan under this paragraph and shall process and
                                                                                              make a determination regarding such applications prior to
                                                                                              processing or making a determination on other loan appli-
                                                                                              cations under this subsection, on a rolling basis.
                                                                                           (4) COORDINATION WITH FEMA.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                              of law, for any disaster declared under this subsection or
                                                                                              major disaster (including any major disaster relating to
                                                                                              which the Administrator declares eligibility for additional
                                                                                              disaster assistance under paragraph (9)), the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator, in consultation with the Administrator of the Fed-
                                                                                              eral Emergency Management Agency, shall ensure, to the
                                                                                              maximum extent practicable, that all application periods
                                                                                              for disaster relief under this Act correspond with applica-
                                                                                              tion deadlines established under the Robert T. Stafford
                                                                                              Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              5121 et seq.), or as extended by the President.
                                                                                                 (B) DEADLINES.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                                              law, not later than 10 days before the closing date of an
                                                                                              application period for a major disaster (including any
                                                                                              major disaster relating to which the Administrator de-
                                                                                              clares eligibility for additional disaster assistance under
                                                                                              paragraph (9)), the Administrator, in consultation with the
                                                                                              Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management
                                                                                              Agency, shall submit to the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                              and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the Committee on
                                                                                              Small Business of the House of Representatives a report
                                                                                              that includes—
                                                                                                      (i) the deadline for submitting applications for as-
                                                                                                   sistance under this Act relating to that major disaster;
                                                                                                      (ii) information regarding the number of loan appli-
                                                                                                   cations and disbursements processed by the Adminis-
                                                                                                   trator relating to that major disaster for each day dur-
                                                                                                   ing the period beginning on the date on which that
                                                                                                   major disaster was declared and ending on the date of
                                                                                                   that report; and
                                                                                                      (iii) an estimate of the number of potential appli-
                                                                                                   cants that have not submitted an application relating
                                                                                                   to that major disaster.
                                                                                           (5) PUBLIC AWARENESS OF DISASTERS.—If a disaster is de-
                                                                                         clared under this subsection or the Administrator declares eli-
                                                                                         gibility for additional disaster assistance under paragraph (9),
                                                                                         the Administrator shall make every effort to communicate
                                                                                         through radio, television, print, and web-based outlets, all rel-
                                                                                         evant information needed by disaster loan applicants, includ-
                                                                                         ing—




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                 (A) the date of such declaration;
                                                                                                 (B) cities and towns within the area of such declaration;
                                                                                                 (C) loan application deadlines related to such disaster;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00053   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  54

                                                                                                 (D) all relevant contact information for victim services
                                                                                              available through the Administration (including links to
                                                                                              small business development center websites);
                                                                                                 (E) links to relevant Federal and State disaster assist-
                                                                                              ance websites, including links to websites providing infor-
                                                                                              mation regarding assistance available from the Federal
                                                                                              Emergency Management Agency;
                                                                                                 (F) information on eligibility criteria for Administration
                                                                                              loan programs, including where such applications can be
                                                                                              found; and
                                                                                                 (G) application materials that clearly state the function
                                                                                              of the Administration as the Federal source of disaster
                                                                                              loans for homeowners and renters.
                                                                                            (6) AUTHORITY FOR QUALIFIED PRIVATE CONTRACTORS.—
                                                                                                 (A) DISASTER LOAN PROCESSING.—The Administrator
                                                                                              may enter into an agreement with a qualified private con-
                                                                                              tractor, as determined by the Administrator, to process
                                                                                              loans under this subsection in the event of a major dis-
                                                                                              aster (including any major disaster relating to which the
                                                                                              Administrator declares eligibility for additional disaster
                                                                                              assistance under paragraph (9)), under which the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator shall pay the contractor a fee for each loan proc-
                                                                                              essed.
                                                                                                 (B) LOAN LOSS VERIFICATION SERVICES.—The Adminis-
                                                                                              trator may enter into an agreement with a qualified lender
                                                                                              or loss verification professional, as determined by the Ad-
                                                                                              ministrator, to verify losses for loans under this subsection
                                                                                              in the event of a major disaster (including any major dis-
                                                                                              aster relating to which the Administrator declares eligi-
                                                                                              bility for additional disaster assistance under paragraph
                                                                                              (9)), under which the Administrator shall pay the lender or
                                                                                              verification professional a fee for each loan for which such
                                                                                              lender or verification professional verifies losses.
                                                                                            (7) DISASTER ASSISTANCE EMPLOYEES.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out this section, the Ad-
                                                                                              ministrator may, where practicable, ensure that the num-
                                                                                              ber of full-time equivalent employees—
                                                                                                      (i) in the Office of the Disaster Assistance is not
                                                                                                   fewer than 800; and
                                                                                                      (ii) in the Disaster Cadre of the Administration is
                                                                                                   not fewer than 1,000.
                                                                                                 (B) REPORT.—In carrying out this subsection, if the num-
                                                                                              ber of full-time employees for either the Office of Disaster
                                                                                              Assistance or the Disaster Cadre of the Administration is
                                                                                              below the level described in subparagraph (A) for that of-
                                                                                              fice, not later than 21 days after the date on which that
                                                                                              staffing level decreased below the level described in sub-
                                                                                              paragraph (A), the Administrator shall submit to the Com-
                                                                                              mittee on Appropriations and the Committee on Small
                                                                                              Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              Committee on Appropriations and Committee on Small
                                                                                              Business of the House of Representatives, a report—
                                                                                                      (i) detailing staffing levels on that date;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00054   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  55

                                                                                                     (ii) requesting, if practicable and determined appro-
                                                                                                  priate by the Administrator, additional funds for addi-
                                                                                                  tional employees; and
                                                                                                     (iii) containing such additional information, as de-
                                                                                                  termined appropriate by the Administrator.
                                                                                           (8) INCREASED LOAN CAPS.—
                                                                                                (A) AGGREGATE LOAN AMOUNTS.—Except as provided in
                                                                                             subparagraph (B), and notwithstanding any other provi-
                                                                                             sion of law, the aggregate loan amount outstanding and
                                                                                             committed to a borrower under this subsection may not ex-
                                                                                             ceed $2,000,000.
                                                                                                (B) WAIVER AUTHORITY.—The Administrator may, at the
                                                                                             discretion of the Administrator, increase the aggregate
                                                                                             loan amount under subparagraph (A) for loans relating to
                                                                                             a disaster to a level established by the Administrator,
                                                                                             based on appropriate economic indicators for the region in
                                                                                             which that disaster occurred.
                                                                                           (9) DECLARATION OF ELIGIBILITY FOR ADDITIONAL DISASTER
                                                                                         ASSISTANCE.—
                                                                                                (A) IN GENERAL.—If the President declares a major dis-
                                                                                             aster, the Administrator may declare eligibility for addi-
                                                                                             tional disaster assistance in accordance with this para-
                                                                                             graph.
                                                                                                (B) THRESHOLD.—A major disaster for which the Admin-
                                                                                             istrator declares eligibility for additional disaster assist-
                                                                                             ance under this paragraph shall—
                                                                                                     (i) have resulted in extraordinary levels of casualties
                                                                                                  or damage or disruption severely affecting the popu-
                                                                                                  lation (including mass evacuations), infrastructure, en-
                                                                                                  vironment, economy, national morale, or government
                                                                                                  functions in an area;
                                                                                                     (ii) be comparable to the description of a cata-
                                                                                                  strophic incident in the National Response Plan of the
                                                                                                  Administration, or any successor thereto, unless there
                                                                                                  is no successor to such plan, in which case this clause
                                                                                                  shall have no force or effect; and
                                                                                                     (iii) be of such size and scope that—
                                                                                                           (I) the disaster assistance programs under the
                                                                                                        other paragraphs under this subsection are in-
                                                                                                        capable of providing adequate and timely assist-
                                                                                                        ance to individuals or business concerns located
                                                                                                        within the disaster area; or
                                                                                                           (II) a significant number of business concerns
                                                                                                        outside the disaster area have suffered disaster-
                                                                                                        related substantial economic injury as a result of
                                                                                                        the incident.
                                                                                                (C) ADDITIONAL ECONOMIC INJURY DISASTER LOAN ASSIST-
                                                                                             ANCE.—
                                                                                                     (i) IN GENERAL.—If the Administrator declares eligi-
                                                                                                  bility for additional disaster assistance under this
                                                                                                  paragraph, the Administrator may make such loans
                                                                                                  under this subparagraph (either directly or in coopera-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                  tion with banks or other lending institutions through
                                                                                                  agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred
                                                                                                  basis) as the Administrator determines appropriate to




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00055   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  56

                                                                                                      eligible small business concerns located anywhere in
                                                                                                      the United States.
                                                                                                         (ii) PROCESSING TIME.—
                                                                                                               (I) IN GENERAL.—If the Administrator deter-
                                                                                                            mines that the average processing time for appli-
                                                                                                            cations for disaster loans under this subparagraph
                                                                                                            relating to a specific major disaster is more than
                                                                                                            15 days, the Administrator shall give priority to
                                                                                                            the processing of such applications submitted by
                                                                                                            eligible small business concerns located inside the
                                                                                                            disaster area, until the Administrator determines
                                                                                                            that the average processing time for such applica-
                                                                                                            tions is not more than 15 days.
                                                                                                               (II) SUSPENSION OF APPLICATIONS FROM OUTSIDE
                                                                                                            DISASTER AREA.—If the Administrator determines
                                                                                                            that the average processing time for applications
                                                                                                            for disaster loans under this subparagraph relat-
                                                                                                            ing to a specific major disaster is more than 30
                                                                                                            days, the Administrator shall suspend the proc-
                                                                                                            essing of such applications submitted by eligible
                                                                                                            small business concerns located outside the dis-
                                                                                                            aster area, until the Administrator determines
                                                                                                            that the average processing time for such applica-
                                                                                                            tions is not more than 15 days.
                                                                                                         (iii) LOAN TERMS.—A loan under this subparagraph
                                                                                                      shall be made on the same terms as a loan under
                                                                                                      paragraph (2).
                                                                                                    (D) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                         (i) the term ‘‘disaster area’’ means the area for
                                                                                                      which the applicable major disaster was declared;
                                                                                                         (ii) the term ‘‘disaster-related substantial economic
                                                                                                      injury’’ means economic harm to a business concern
                                                                                                      that results in the inability of the business concern
                                                                                                      to—
                                                                                                               (I) meet its obligations as it matures;
                                                                                                               (II) meet its ordinary and necessary operating
                                                                                                            expenses; or
                                                                                                               (III) market, produce, or provide a product or
                                                                                                            service ordinarily marketed, produced, or provided
                                                                                                            by the business concern because the business con-
                                                                                                            cern relies on materials from the disaster area or
                                                                                                            sells or markets in the disaster area; and
                                                                                                         (iii) the term ‘‘eligible small business concern’’
                                                                                                      means a small business concern—
                                                                                                               (I) that has suffered disaster-related substantial
                                                                                                            economic injury as a result of the applicable major
                                                                                                            disaster; and
                                                                                                               (II)(aa) for which not less than 25 percent of the
                                                                                                            market share of that small business concern is
                                                                                                            from business transacted in the disaster area;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                               (bb) for which not less than 25 percent of an
                                                                                                            input into a production process of that small busi-
                                                                                                            ness concern is from the disaster area; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00056   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  57

                                                                                                           (cc) that relies on a provider located in the dis-
                                                                                                         aster area for a service that is not readily avail-
                                                                                                         able elsewhere.
                                                                                            (10) REDUCING CLOSING AND DISBURSEMENT DELAYS.—The
                                                                                         Administrator shall provide a clear and concise notification on
                                                                                         all application materials for loans made under this subsection
                                                                                         and on relevant websites notifying an applicant that the appli-
                                                                                         cant may submit all documentation necessary for the approval
                                                                                         of the loan at the time of application and that failure to submit
                                                                                         all documentation could delay the approval and disbursement
                                                                                         of the loan.
                                                                                            (11) INCREASING TRANSPARENCY IN LOAN APPROVALS.—The
                                                                                         Administrator shall establish and implement clear, written
                                                                                         policies and procedures for analyzing the ability of a loan ap-
                                                                                         plicant to repay a loan made under this subsection.
                                                                                            (12) ADDITIONAL AWARDS TO SMALL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
                                                                                         CENTERS, WOMEN’S BUSINESS CENTERS, AND SCORE PROGRAM
                                                                                         FOR DISASTER RECOVERY.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may provide fi-
                                                                                              nancial assistance to a small business development center,
                                                                                              a women’s business center described in section 29, the
                                                                                              øService Corps of Retired Executives¿ SCORE program, or
                                                                                              any proposed consortium of such individuals or entities to
                                                                                              spur disaster recovery and growth of small business con-
                                                                                              cerns located in an area for which the President has de-
                                                                                              clared a major disaster.
                                                                                                 (B) FORM OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.—Financial assist-
                                                                                              ance provided under this paragraph shall be in the form
                                                                                              of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement.
                                                                                                 (C) NO MATCHING FUNDS REQUIRED.—Matching funds
                                                                                              shall not be required for any grant, contract, or cooperative
                                                                                              agreement under this paragraph.
                                                                                                 (D) REQUIREMENTS.—A recipient of financial assistance
                                                                                              under this paragraph shall provide counseling, training,
                                                                                              and other related services, such as promoting long-term re-
                                                                                              siliency, to small business concerns and entrepreneurs im-
                                                                                              pacted by a major disaster.
                                                                                                 (E) PERFORMANCE.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator, in cooperation
                                                                                                   with the recipients of financial assistance under this
                                                                                                   paragraph, shall establish metrics and goals for per-
                                                                                                   formance of grants, contracts, and cooperative agree-
                                                                                                   ments under this paragraph, which shall include re-
                                                                                                   covery of sales, recovery of employment, reestablish-
                                                                                                   ment of business premises, and establishment of new
                                                                                                   small business concerns.
                                                                                                      (ii) USE OF ESTIMATES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                   base the goals and metrics for performance established
                                                                                                   under clause (i), in part, on the estimates of disaster
                                                                                                   impact prepared by the Office of Disaster Assistance
                                                                                                   for purposes of estimating loan-making requirements.
                                                                                                 (F) TERM.—




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The term of any grant, contract, or
                                                                                                   cooperative agreement under this paragraph shall be
                                                                                                   for not more than 2 years.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00057   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  58

                                                                                                     (ii) EXTENSION.—The Administrator may make 1 ex-
                                                                                                  tension of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement
                                                                                                  under this paragraph for a period of not more than 1
                                                                                                  year, upon a showing of good cause and need for the
                                                                                                  extension.
                                                                                                (G) EXEMPTION FROM OTHER PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                             Financial assistance provided under this paragraph is in
                                                                                             addition to, and wholly separate from, any other form of
                                                                                             assistance provided by the Administrator under this Act.
                                                                                                (H) COMPETITIVE BASIS.—The Administration shall
                                                                                             award financial assistance under this paragraph on a com-
                                                                                             petitive basis.
                                                                                           (13) SUPPLEMENTAL ASSISTANCE FOR CONTRACTOR MALFEA-
                                                                                         SANCE.—
                                                                                                (A) IN GENERAL.—If a contractor or other person engages
                                                                                             in malfeasance in connection with repairs to, rehabilitation
                                                                                             of, or replacement of real or personal property relating to
                                                                                             which a loan was made under this subsection and the mal-
                                                                                             feasance results in substantial economic damage to the re-
                                                                                             cipient of the loan or substantial risks to health or safety,
                                                                                             upon receiving documentation of the substantial economic
                                                                                             damage or the substantial risk to health and safety from
                                                                                             an independent loss verifier, and subject to subparagraph
                                                                                             (B), the Administrator may increase the amount of the
                                                                                             loan under this subsection, as necessary for the cost of re-
                                                                                             pairs, rehabilitation, or replacement needed to address the
                                                                                             cause of the economic damage or health or safety risk.
                                                                                                (B) REQUIREMENTS.—The Administrator may only in-
                                                                                             crease the amount of a loan under subparagraph (A) upon
                                                                                             receiving an appropriate certification from the borrower
                                                                                             and person performing the mitigation attesting to the rea-
                                                                                             sonableness of the mitigation costs and an assignment of
                                                                                             any proceeds received from the person engaging in the
                                                                                             malfeasance. The assignment of proceeds recovered from
                                                                                             the person engaging in the malfeasance shall be equal to
                                                                                             the amount of the loan under this section. Any mitigation
                                                                                             activities shall be subject to audit and independent
                                                                                             verification of completeness and cost reasonableness.
                                                                                           (14) BUSINESS RECOVERY CENTERS.—
                                                                                                (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator, acting through the
                                                                                             district offices of the Administration, shall identify loca-
                                                                                             tions that may be used as recovery centers by the Adminis-
                                                                                             tration in the event of a disaster declared under this sub-
                                                                                             section or a major disaster.
                                                                                                (B) REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION.—Each district
                                                                                             office of the Administration shall—
                                                                                                     (i) identify a location described in subparagraph (A)
                                                                                                  in each county, parish, or similar unit of general local
                                                                                                  government in the area served by the district office;
                                                                                                  and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                     (ii) ensure that the locations identified under sub-
                                                                                                  paragraph (A) may be used as a recovery center with-
                                                                                                  out cost to the Government, to the extent practicable.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00058   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  59

                                                                                           (15) INCREASED OVERSIGHT OF ECONOMIC INJURY DISASTER
                                                                                         LOANS.—The Administrator shall increase oversight of entities
                                                                                       receiving loans under paragraph (2), and may consider—
                                                                                              (A) scheduled site visits to ensure borrower eligibility
                                                                                           and compliance with requirements established by the Ad-
                                                                                           ministrator; and
                                                                                              (B) reviews of the use of the loan proceeds by an entity
                                                                                           described in paragraph (2) to ensure compliance with re-
                                                                                           quirements established by the Administrator.
                                                                                    No loan under this subsection, including renewals and extensions
                                                                                  thereof, may be made for a period or periods exceeding thirty years:
                                                                                  Provided, That the Administrator may consent to a suspension in
                                                                                  the payment of principal and interest charges on, and to an exten-
                                                                                  sion in the maturity of, the Federal share of any loan under this
                                                                                  subsection for a period not to exceed five years, if (A) the borrower
                                                                                  under such loan is a homeowner or a small business concern, (B)
                                                                                  the loan was made to enable (i) such homeowner to repair or re-
                                                                                  place his home, or (ii) such concern to repair or replace plant or
                                                                                  equipment which was damaged or destroyed as the result of a dis-
                                                                                  aster meeting the requirements of clause (A) or (B) of paragraph
                                                                                  (2) of this subsection, and (C) the Administrator determines such
                                                                                  action is necessary to avoid severe financial hardship: Provided fur-
                                                                                  ther, That the provisions of paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of this
                                                                                  section shall not be applicable to any such loan having a maturity
                                                                                  in excess of twenty years. Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                                  law, and except as provided in subsection (d), the interest rate on
                                                                                  the Administration’s share of any loan made under subsection (b),
                                                                                  shall not exceed the average annual interest rate on all interest-
                                                                                  bearing obligations of the United States then forming a part of the
                                                                                  public debt as computed at the end of the fiscal year next preceding
                                                                                  the date of the loan and adjusted to the nearest one-eight of 1 per
                                                                                  centum plus one-quarter of 1 per centum: Provided, however, That
                                                                                  the interest rate for loans made under paragraphs (1) and (2) here-
                                                                                  of shall not exceed the rate of interest which is in effect at the time
                                                                                  of the occurrence of the disaster. In agreements to participate in
                                                                                  loans on a deferred basis under this subsection, such participation
                                                                                  by the Administration shall not be in excess of 90 per centum of
                                                                                  the balance of the loan outstanding at the time of disbursement.
                                                                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the interest rate on
                                                                                  the Administration’s share of any loan made pursuant to para-
                                                                                  graph (1) of this subsection to repair or replace a primary residence
                                                                                  and/or replace or repair damaged or destroyed personal property,
                                                                                  less the amount of compensation by insurance or otherwise, with
                                                                                  respect to a disaster occurring on or after July 1, 1976, and prior
                                                                                  to October 1, 1978, shall be: 1 per centum on the amount of such
                                                                                  loan not exceeding $10,000, and 3 per centum on the amount of
                                                                                  such loan over $10,000 but not exceeding $40,000. The interest rate
                                                                                  on the Administration’s share of the first $250,000 of all other
                                                                                  loans made pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection, with re-
                                                                                  spect to a disaster occurring on or after July 1, 1976, and prior to
                                                                                  October 1, 1978, shall be 3 per centum. All repayments of principal
                                                                                  on the Administration’s share of any loan made under the above




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  provisions shall first be applied to reduce the principal sum of such
                                                                                  loan which bears interest at the lower rates provided in this para-
                                                                                  graph. The principal amount of any loan made pursuant to para-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00059   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  60

                                                                                  graph (1) in connection with a disaster which occurs on or after
                                                                                  April 1, 1977, but prior to January 1, 1978, may be increased by
                                                                                  such amount, but not more than $2,000, as the Administration de-
                                                                                  termines to be reasonable in light of the amount and nature of loss,
                                                                                  damage, or injury sustained in order to finance the installation of
                                                                                  insulation in the property which was lost, damaged, or injured, if
                                                                                  the uninsured, damaged portion of the property is 10 per centum
                                                                                  or more of the market value of the property at the time of the dis-
                                                                                  aster. No later than June 1, 1978, the Administration shall prepare
                                                                                  and transmit to the Select Committee on Small Business of the
                                                                                  Senate, the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                  resentatives, and the Committee of the Senate and House of Rep-
                                                                                  resentatives having jurisdiction over measures relating to energy
                                                                                  conservation, a report on its activities under this paragraph, in-
                                                                                  cluding therein an evaluation of the effect of such activities on en-
                                                                                  couraging the installation of insulation in property which is re-
                                                                                  paired or replaced after a disaster which is subject to this para-
                                                                                  graph, and its recommendations with respect to the continuation,
                                                                                  modification, or termination of such activities.
                                                                                    In the administration of the disaster loan program under para-
                                                                                  graphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, in the case of property loss
                                                                                  or damage or injury resulting from a major disaster as determined
                                                                                  by the President or a disaster as determined by the Administrator
                                                                                  which occurs on or after January 1, 1971, and prior to July 1, 1973,
                                                                                  the Small Business Administration, to the extent such loss or dam-
                                                                                  age or injury is not compensated for by insurance or otherwise—
                                                                                         (A) may make any loan for repair, rehabilitation, or replace-
                                                                                      ment of property damaged or destroyed without regard to
                                                                                      whether the required financial assistance is otherwise avail-
                                                                                      able from private sources;
                                                                                         (B) may, in the case of the total destruction or substantial
                                                                                      property damage of a home or business concern, refinance any
                                                                                      mortgage or other liens outstanding against the destroyed or
                                                                                      damaged property if such project is to be repaired, rehabili-
                                                                                      tated, or replaced, except that (1) in the case of a business con-
                                                                                      cern, the amount refinanced shall not exceed the amount of the
                                                                                      physical loss sustained, and (2) in the case of a home, the
                                                                                      amount of each monthly payment of principal and interest on
                                                                                      the loan after refinancing under this clause shall be not less
                                                                                      than the amount of each such payment made prior to such refi-
                                                                                      nancing;
                                                                                         (C) may, in the case of a loan made under clause (A) or a
                                                                                      mortgage or other lien refinanced under clause (B) in connec-
                                                                                      tion with the destruction of, or substantial damage to, property
                                                                                      owned and used as a residence by an individual who by reason
                                                                                      of retirement, disability, or other similar circumstances relies
                                                                                      for support on survivor, disability, or retirement benefits under
                                                                                      a pension, insurance, or other program, consent to the suspen-
                                                                                      sion of the payments of the principal of that loan, mortgage,
                                                                                      or lien during the lifetime of that individual and his souse for
                                                                                      so long as the Administration determines that making such
                                                                                      payments would constitute a substantial hardship;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         (D) shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any other law
                                                                                      and upon presentation by the applicant of proof of loss or dam-
                                                                                      age or injury and a bona fide estimate of cost of repair, reha-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00060   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  61

                                                                                       bilitation, or replacement, cancel the principal of any loan
                                                                                       made to cover a loss or damage or injury resulting from such
                                                                                       disaster, except that—
                                                                                               (i) with respect to a loan made in connection with a dis-
                                                                                            aster occurring on or after January 1, 1971 but prior to
                                                                                            January 1, 1972, the total amount so canceled shall not ex-
                                                                                            ceed $2,500, and the interest on the balance of the loan
                                                                                            shall be at a rate of 3 per centum per annum; and
                                                                                               (ii) with respect to a loan made in connection with a dis-
                                                                                            aster occurring on or after January 1, 1972 but prior to
                                                                                            July 1, 1973, the total amount so canceled shall not exceed
                                                                                            $5,000, and the interest on the balance of the loan shall
                                                                                            be at a rate of 1 per centum per annum.
                                                                                    With respect to any loan referred to in clause (D) which is out-
                                                                                  standing on the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Adminis-
                                                                                  trator shall—
                                                                                         (i) make sure change in the interest rate on the balance of
                                                                                       such loan as is required under that clause effective as of such
                                                                                       date of enactment; and
                                                                                         (ii) in applying the limitation set forth in that clause with re-
                                                                                       spect to the total amount of such loan which may be canceled,
                                                                                       consider as part of the amount so canceled any part of such
                                                                                       loan which was previously canceled pursuant to section 231 of
                                                                                       the Disaster Relief Act of 1970.
                                                                                    Whoever wrongfully misapplies the proceeds of a loan obtained
                                                                                  under this subsection shall be civilly liable to the Administrator in
                                                                                  an amount equal to one-and-one-half times the original principal
                                                                                  amount of the loan.
                                                                                         (E) A State grant made on or prior to July 1, 1979, shall not
                                                                                       be considered compensation for the purpose of applying the
                                                                                       provisions of section 312(a) of the Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                       gency Assistance Act to a disaster loan under paragraph (1)
                                                                                       (2)of this subsection.
                                                                                    (c) PRIVATE DISASTER LOANS.—
                                                                                         (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection—
                                                                                               (A) the term ‘‘disaster area’’ means any area for which
                                                                                            the President declared a major disaster relating to which
                                                                                            the Administrator declares eligibility for additional dis-
                                                                                            aster assistance under subsection (b)(9), during the period
                                                                                            of that major disaster declaration;
                                                                                               (B) the term ‘‘eligible individual’’ means an individual
                                                                                            who is eligible for disaster assistance under subsection
                                                                                            (b)(1) relating to a major disaster relating to which the Ad-
                                                                                            ministrator declares eligibility for additional disaster as-
                                                                                            sistance under subsection (b)(9);
                                                                                               (C) the term ‘‘eligible small business concern’’ means a
                                                                                            business concern that is—
                                                                                                    (i) a small business concern, as defined under this
                                                                                                  Act; or
                                                                                                    (ii) a small business concern, as defined in section
                                                                                                  103 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;
                                                                                               (D) the term ‘‘preferred lender’’ means a lender partici-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            pating in the Preferred Lender Program;
                                                                                               (E) the term ‘‘Preferred Lender Program’’ has the mean-
                                                                                            ing given that term in subsection (a)(2)(C)(ii); and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00061   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  62

                                                                                                (F) the term ‘‘qualified private lender’’ means any pri-
                                                                                             vately-owned bank or other lending institution that—
                                                                                                    (i) is not a preferred lender; and
                                                                                                    (ii) the Administrator determines meets the criteria
                                                                                                  established under paragraph (10).
                                                                                           (2) PROGRAM REQUIRED.—The Administrator shall carry out
                                                                                         a program, to be known as the Private Disaster Assistance pro-
                                                                                         gram, under which the Administration may guarantee timely
                                                                                         payment of principal and interest, as scheduled, on any loan
                                                                                         made to an eligible small business concern located in a disaster
                                                                                         area and to an eligible individual.
                                                                                           (3) USE OF LOANS.—A loan guaranteed by the Administrator
                                                                                         under this subsection may be used for any purpose authorized
                                                                                         under subsection (b).
                                                                                           (4) ONLINE APPLICATIONS.—
                                                                                                (A) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Administrator may establish,
                                                                                             directly or through an agreement with another entity, an
                                                                                             online application process for loans guaranteed under this
                                                                                             subsection.
                                                                                                (B) OTHER FEDERAL ASSISTANCE.—The Administrator
                                                                                             may coordinate with the head of any other appropriate
                                                                                             Federal agency so that any application submitted through
                                                                                             an online application process established under this para-
                                                                                             graph may be considered for any other Federal assistance
                                                                                             program for disaster relief.
                                                                                                (C) CONSULTATION.—In establishing an online applica-
                                                                                             tion process under this paragraph, the Administrator shall
                                                                                             consult with appropriate persons from the public and pri-
                                                                                             vate sectors, including private lenders.
                                                                                           (5) MAXIMUM AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                                (A) GUARANTEE PERCENTAGE.—The Administrator may
                                                                                             guarantee not more than 85 percent of a loan under this
                                                                                             subsection.
                                                                                                (B) LOAN AMOUNT.—The maximum amount of a loan
                                                                                             guaranteed under this subsection shall be $2,000,000.
                                                                                           (6) TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—A loan guaranteed under this
                                                                                         subsection shall be made under the same terms and conditions
                                                                                         as a loan under subsection (b).
                                                                                           (7) LENDERS.—
                                                                                                (A) IN GENERAL.—A loan guaranteed under this sub-
                                                                                             section made to—
                                                                                                    (i) a qualified individual may be made by a pre-
                                                                                                  ferred lender; and
                                                                                                    (ii) a qualified small business concern may be made
                                                                                                  by a qualified private lender or by a preferred lender
                                                                                                  that also makes loans to qualified individuals.
                                                                                                (B) COMPLIANCE.—If the Administrator determines that
                                                                                             a preferred lender knowingly failed to comply with the un-
                                                                                             derwriting standards for loans guaranteed under this sub-
                                                                                             section or violated the terms of the standard operating pro-
                                                                                             cedure agreement between that preferred lender and the
                                                                                             Administration, the Administrator shall do 1 or more of




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                             the following:
                                                                                                    (i) Exclude the preferred lender from participating
                                                                                                  in the program under this subsection.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00062   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  63

                                                                                                    (ii) Exclude the preferred lender from participating
                                                                                                 in the Preferred Lender Program for a period of not
                                                                                                 more than 5 years.
                                                                                          (8) FEES.—
                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may not collect a
                                                                                            guarantee fee under this subsection.
                                                                                               (B) ORIGINATION FEE.—The Administrator may pay a
                                                                                            qualified private lender or preferred lender an origination
                                                                                            fee for a loan guaranteed under this subsection in an
                                                                                            amount agreed upon in advance between the qualified pri-
                                                                                            vate lender or preferred lender and the Administrator.
                                                                                          (9) DOCUMENTATION.—A qualified private lender or preferred
                                                                                       lender may use its own loan documentation for a loan guaran-
                                                                                       teed by the Administrator under this subsection, to the extent
                                                                                       authorized by the Administrator. The ability of a lender to use
                                                                                       its own loan documentation for a loan guaranteed under this
                                                                                       subsection shall not be considered part of the criteria for be-
                                                                                       coming a qualified private lender under the regulations pro-
                                                                                       mulgated under paragraph (10).
                                                                                          (10) IMPLEMENTATION REGULATIONS.—
                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the date of
                                                                                            enactment of the Small Business Disaster Response and
                                                                                            Loan Improvements Act of 2008, the Administrator shall
                                                                                            issue final regulations establishing permanent criteria for
                                                                                            qualified private lenders.
                                                                                               (B) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 6 months
                                                                                            after the date of enactment of the Small Business Disaster
                                                                                            Response and Loan Improvements Act of 2008, the Admin-
                                                                                            istrator shall submit a report on the progress of the regu-
                                                                                            lations required by subparagraph (A) to the Committee on
                                                                                            Small Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and
                                                                                            the Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                            resentatives.
                                                                                          (11) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—
                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—Amounts necessary to carry out this
                                                                                            subsection shall be made available from amounts appro-
                                                                                            priated to the Administration to carry out subsection (b).
                                                                                               (B) AUTHORITY TO REDUCE INTEREST RATES AND OTHER
                                                                                            TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—Funds appropriated to the Ad-
                                                                                            ministration to carry out this subsection, may be used by
                                                                                            the Administrator to meet the loan terms and conditions
                                                                                            specified in paragraph (6).
                                                                                          (12) PURCHASE OF LOANS.—The Administrator may enter
                                                                                       into an agreement with a qualified private lender or preferred
                                                                                       lender to purchase any loan guaranteed under this subsection.
                                                                                     (d)(1) The Administration may further extend the maturity of or
                                                                                  renew any loan made pursuant to this section, or any loan trans-
                                                                                  ferred to the Administration pursuant to Reorganization Plan
                                                                                  Numbered 2 of 1954, or Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1957,
                                                                                  for additional periods not to exceed ten years beyond the period
                                                                                  stated therein, if such extension or renewal will aid in the orderly
                                                                                  liquidation of such loan.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          (2) During any period in which principal and interest
                                                                                       charges are suspended on the Federal share of any loan, as
                                                                                       provided in subsection (b), the Administrator shall, upon the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00063   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  64

                                                                                         request of any person, firm, or corporation having a participa-
                                                                                         tion in such loan, purchase such participation, or assume the
                                                                                         obligation of the borrower, for the balance of such period, to
                                                                                         make principal and interest payments on the non-Federal
                                                                                         share of such loan: Provided, That no such payments shall be
                                                                                         made by the Administrator in behalf of any borrower unless (i)
                                                                                         the Administrator determines that such action is necessary in
                                                                                         order to avoid a default, and (ii) the borrower agrees to make
                                                                                         payments to the Administration in an agreegate amount equal
                                                                                         to the amount paid in its behalf by the Administrator, in such
                                                                                         manner and at such time (during or after the term of the loan)
                                                                                         as the Administrator shall determine having due regard to the
                                                                                         purposes sought to be achieved by this paragraph.
                                                                                            (3) With respect to a disaster occurring on or after October
                                                                                         1, 1978, and prior the effective date of this Act, on the Admin-
                                                                                         istration’s share of loans made pursuant to paragraph (1) of
                                                                                         subsection (b)—
                                                                                                      (A) if the loan proceeds are to repair or replace a
                                                                                                   primary residence and/or repair or replace damaged or
                                                                                                   destroyed personal property, the interest rate shall be
                                                                                                   3 percent on the first $55,000 of such loan;
                                                                                                      (B) if the loan proceeds are to repair or replace prop-
                                                                                                   erty damaged or destroyed and if the applicant is a
                                                                                                   business concern which is unable to obtain sufficient
                                                                                                   credit elsewhere, the interest rate shall be as deter-
                                                                                                   mined by the Administration, but not in excess of 5
                                                                                                   percent per annum; and
                                                                                                 (C) if the loan proceeds are to repair or replace property
                                                                                              damaged or destroyed and if the applicant is a business
                                                                                              concern which is able to obtain sufficient credit elsewhere,
                                                                                              the interest rate shall not exceed the current average mar-
                                                                                              ket yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the
                                                                                              United States with remaining periods to maturity com-
                                                                                              parable to the average maturities of such loans and ad-
                                                                                              justed to the nearest one-eight of 1 percent, and an addi-
                                                                                              tional amount as determined by the Administration, but
                                                                                              not to exceed 1 percent: Provided, That three years after
                                                                                              such loan is fully disbursed and every two years thereafter
                                                                                              for the term of the loan, if the Administration determines
                                                                                              that the borrower is able to obtain a loan from one-Federal
                                                                                              sources at reasonable rates and terms for loans of similar
                                                                                              purposes and periods of time, the borrower shall, upon re-
                                                                                              quest by the Administration, apply for and accept such a
                                                                                              loan in sufficient amount to repay the Administration: Pro-
                                                                                              vided further, That no loan under subsection (b)(1) shall be
                                                                                              made, either directly or in cooperation with banks or other
                                                                                              lending institutions through agreements to participate on
                                                                                              an immediate or deferred basis, if the total amount out-
                                                                                              standing and committed to the borrower under such sub-
                                                                                              section would exceed $500,000 for each disaster, unless an




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              applicant constitutes a major source of employment in an
                                                                                              area suffering a disaster, in which case the Administra-
                                                                                              tion, in its discretion, may waive the $500,000 limitation.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00064   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  65

                                                                                           (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the in-
                                                                                         terest rate on the Federal share of any loan made under sub-
                                                                                         section (b) shall be—
                                                                                                (A) in the case of a homeowner unable to secure credit
                                                                                              elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                              not more than one-half the rate determined by the Sec-
                                                                                              retary of the Treasury taking into consideration the cur-
                                                                                              rent average market yield on outstanding marketable obli-
                                                                                              gations of the United States with remaining periods to ma-
                                                                                              turity comparable to the average maturities of such loans
                                                                                              plus an additional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum
                                                                                              per annum as determined by the Administrator, and ad-
                                                                                              justed to the nearest one-eight of 1 per centum but not to
                                                                                              exceed 8 per centum per annum;
                                                                                                (B) in the case of a homeowner able to secure credit else-
                                                                                              where, the rate prescribed by the Administration but not
                                                                                              more than the rate determined by the Secretary of the
                                                                                              Treasury taking into consideration the current average
                                                                                              market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the
                                                                                              United States with remaining periods to maturity com-
                                                                                              parable to the average maturities of such loans plus an ad-
                                                                                              ditional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum per annum
                                                                                              as determined by the Administrator, and adjusted to the
                                                                                              nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum;
                                                                                                (C) in the case of a business concern unable to obtain
                                                                                              credit elsewhere, not to exceed 8 per centum per annum;
                                                                                                (D) in the case of a business concern able to obtain credit
                                                                                              elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                              not in excess of the rate prevailing in private market for
                                                                                              similar loans and not more than the rate prescribed by the
                                                                                              Administration as the maximum interest rate for deferred
                                                                                              participation (guaranteed) loans under section 7(a) of this
                                                                                              Act. Loans under this subparagraph shall be limited to a
                                                                                              maximum term of three years.
                                                                                           (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the in-
                                                                                         terest rate on the Federal share of any loan made under sub-
                                                                                         section (b)(1) and (b)(2) on account of a disaster commencing on
                                                                                         or after October 1, 1982, shall be—
                                                                                                (A) in the case of a homeowner unable to secure credit
                                                                                              elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                              not more than one-half the rate determined by the Sec-
                                                                                              retary of the Treasury taking into consideration the cur-
                                                                                              rent average market yield on outstanding marketable obli-
                                                                                              gations of the United States with remaining periods to ma-
                                                                                              turity comparable to the average maturities of such loan
                                                                                              plus an additional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum
                                                                                              per annum as determined by the Administrator, and ad-
                                                                                              justed to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum, but not
                                                                                              to exceed 4 per centum per annum;
                                                                                                (B) in the case of a homeowner, able to secure credit
                                                                                              elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                              not more than the rate determined by the Secretary of the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              Treasury taking into consideration the current average
                                                                                              market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the
                                                                                              United States with remaining periods to maturity com-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00065   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  66

                                                                                              parable to the average maturities of such loans plus an ad-
                                                                                              ditional charge of not to exceed 1 per centum per annum
                                                                                              as determined by the Administrator, and adjusted to the
                                                                                              nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum, but not to exceed 8 per
                                                                                              centum per annum;
                                                                                                 (C) in the case of a business, private nonprofit organiza-
                                                                                              tion, or other concern, including agricultural cooperatives,
                                                                                              unable to obtain credit elsewhere, not to exceed 4 per cen-
                                                                                              tum per annum;
                                                                                                 (D) in the case of a business concern able to obtain credit
                                                                                              elsewhere, the rate prescribed by the Administration but
                                                                                              not in excess of the lowest of (i) the rate prevailing in the
                                                                                              private market for similar loans, (ii) the rate prescribed by
                                                                                              the Administration as the maximum interest rate for de-
                                                                                              ferred participation (guaranteed) loans under section 7(a)
                                                                                              of this Act, or (iii) 8 per centum per annum. Loans under
                                                                                              this subparagraph shall be limited to a maximum term of
                                                                                              7 years.
                                                                                           (6) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, such
                                                                                         loans, subject to the reductions required by subparagraphs (A)
                                                                                         and (B) of paragraph 7(b)(1), shall be in amounts equal to 100
                                                                                         per centum of loss. The interest rate for loans made under
                                                                                         paragraphs 7(b)(1) and (2), as determined pursuant to para-
                                                                                         graph (5), shall be the rate of interest which is in effect on the
                                                                                         date of the disaster commenced: Provided, That no loan under
                                                                                         paragraphs 7(b) (1) and (2) shall be made, either directly or in
                                                                                         cooperation with banks or other lending institutions through
                                                                                         agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred (guar-
                                                                                         anteed) basis, if the total amount outstanding and committed
                                                                                         to the borrower under subsection 7(b) would exceed $500,000
                                                                                         for each disaster unless an applicant constitutes a major source
                                                                                         of employment in an area suffering a disaster, in which case
                                                                                         the Administration, in its discretion, may waive the $500,000
                                                                                         limitation: Provided further, That the Administration, subject
                                                                                         to the reductions required by subparagraphs (A) and (B) of
                                                                                         paragraph 7(b)(1), shall not reduce the amount of eligibility for
                                                                                         any homeowner on account of loss of real estate to less than
                                                                                         $100,000 for each disaster nor for any homeowner or lessee on
                                                                                         account of loss of personal property to less than $20,000 for
                                                                                         each disaster, such sums being in addition to any eligible refi-
                                                                                         nancing: Provided further, That the Administration shall not
                                                                                         require collateral for loans of $25,000 or less (or such higher
                                                                                         amount as the Administrator determines appropriate in the
                                                                                         event of a disaster) which are made under paragraph (1) of
                                                                                         subsection (b): Provided further, That the Administrator, in ob-
                                                                                         taining the best available collateral for a loan of not more than
                                                                                         $200,000 under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (b) relating
                                                                                         to damage to or destruction of the property of, or economic in-
                                                                                         jury to, a small business concern, shall not require the owner
                                                                                         of the small business concern to use the primary residence of
                                                                                         the owner as collateral if the Administrator determines that
                                                                                         the owner has other assets of equal quality and with a value




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         equal to or greater than the amount of the loan that could be
                                                                                         used as collateral for the loan: Provided further, That nothing
                                                                                         in the preceding proviso may be construed to reduce the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00066   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  67

                                                                                       amount of collateral required by the Administrator in connec-
                                                                                       tion with a loan described in the preceding proviso or to modify
                                                                                       the standards used to evaluate the quality (rather than the
                                                                                       type) of such collateral. Employees of concerns sharing a com-
                                                                                       mon business premises shall be aggregated in determining
                                                                                       ‘‘major source of employment’’ status for nonprofit applicants
                                                                                       owning such premises.
                                                                                  With respect to any loan which is outstanding on the date of enact-
                                                                                  ment of this paragraph and which was made on account of a dis-
                                                                                  aster commencing on or after October 1, 1982, the Administrator
                                                                                  shall made such change in the interest rate on the balance of such
                                                                                  loan as is required herein effective as of the date of enactment.
                                                                                    (7) The Administration shall not withhold disaster assistance
                                                                                  pursuant to this paragraph to nurseries who are victims of drought
                                                                                  disasters. As used in section 7(b)(2) the term ‘‘an area affected by
                                                                                  a disaster’’ includes any county, or county contiguous thereto, de-
                                                                                  termined to be a disaster by the President, the Secretary of Agri-
                                                                                  culture or the Administrator of the Small Business Administration.
                                                                                          (8) DISASTER LOANS FOR SUPERSTORM SANDY.—
                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                            of law, and subject to the same requirements and proce-
                                                                                            dures that are used to make loans pursuant to subsection
                                                                                            (b), a small business concern, homeowner, nonprofit entity,
                                                                                            or renter that was located within an area and during the
                                                                                            time period with respect to which a major disaster was de-
                                                                                            clared by the President under section 401 of the Robert T.
                                                                                            Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42
                                                                                            U.S.C. 5170) by reason of Superstorm Sandy may apply to
                                                                                            the Administrator—
                                                                                                    (i) for a loan to repair, rehabilitate, or replace prop-
                                                                                                 erty damaged or destroyed by reason of Superstorm
                                                                                                 Sandy; or
                                                                                                    (ii) if such a small business concern has suffered
                                                                                                 substantial economic injury by reason of Superstorm
                                                                                                 Sandy, for a loan to assist such a small business con-
                                                                                                 cern.
                                                                                               (B) TIMING.—The Administrator shall select loan recipi-
                                                                                            ents and make available loans for a period of not less than
                                                                                            1 year after the date on which the Administrator carries
                                                                                            out this authority.
                                                                                               (C) INSPECTOR GENERAL REVIEW.—Not later than 6
                                                                                            months after the date on which the Administrator begins
                                                                                            carrying out this authority, the Inspector General of the
                                                                                            Administration shall initiate a review of the controls for
                                                                                            ensuring applicant eligibility for loans made under this
                                                                                            paragraph.
                                                                                    (e) The Administration shall not fund any Small Business Devel-
                                                                                  opment Center or any variation thereof, except as authorized in
                                                                                  section 21 of this Act.
                                                                                    (f) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 7(b) LOANS.—
                                                                                          (1) INCREASED DEFERMENT AUTHORIZED.—




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—In making loans under subsection (b),
                                                                                            the Administrator may provide, to the person receiving the
                                                                                            loan, an option to defer repayment on the loan.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00067   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  68

                                                                                               (B) PERIOD.—The period of a deferment under subpara-
                                                                                             graph (A) may not exceed 4 years.
                                                                                     (g) NET EARNINGS CLAUSES PROHIBITED FOR 7(b) LOANS.—In
                                                                                  making loans under subsection (b), the Administrator shall not re-
                                                                                  quire the borrower to pay any non-amortized amount for the first
                                                                                  five years after repayment begins.
                                                                                     (e) [RESERVED].
                                                                                     (f) [RESERVED].
                                                                                     (h)(1) The Administration also is empowered, where other finan-
                                                                                  cial assistance is not available on reasonable terms, to make such
                                                                                  loans (either directly or in cooperation with Banks or other lending
                                                                                  institutions through agreements to participate on an immediate or
                                                                                  deferred basis) as the Administration may determine to be nec-
                                                                                  essary or appropriate—
                                                                                          (A) to assist any public or private organization—
                                                                                               (i) which is organized under the laws of the United
                                                                                             States or of any State, operated in the interest of handi-
                                                                                             capped individuals, the net income of which does not inure
                                                                                             in whole or in part to the benefit of any shareholder or
                                                                                             other individual;
                                                                                               (ii) which complies with any applicable occupational
                                                                                             health and safety standard prescribed by the Secretary of
                                                                                             Labor; and
                                                                                               (iii) which, in the production of commodities and in the
                                                                                             provision of services during any fiscal year in which it re-
                                                                                             ceives financial assistance under this subsection, employs
                                                                                             handicapped individuals for not less than 75 per centum of
                                                                                             the man-hours required for the production or provision of
                                                                                             the commodities or services; or
                                                                                          (B) to assist any handicapped individual in establishing, ac-
                                                                                        quiring, or operating a small business concern.
                                                                                     (2) The Administration’s share of any loan made under this sub-
                                                                                  section shall not exceed $350,000, nor may any such loan be made
                                                                                  if the total amount outstanding and committed (by participation or
                                                                                  otherwise) to the borrower from the business loan and investment
                                                                                  fund established by section 4(c)(1)(B) of this Act would exceed
                                                                                  $350,000. In agreements to participate in loans on a deferred basis
                                                                                  under this subsection, the Administration’s participation may total
                                                                                  100 per centum of the balance of the loan at the time of disburse-
                                                                                  ment. The Administration’s share of any loan made under this sub-
                                                                                  section shall bear interest at the rate of 3 per centum per annum.
                                                                                  The maximum term of any such loan, including extensions and re-
                                                                                  newals thereof, may not exceed fifteen years. All loans made under
                                                                                  this subsection shall be of such sound value or so secured as rea-
                                                                                  sonably to assure repayment: Provided, however, That any reason-
                                                                                  able doubt shall be resolved in favor of the applicant.
                                                                                     (3) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘handicapped indi-
                                                                                  vidual’’ means a person who has a physical, mental, or emotional
                                                                                  impairment, defect, ailment, disease, or disability of a permanent
                                                                                  nature which in any way limits the selection of any type of employ-
                                                                                  ment for which the person would otherwise be qualified or
                                                                                  qualifiable.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     (i)(1) The Administration also is empowered to make, participate
                                                                                  (on an immediate basis) in, or guarantee loans, repayable in not
                                                                                  more than fifteen years, to any small business concern, or to any




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00068   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  69

                                                                                  qualified person seeking to establish such a concern, when it deter-
                                                                                  mines that such loans will further the policies established in sec-
                                                                                  tion 2(b) of this Act, with particular emphasis on the preservation
                                                                                  or establishment of small business concerns located in urban or
                                                                                  rural areas with high proportions of unemployed or low-income in-
                                                                                  dividuals, or owned by low-income individuals: Provided, however,
                                                                                  That no such loans shall be made, participated in, or guaranteed
                                                                                  if the total of such Federal assistance to a single borrower out-
                                                                                  standing at any one time would exceed $100,000. The Administra-
                                                                                  tion may defer payments on the principal of such loans for a grace
                                                                                  period and use such other methods as it deems necessary and ap-
                                                                                  propriate to assure the successful establishment and operation of
                                                                                  such concern. The Administration may, in its discretion, as a condi-
                                                                                  tion of such financial assistance, require that the borrower take
                                                                                  steps to improve his management skills by participating in a man-
                                                                                  agement training program approved by the Administration: Pro-
                                                                                  vided, however, That any management training program so ap-
                                                                                  proved must be of sufficient scope and duration to provide reason-
                                                                                  able opportunity for the individuals served to develop entrepre-
                                                                                  neurial and managerial self-sufficiency.
                                                                                     (2) The Administration shall encourage, as far as possible, the
                                                                                  participation of the private business community in the program of
                                                                                  assistance to such concerns, and shall seek to stimulate new pri-
                                                                                  vate lending activities to such concerns through the use of the loan
                                                                                  guarantees, participations in loans, and pooling arrangements au-
                                                                                  thorized by this subsection.
                                                                                     (3) To insure an equitable distribution between urban and rural
                                                                                  areas for loans between $3,500 and $100,000 made under this sub-
                                                                                  section, the Administration is authorized to use the agencies and
                                                                                  agreements and delegations developed under title III of the Eco-
                                                                                  nomic Opportunity Act of 1964, as amended, as it shall determine
                                                                                  necessary.
                                                                                     (4) The Administration shall provide for the continuing evalua-
                                                                                  tion of programs under this subsection, including full information
                                                                                  on the location, income characteristics, and types of businesses and
                                                                                  individuals assisted, and on new private lending activity stimu-
                                                                                  lated, and the results of such evaluation together with rec-
                                                                                  ommendations shall be included in the report required by section
                                                                                  10(a) of this Act.
                                                                                     (5) Loans made pursuant to this subsection (including immediate
                                                                                  participation in and guarantees of such loans) shall have such
                                                                                  terms and conditions as the Administration shall determine, sub-
                                                                                  ject to the following limitations—
                                                                                          (A) there is reasonable assurance of repayment of the loan;
                                                                                          (B) the financial assistance is not otherwise available on rea-
                                                                                       sonable terms from private sources or other Federal, State, or
                                                                                       local programs;
                                                                                          (C) the amount of the loan, together with other funds avail-
                                                                                       able, is adequate to assure completion of the project or achieve-
                                                                                       ment of the purposes for which the loan is made;
                                                                                          (D) the loan bears interest at a rate not less than (i) a rate
                                                                                       determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into con-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       sideration the average market yield on outstanding Treasury
                                                                                       obligations of comparable maturity, plus (ii) such additional
                                                                                       charge, if any, toward covering other costs of the program as




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00069   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  70

                                                                                        the Administration may determine to be consistent with its
                                                                                        purposes: Provided, however, That the rate of interest charged
                                                                                        on loans made in redevelopment areas designated under the
                                                                                        Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965 (42
                                                                                        U.S.C. 3108 et seq.) shall not exceed the rate currently applica-
                                                                                        ble to new loans made under section 201 of that Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                        3142); and
                                                                                           (E) fees not in excess of amounts necessary to cover adminis-
                                                                                        trative expenses and probable losses may be required on loan
                                                                                        guarantees.
                                                                                     (6) The Administration shall take such steps as may be necessary
                                                                                  to insure that, in any fiscal year, at least 50 per centum of the
                                                                                  amounts loaned or guaranteed pursuant to this subsection are al-
                                                                                  lotted to small business concerns located in urban areas identified
                                                                                  by the Administration as having high concentrations of unemployed
                                                                                  or low-income individuals or to small business concerns owned by
                                                                                  low-income individuals. The Administration shall define the mean-
                                                                                  ing of low income as it applies to owners of small business concerns
                                                                                  eligible to be assisted under this subsection.
                                                                                     (7) No financial assistance shall be extended pursuant to this
                                                                                  subsection when the Administration determines that the assistance
                                                                                  will be used in relocating establishments from one area to another
                                                                                  if such relocation would result in an increase in unemployment in
                                                                                  the area of original location.
                                                                                     (j)(1) the Administration shall provide financial assistance to
                                                                                  public or private organizations to pay all or part of the cost of
                                                                                  projects designated to provide technical or management assistance
                                                                                  to individuals or enterprises eligible for assistance under sections
                                                                                  7(i), 7(j)(10), and 8(a) of this Act, with special attention to small
                                                                                  businesses located in areas of high concentration of unemployed or
                                                                                  low-income individuals, to small businesses eligible to receive con-
                                                                                  tracts pursuant to section 8(a) of this Act.
                                                                                     (2) Financial assistance under this subsection may be provided
                                                                                  for projects, including, but not limited to—
                                                                                           (A) planning and research, including feasibility studies and
                                                                                        market research;
                                                                                           (B) the identification and development of new business op-
                                                                                        portunities;
                                                                                           (C) the furnishing of centralized services with regard to pub-
                                                                                        lic services and Federal Government programs including pro-
                                                                                        grams authorized under sections 7(i), (7)(j)(10), and 8(a) of this
                                                                                        Act;
                                                                                           (D) the establishment and strengthening of business service
                                                                                        agencies, including trade associations and cooperative; and
                                                                                           (E) the furnishing of business counseling, management train-
                                                                                        ing, and legal and other related services, with special emphasis
                                                                                        on the development of management training programs using
                                                                                        the resources of the business community, including the devel-
                                                                                        opment of management training opportunities in existing busi-
                                                                                        ness, and with emphasis in all cases upon providing manage-
                                                                                        ment training of sufficient scope and duration to develop entre-
                                                                                        preneurial and managerial self-sufficiency on the part of the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                        individuals served.
                                                                                     (3) The Administration shall encourage the placement of sub-
                                                                                  contracts by businesses with small business concerns located in




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00070   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  71

                                                                                  area of high concentration of unemployed or low-income individ-
                                                                                  uals, with small businesses owned by low-income individuals, and
                                                                                  with small businesses eligible to receive contracts pursuant to sec-
                                                                                  tion 8(a) of this Act. The Administration may provide incentives
                                                                                  and assistance to such businesses that will aid in the training and
                                                                                  upgrading of potential subcontractors or other small business con-
                                                                                  cerns eligible for assistance under section 7(i), 7(j), and 8(a), of this
                                                                                  Act.
                                                                                     (4) The Administration shall give preference to projects which
                                                                                  promote the ownership, participation in ownership, or management
                                                                                  of small businesses owned by low-income individuals and small
                                                                                  businesses eligible to receive contracts pursuant to section 8(a) of
                                                                                  this Act.
                                                                                     (5) The financial assistance authorized for projects under this
                                                                                  subsection includes assistance advanced by grant, agreement, or
                                                                                  contract.
                                                                                     (6) The Administration is authorized to make payments under
                                                                                  grants and contracts entered into under this subsection in lump
                                                                                  sum or installments, and in advance or by way of reimbursement,
                                                                                  and in the case of grants, with necessary adjustments on account
                                                                                  of overpayments or underpayments.
                                                                                     (7) To the extent feasible, services under this subsection shall be
                                                                                  provided in a location which is easily accessible to the individuals
                                                                                  and small business concerns served.
                                                                                     (9) The Administration shall take such steps as may be necessary
                                                                                  and appropriate, in coordination and cooperation with the heads of
                                                                                  other Federal departments and agencies, to insure that contracts,
                                                                                  subcontracts, and deposits made by the Federal Government or
                                                                                  with programs aided with Federal funds are placed in such way as
                                                                                  to further the purposes of sections 7(i), 7(j), and 8(a) of this Act.
                                                                                     (10) There is established with the Administration a small busi-
                                                                                  ness and capital ownership development program (hereinafter re-
                                                                                  ferred to as the ‘‘Program’’) which shall provide assistance exclu-
                                                                                  sively for small business concerns eligible to receive contracts pur-
                                                                                  suant to section 8(a) of this Act. The program, and all other serv-
                                                                                  ices and activities authorized under section 7(j) and 8(a) of this Act,
                                                                                  shall be managed by the Associate Administrator for Minority
                                                                                  Small Business and Capital Ownership Development under the su-
                                                                                  pervision of, and responsible to, the Administrator.
                                                                                          (A) The Program shall—
                                                                                               (i) assist small business concerns participating in the
                                                                                            Program (either through public or private organizations) to
                                                                                            develop and maintain comprehensive business plans which
                                                                                            set forth the Program Participant’s specific business tar-
                                                                                            gets, objectives, and goals developed and maintained in
                                                                                            conformity with subparagraph (D).
                                                                                               (ii) provide for such other nonfinancial services as
                                                                                            deemed necessary for the establishment, preservation, and
                                                                                            growth of small business concerns participating in the Pro-
                                                                                            gram, including but not limited to (I) loan packaging, (II)
                                                                                            financing counseling, (III) accounting and bookkeeping as-
                                                                                            sistance, (IV) marketing assistance, and (V) management




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            assistance;
                                                                                               (iii) assist small business concerns participating in the
                                                                                            Program to obtain equity and debt financing;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00071   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  72

                                                                                                  (iv) establish regular performance monitoring and re-
                                                                                               porting systems for small business concerns participating
                                                                                               in the Program to assure compliance with their business
                                                                                               plans;
                                                                                                  (v) analyze and report the causes of success and failure
                                                                                               of small business concerns participating in the Program;
                                                                                               and
                                                                                                  (vi) provide assistance necessary to help small business
                                                                                               concerns participating in the Program to procure surety
                                                                                               bonds, with such assistance including, but not limited to,
                                                                                               (I) the preparation of application forms required to receive
                                                                                               a surety bond, (II) special management and technical as-
                                                                                               sistance designed to meet the specific needs of small busi-
                                                                                               ness concerns participating in the Program and which
                                                                                               have received or are applying to receive a surety bond, and
                                                                                               (III) guarantee from the Administration pursuant to title
                                                                                               IV, part B of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.
                                                                                            (B) Small business concerns eligible to receive contracts pur-
                                                                                         suant to section 8(a) of this Act shall participate in the Pro-
                                                                                         gram.
                                                                                            (C)(i) A small business concern participating in any program
                                                                                         or activity conducted under the authority of this paragraph or
                                                                                         eligible for the award of contracts pursuant to section 8(a) on
                                                                                         September 1, 1988, shall be permitted continued participation
                                                                                         and eligibility in such program or activity for a period of time
                                                                                         which is the greater of—
                                                                                                  (I) 9 years less the number of years since the award of
                                                                                               its first contract pursuant to section 8(a); or
                                                                                                  (II) its original fixed program participation term (plus
                                                                                               any extension thereof) assigned prior to the effective date
                                                                                               of this paragraph plus eighteen months.
                                                                                            (ii) Nothing contained in this subparagraph shall be deemed
                                                                                         to prevent the Administration from instituting a termination
                                                                                         or graduation pursuant to subparagraph (F) or (H) for issues
                                                                                         unrelated to the expiration of any time period limitation.
                                                                                            (D)(i) Promptly after certification under paragraph (11) a
                                                                                         Program Participant shall submit a business plan (hereinafter
                                                                                         referred to as the plan’’) as described in clause (ii) of this sub-
                                                                                         paragraph for review by the Business Opportunity Specialist
                                                                                         assigned to assist such Program Participant. The plan may be
                                                                                         a revision of a preliminary business plan submitted by the Pro-
                                                                                         gram Participant or required by the Administration as a part
                                                                                         of the application for certification under this section and shall
                                                                                         be designed to result in the Program Participant eliminating
                                                                                         the conditions or circumstances upon which the Administration
                                                                                         determined eligibility pursuant to section 8(a)(6). Such plan,
                                                                                         and subsequent modifications submitted under clause (iii) of
                                                                                         this subparagraph, shall be approved by the business oppor-
                                                                                         tunity specialist prior to the Program Participant being eligible
                                                                                         for award of a contract pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                                  (ii) The plans submitted under this subparagraph shall
                                                                                               include the following:




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                       (I) An analysis of market potential, competitive en-
                                                                                                     vironment, and other business analyses estimating the
                                                                                                     Program Participant’s prospects for profitable oper-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00072   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  73

                                                                                                     ations during the term of program participation and
                                                                                                     after graduation.
                                                                                                        (II) An analysis of the Program Participant’s
                                                                                                     strengths and weaknesses with particular attention to
                                                                                                     correcting any financial, managerial, technical, or per-
                                                                                                     sonnel conditions which are likely to impede the small
                                                                                                     business concern from receiving contracts other than
                                                                                                     those awarded under section 8(a).
                                                                                                        (III) Specific targets, objectives, and goals, for the
                                                                                                     business development of the Program Participant dur-
                                                                                                     ing the next and succeeding years utilizing the results
                                                                                                     of the analyses conducted pursuant to subclauses (I)
                                                                                                     and (II).
                                                                                                        (IV) A transition management plan outlining specific
                                                                                                     steps to assure profitable business operations after
                                                                                                     graduation (to be incorporated into the Program Par-
                                                                                                     ticipant’s plan during the first year of the transitional
                                                                                                     stage of Program participation).
                                                                                                        (V) Estimates of contract awards pursuant to section
                                                                                                     8(a) and from other sources, which the Program Par-
                                                                                                     ticipant will require to meet the specific targets, objec-
                                                                                                     tives, and goals for the years covered by its plan. The
                                                                                                     estimates established shall be consistent with the pro-
                                                                                                     visions of subparagraph (I) and section 8(a).
                                                                                                  (iii) Each Program Participant shall annually review its
                                                                                               currently approved plan with its Business Opportunity
                                                                                               Specialist and modify such plan as may be appropriate.
                                                                                               Any modified plan shall be submitted to the Administra-
                                                                                               tion for approval. The currently approved plan shall be
                                                                                               considered valid until such time as a modified plan is ap-
                                                                                               proved by the Business Opportunity Specialist. Annual re-
                                                                                               views pertaining to years in the transitional stage of pro-
                                                                                               gram participation shall require, as appropriate, a written
                                                                                               verification that such Program Participant has complied
                                                                                               with the requirements of subparagraph (I) relating to at-
                                                                                               taining business activity from sources other than contracts
                                                                                               awarded pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                                  (iv) Each Program Participant shall annually forecast its
                                                                                               needs for contract awards under section 8(a) for the next
                                                                                               program year and the succeeding program year during the
                                                                                               review of its business plan, conducted pursuant to clause
                                                                                               (iii). Such forecast shall be known as the section 8(a) con-
                                                                                               tract support level and shall be included in the Program
                                                                                               Participant’s business plan. Such forecast shall include—
                                                                                                        (I) the aggregate dollar value of contract support to
                                                                                                     be sought on a noncompetitive basis under section
                                                                                                     8(a), reflecting compliance with the requirements of
                                                                                                     subparagraph (I) relating to attaining business activ-
                                                                                                     ity from sources other than contracts awarded pursu-
                                                                                                     ant to section 8(a),
                                                                                                        (II) the types of contract opportunities being sought,
                                                                                                     identified by Standard Industrial Classification (SIC)




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                     Code or otherwise,
                                                                                                        (III) an estimate of the dollar value of contract sup-
                                                                                                     port to be sought on a competitive basis, and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00073   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  74

                                                                                                       (IV) such other information as may be requested by
                                                                                                    the Business Opportunity Specialist to provide effec-
                                                                                                    tive business development assistance to the Program
                                                                                                    Participant.
                                                                                            (E) A small business concern participating in the program
                                                                                         conducted under the authority of this paragraph and eligible
                                                                                         for the award of contracts pursuant to section 8(a) shall be de-
                                                                                         nied all such assistance if such concern—
                                                                                                 (i) voluntarily elects not to continue participation;
                                                                                                 (ii) completes the period of Program participation as pre-
                                                                                              scribed by paragraph (15);
                                                                                                 (iii) is terminated pursuant to a termination proceeding
                                                                                              conducted in accordance with section 8(a)(9); or
                                                                                                 (iv) is graduated pursuant to a graduation proceeding
                                                                                              conducted in accordance with section 8(a)(9).
                                                                                            (F) For the purposes of section and 8(a), the terms ‘‘termi-
                                                                                         nated’’ or ‘‘termination’’ means the total denial or suspension
                                                                                         of assistance under this paragraph or under section 8(a) prior
                                                                                         to the graduation of the participating small business concern
                                                                                         or prior to the expiration of the maximum program participa-
                                                                                         tion in term. An action for termination shall be based upon
                                                                                         good cause, including—
                                                                                                 (i) the failure by such concern to maintain its eligibility
                                                                                              for Program participation;
                                                                                                 (ii) the failure of the concern to engage in business prac-
                                                                                              tices that will promote its competitiveness within a reason-
                                                                                              able period of time as evidenced by, among other indica-
                                                                                              tors, a pattern of unjustified delinquent performance or
                                                                                              terminations for default with respect to contracts awarded
                                                                                              under the authority of section 8(a);
                                                                                                 (iii) a demonstrated pattern of failing to make required
                                                                                              submissions or responses to the Administration in a timely
                                                                                              manner;
                                                                                                 (iv) the willful violation of any rule or regulation of the
                                                                                              Administration pertaining to material issues;
                                                                                                 (v) the debarment of the concern or its disadvantaged
                                                                                              owners by any agency pursuant to subpart 9.4 of title 48,
                                                                                              Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation);
                                                                                              or
                                                                                                 (vi) the conviction of the disadvantaged owner or an offi-
                                                                                              cer of the concern for any offense indicating a lack of busi-
                                                                                              ness integrity including any conviction for embezzlement,
                                                                                              theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or violation of section
                                                                                              16. For purposes of this clause, no termination action shall
                                                                                              be taken with respect to a disadvantaged owner solely be-
                                                                                              cause of the conviction of an officer of the concern (who is
                                                                                              other than a disadvantaged owner) unless such owner con-
                                                                                              spired with, abetted, or otherwise knowingly acquiesced in
                                                                                              the activity or omission that was the basis of such officer’s
                                                                                              conviction.
                                                                                            (G) The Director of the Division may initiate a termination
                                                                                         proceeding by recommending such action to the Associate Ad-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         ministrator for Minority Small Business and Capital Owner-
                                                                                         ship Development. Whenever the Associate Administrator, or a
                                                                                         designee of such officer, determines such termination is appro-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00074   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  75

                                                                                         priate, within 15 days after making such a determination the
                                                                                         Program Participant shall be provided a written notice of in-
                                                                                         tent to terminate, specifying the reasons for such action. No
                                                                                         Program Participant shall be terminated from the Program
                                                                                         pursuant to subparagraph (F) without first being afforded an
                                                                                         opportunity for a hearing in accordance with section 8(a)(9).
                                                                                            (H) For the purposes of sections 7(j) and 8(a) the term ‘‘grad-
                                                                                         uated’’ or ‘‘graduation’’ means that the Program Participant is
                                                                                         recognized as successfully completing the program by substan-
                                                                                         tially achieving the targets, objectives, and goals contained in
                                                                                         the concern’s business plan thereby demonstrating its ability to
                                                                                         compete in the marketplace without assistance under this sec-
                                                                                         tion or section 8(a).
                                                                                            (I)(i) During the developmental stage of its participation in
                                                                                         the Program, a Program Participant shall take all reasonable
                                                                                         efforts within its control to attain the targets contained in its
                                                                                         business plan for contracts awarded other than pursuant to
                                                                                         section 8(a) (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘business activity tar-
                                                                                         gets.’’). Such efforts shall be made a part of the business plan
                                                                                         and shall be sufficient in scope and duration to satisfy the Ad-
                                                                                         ministration that the Program Participant will engage a rea-
                                                                                         sonable marketing strategy that will maximize its potential to
                                                                                         achieve its business activity targets.
                                                                                            (ii) During the transitional stage of the Program a Program
                                                                                         Participant shall be subject to regulations regarding business
                                                                                         activity targets that are promulgated by the Administration
                                                                                         pursuant to clause (iii);
                                                                                            (iii) The regulations referred to in clause (ii) shall:
                                                                                                  (I) establish business activity targets applicable to Pro-
                                                                                               gram Participants during the fifth year and each suc-
                                                                                               ceeding year of Program Participation; such targets, for
                                                                                               such period of time, shall reflect a reasonably consistent
                                                                                               increase in contracts awarded other than pursuant to sec-
                                                                                               tion 8(a), expressed as a percentage of total sales; when
                                                                                               promulgating business activity targets the Administration
                                                                                               may establish modified targets for Program Participants
                                                                                               that have participated in the Program for a period of
                                                                                               longer than four years on the effective date of this sub-
                                                                                               paragraph;
                                                                                                  (II) require a Program Participant to attain its business
                                                                                               activity targets;
                                                                                                  (III) provide that, before the receipt of any contract to be
                                                                                               awarded pursuant to section 8(a), the Program Participant
                                                                                               (if it is in the transitional stage) must certify that it has
                                                                                               complied with the regulations promulgated pursuant to
                                                                                               subclause (II), or that it is in compliance with such reme-
                                                                                               dial measures as may have been ordered pursuant to regu-
                                                                                               lations issued under subclause (V);
                                                                                                  (IV) require the Administration to review each Program
                                                                                               Participant’s performance regarding attainment of busi-
                                                                                               ness activity targets during periodic reviews of such Par-
                                                                                               ticipant’s business plan; and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                  (V) authorize the Administration to take appropriate re-
                                                                                               medial measures with respect to a Program Participant
                                                                                               that has failed to attain a required business activity target




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00075   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  76

                                                                                             for the purpose of reducing such Participant’s dependence
                                                                                             on contracts awarded pursuant to section 8(a); such reme-
                                                                                             dial actions may include, but are not limited to assisting
                                                                                             the Program Participant to expand the dollar volume of its
                                                                                             competitive business activity or limiting the dollar volume
                                                                                             of contracts awarded to the Program Participant pursuant
                                                                                             to section 8(a); except for actions that would constitute a
                                                                                             termination, remedial measures taken pursuant to this
                                                                                             subclause shall not be reviewable pursuant to section
                                                                                             8(a)(9).
                                                                                          (J)(i) The Administration shall conduct an evaluation of a
                                                                                       Program Participant’s eligibility for continued participation in
                                                                                       the Program whenever it receives specific and credible infor-
                                                                                       mation alleging that such Program Participant no longer meets
                                                                                       the requirements for Program eligibility. Upon making a find-
                                                                                       ing that a Program Participant is no longer eligible, the Ad-
                                                                                       ministration shall initiate a termination proceeding in accord-
                                                                                       ance with subparagraph (F). A Program Participant’s eligibility
                                                                                       for award of any contract under the authority of section 8(a)
                                                                                       may be suspended pursuant to subpart 9.4 of title 48, Code of
                                                                                       Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation).
                                                                                          (ii)(I) Except as authorized by subclauses (II) or (III), no
                                                                                       award shall be made pursuant to section 8(a) to a concern
                                                                                       other than a small business concern.
                                                                                          (II) In determining the size of a small business concern
                                                                                       owned by a socially and economically disadvantaged Indian
                                                                                       tribe (or a wholly owned business entity of such tribe), each
                                                                                       firm’s size shall be independently determined without regard
                                                                                       to its affiliation with the tribe, any entity of the tribal govern-
                                                                                       ment, or any other business enterprise owned by the tribe, un-
                                                                                       less the Administrator determines that one or more such trib-
                                                                                       ally owned business concerns have obtained, or are likely to ob-
                                                                                       tain, a substantial unfair competitive advantage within an in-
                                                                                       dustry category.
                                                                                          (III) Any joint venture established under the authority of
                                                                                       section 602(b) of Public Law 100–656, the ‘‘Business Oppor-
                                                                                       tunity Development Reform Act of 1988’’, shall be eligible for
                                                                                       award of a contract pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                    (11)(A) The Associate Administrator for Minority Small Business
                                                                                  and Capital Ownership Development shall be responsible for co-
                                                                                  ordinating and formulating policies relating to Federal assistance
                                                                                  to small business concerns eligible for assistance under section 7(i)
                                                                                  of this Act and small business concerns eligible to receive contracts
                                                                                  pursuant to section 8(a) of this Act.
                                                                                          (B)(i) Except as provided in clause (iii), no individual who
                                                                                       was determined pursuant to section 8(a) to be socially and eco-
                                                                                       nomically disadvantaged before the effective date of this sub-
                                                                                       paragraph shall be permitted to assert such disadvantage with
                                                                                       respect to any other concern making application for certifi-
                                                                                       cation after such effective date.
                                                                                                (ii) Except as provided in clause (iii), any individual




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                             upon whom eligibility is based pursuant to section 8(a)(4)
                                                                                             shall be permitted to assert such eligibility for only one
                                                                                             small business concern.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00076   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  77

                                                                                                (iii) A socially and economically disadvantaged Indian
                                                                                             tribe may own more than one small business concern eligi-
                                                                                             ble for assistance pursuant to section 7(j)(10) and section
                                                                                             8(a) if—
                                                                                                      (I) the Indian tribe does not own another firm in the
                                                                                                   same industry which has been determined to be eligi-
                                                                                                   ble to receive contracts under this program, and
                                                                                                      (II) the individuals responsible for the management
                                                                                                   and daily operations of the concern do not manage
                                                                                                   more than two Program Participants.
                                                                                    (C) No concern, previously eligible for the award of contracts pur-
                                                                                  suant to section 8(a), shall be subsequently recertified for program
                                                                                  participation if its prior participation in the program was concluded
                                                                                  for any of the reasons described in paragraph (10)(E).
                                                                                    (D) A concern eligible for the award of contracts pursuant to this
                                                                                  subsection shall remain eligible for such contracts if there is a
                                                                                  transfer of ownership and control (as defined pursuant to section
                                                                                  8(a)(4)) to individuals who are determined to be socially and eco-
                                                                                  nomically disadvantaged pursuant to section 8(a). In the event of
                                                                                  such a transfer, the concern, if not terminated or graduated, shall
                                                                                  be eligible for a period of continued participation in the program
                                                                                  not to exceed the time limitations prescribed in paragraph (15).
                                                                                    (E) There is established a Division of Program Certification and
                                                                                  Eligibility (hereinafter referred to in this paragraph as the Divi-
                                                                                  sion’’) that shall be made part of the Office of Minority Small Busi-
                                                                                  ness and Capital Ownership Development. The Division shall be
                                                                                  headed by a Director who shall report directly to the Associate Ad-
                                                                                  ministrator for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership
                                                                                  Development. The Division shall establish field offices within such
                                                                                  regional offices of the Administration as may be necessary to per-
                                                                                  form efficiently its functions and responsibilities.
                                                                                    (F) Subject to the provisions of section 8(a)(9), the functions and
                                                                                  responsibility of the Division are to—
                                                                                          (i) receive, review and evaluate applications for certification
                                                                                       pursuant to paragraphs (4), (5), (6) and (7) of section 8(a);
                                                                                          (ii) advise each program applicant within 15 days after the
                                                                                       receipt of an application as to whether such application is com-
                                                                                       plete and suitable for evaluation and, if not, what matters
                                                                                       must be rectified;
                                                                                          (iii) render recommendations on such applications to the As-
                                                                                       sociate Administrator for Minority Small Business and Capital
                                                                                       Ownership Development;
                                                                                          (iv) review and evaluate financial statements and other sub-
                                                                                       missions from concerns participating in the program estab-
                                                                                       lished by paragraph (10) to ascertain continued eligibility to re-
                                                                                       ceive subcontracts pursuant to section 8(a);
                                                                                          (v) make a request for the initiation of termination or grad-
                                                                                       uation proceedings, as appropriate, to the Associate Adminis-
                                                                                       trator for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership De-
                                                                                       velopment;
                                                                                          (vi) make recommendations to the Associate Administrator




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership Develop-
                                                                                       ment concerning protests from applicants that have been de-
                                                                                       nied program admission;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00077   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  78

                                                                                           (vii) decide protests regarding the status of a concern as a
                                                                                        disadvantaged concern for purposes of any program or activity
                                                                                        conducted under the authority of subsection (d) of section 8, or
                                                                                        any other provision of Federal law that references such sub-
                                                                                        section for a definition of program eligibility; and
                                                                                           (viii) implement such policy directives as may be issued by
                                                                                        the Associate Administrator for Minority Small Business and
                                                                                        Capital Ownership Development pursuant to subparagraph (I)
                                                                                        regarding, among other things, the geographic distribution of
                                                                                        concerns to be admitted to the program and the industrial
                                                                                        make-up of such concerns.
                                                                                     (G) An applicant shall not be denied admission into the program
                                                                                  established by paragraph (10) due solely to a determination by the
                                                                                  Division that specific contract opportunities are unavailable to as-
                                                                                  sist in the development of such concern unless—
                                                                                           (i) the Government has not previously procured and is un-
                                                                                        likely to procure the types of products or services offered by the
                                                                                        concern; or
                                                                                           (ii) the purchases of such products or services by the Federal
                                                                                        Government will not be in quantities sufficient to support the
                                                                                        developmental needs of the applicant and other Program Par-
                                                                                        ticipants providing the same or similar items or services.
                                                                                           (H) Not later than 90 days after receipt of a completed appli-
                                                                                        cation for Program certification, the Associate Administrator
                                                                                        for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership Develop-
                                                                                        ment shall certify a small business concern as a Program Par-
                                                                                        ticipant or shall deny such application.
                                                                                     (I) Thirty days before the conclusion of each fiscal year, the Di-
                                                                                  rector of the Division shall review all concerns that have been ad-
                                                                                  mitted into the Program during the preceding 12-month period.
                                                                                  The review shall ascertain the number of entrants, their geo-
                                                                                  graphic distribution and industrial classification. The Director shall
                                                                                  also estimate the expected growth of the Program during the next
                                                                                  fiscal year and the number of additional Business Opportunity Spe-
                                                                                  cialists, if any, that will be needed to meet the anticipated demand
                                                                                  for the Program. The findings and conclusions of the Director shall
                                                                                  be reported to the Associate Administrator for Minority Small Busi-
                                                                                  ness and Capital Ownership Development by September 30 of each
                                                                                  year. Based on such report and such additional data as may be rel-
                                                                                  evant, the Associate Administrator shall, by October 31 of each
                                                                                  year, issue policy and program directives applicable to such fiscal
                                                                                  year that—
                                                                                           (i) establish priorities for the solicitation of program applica-
                                                                                        tions from underrepresented regions and industry categories;
                                                                                           (ii) assign staffing levels and allocate other program re-
                                                                                        sources as necessary to meet program needs; and
                                                                                           (iii) establish priorities in the processing and admission of
                                                                                        new Program Participants as may be necessary to achieve an
                                                                                        equitable geographic distribution of concerns and a distribution
                                                                                        of concerns across all industry categories in proportions needed
                                                                                        to increase significantly contract awards to small business con-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                        cerns owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                                        advantaged individuals. When considering such increase the
                                                                                        Administration shall give due consideration to those industrial




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00078   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  79

                                                                                       categories where Federal purchases have been substantial but
                                                                                       where the participation rate of such concerns has been limited.
                                                                                     (12)(A) The Administration shall segment the Capital Ownership
                                                                                  Development Program into two stages: a developmental stage; and
                                                                                  a transitional stage.
                                                                                     (B) The developmental stage of program participation shall be
                                                                                  designed to assist the concern in its effort to overcome its economic
                                                                                  disadvantage by providing such assistance as may be necessary
                                                                                  and appropriate to access its markets and to strengthen its finan-
                                                                                  cial and managerial skills.
                                                                                     (C) The transitional stage of program participation shall be de-
                                                                                  signed to overcome, insofar as practicable, the remaining elements
                                                                                  of economic disadvantage and to prepare such concern for gradua-
                                                                                  tion from the program.
                                                                                     (13) A Program Participant, if otherwise eligible, shall be quali-
                                                                                  fied to receive the following assistance during the stages of pro-
                                                                                  gram participation specified in paragraph 12:
                                                                                          (A) Contract support pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                          (B) Financial assistance pursuant to section 7(a)(20).
                                                                                          (C) A maximum of two exemptions from the requirements of
                                                                                       section 1(a) of the Act entitled ‘‘An Act providing conditions for
                                                                                       the purchase of supplies and the making of contracts by the
                                                                                       United States, and for other purposes’’, approved June 30,
                                                                                       1936 (49 Stat. 2036), which exemptions shall apply only to con-
                                                                                       tracts awarded pursuant to section (8)(a) and shall only be
                                                                                       used to allow for contingent agreements by a small business
                                                                                       concern to acquire the machinery, equipment, facilities, or
                                                                                       labor needed to perform such contracts. No exemption shall be
                                                                                       made pursuant to this subparagraph if the contract to which
                                                                                       it pertains has an anticipated value in excess of $10,000,000.
                                                                                       This subparagraph shall cease to be effective on October 1,
                                                                                       1992.
                                                                                          (D) A maximum of five exemptions from the requirements of
                                                                                       the Act entitled ‘‘An Act requiring contracts for the construc-
                                                                                       tion, alteration and repair of any public building or public work
                                                                                       of the United States to be accompanied by a performance bond
                                                                                       protecting the United States and by an additional bond for the
                                                                                       protection of persons furnishing material and labor for the con-
                                                                                       struction, alteration, or repair of said public buildings or public
                                                                                       works’’, approved August 24, 1935 (49 Stat. 793), which exemp-
                                                                                       tions shall apply only to contracts awarded pursuant to section
                                                                                       8(a), except that, such exemptions may be granted under this
                                                                                       subparagraph only if—
                                                                                               (i) the Administration finds that such concern is unable
                                                                                            to obtain the requisite bond or bonds from a surety and
                                                                                            that no surety is willing to issue a bond subject to the
                                                                                            guarantee provision of title IV of the Small Business In-
                                                                                            vestment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 692 et seq.);
                                                                                               (ii) the Administration and the agency providing the con-
                                                                                            tracting opportunity have provided for the protection of
                                                                                            persons furnishing materials or labor to the Program Par-
                                                                                            ticipant by arranging for the direct disbursement of funds




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            due to such persons by the procuring agency or through
                                                                                            any bank the deposits of which are insured by the Federal
                                                                                            Deposit Insurance Corporation; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00079   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  80

                                                                                                 (iii) the contract to which it pertains does not exceed
                                                                                              $3,000,000 in amount. This subparagraph shall cease to be
                                                                                              effective on October 1, 1994.
                                                                                           (E) Financial assistance whereby the Administration may
                                                                                         purchase in whole or in part, and on behalf of such concerns,
                                                                                         skills training or upgrading for employees or potential employ-
                                                                                         ees of such concerns. Such assistance may be made without re-
                                                                                         gard to section 18(a). Assistance may be made by direct pay-
                                                                                         ment to the training provider or by reimbursing the Program
                                                                                         Participant or the Participant’s employee, if such reimburse-
                                                                                         ment is found to be reasonable and appropriate. For purposes
                                                                                         of this subparagraph the term ‘‘training provider’’ shall mean
                                                                                         an institution of higher education, a community or vocational
                                                                                         college, or an institution eligible to provide skills training or
                                                                                         upgrading under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Op-
                                                                                         portunity Act. The Administration shall, in consultation with
                                                                                         the Secretary of Labor, promulgate rules and regulations to im-
                                                                                         plement this subparagraph that establish acceptable training
                                                                                         and upgrading performance standards and provide for such
                                                                                         monitoring or audit requirements as may be necessary to en-
                                                                                         sure the integrity of the training effort. No financial assistance
                                                                                         shall be granted under the subparagraph unless the Adminis-
                                                                                         trator determines that—
                                                                                                 (i) such concern has documented that it has first ex-
                                                                                              plored the use of existing cost-free or cost-subsidized train-
                                                                                              ing programs offered by public and private sector agencies
                                                                                              working with programs of employment and training and
                                                                                              economic development;
                                                                                                 (ii) no more than five employees or potential employees
                                                                                              of such concern are recipients of any benefits under this
                                                                                              subparagraph at any one time;
                                                                                                 (iii) no more than $2,500 shall be made available for any
                                                                                              one employee or potential employee;
                                                                                                 (iv) the length of training or upgrading financed by this
                                                                                              subparagraph shall be no less than one month nor more
                                                                                              than six months;
                                                                                                 (v) such concern has given adequate assurance it will
                                                                                              employ the trainee or upgraded employee for at least six
                                                                                              months after the training or upgrading financed by this
                                                                                              subparagraph has been completed and each trainee or up-
                                                                                              graded employee has provided a similar assurance to re-
                                                                                              main within the employ of such concern for such period; if
                                                                                              such concern, trainee, or upgraded employee breaches this
                                                                                              agreement, the Administration shall be entitled to and
                                                                                              shall make diligent efforts to obtain from the violating
                                                                                              party the repayment of all funds expended on behalf of the
                                                                                              violating party, such repayment shall be made to the Ad-
                                                                                              ministration together with such interest and costs of col-
                                                                                              lection as may be reasonable; the violating party shall be
                                                                                              barred from receiving any further assistance under this
                                                                                              subparagraph;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                 (vi) the training to be financed may take place either at
                                                                                              such concern’s facilities or at those of the training pro-
                                                                                              vider; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00080   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  81

                                                                                                  (vii) such concern will maintain such records as the Ad-
                                                                                               ministration deems appropriate to ensure that the provi-
                                                                                               sions of this paragraph and any other applicable law have
                                                                                               not been violated.
                                                                                            (F)(i) The transfer of technology or surplus property owned
                                                                                         by the United States to such a concern. Activities designed to
                                                                                         effect such transfer shall be developed in cooperation with the
                                                                                         heads of Federal agencies and shall include the transfer by
                                                                                         grant, license, or sale of such technology or property to such a
                                                                                         concern. Such property may be transferred to Program Partici-
                                                                                         pants on a priority basis. Technology or property transferred
                                                                                         under this subparagraph shall be used by the concern during
                                                                                         the normal conduct of its business operation and shall not be
                                                                                         sold or transferred to any other party (other than the Govern-
                                                                                         ment) during such concern’s term of participation in the Pro-
                                                                                         gram and for one year thereafter.
                                                                                                  (ii)(I) In this clause—
                                                                                                        (aa) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the 2-year pe-
                                                                                                     riod beginning on the date on which the President de-
                                                                                                     clared the applicable major disaster; and
                                                                                                        (bb) the term ‘‘disaster area’’ means the area for
                                                                                                     which the President has declared a major disaster,
                                                                                                     during the covered period.
                                                                                                  (II) The Administrator may transfer technology or sur-
                                                                                               plus property under clause (i) on a priority basis to a small
                                                                                               business concern located in a disaster area if—
                                                                                                        (aa) the small business concern meets the require-
                                                                                                     ments for such a transfer, without regard to whether
                                                                                                     the small business concern is a Program Participant;
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                        (bb) for a small business concern that is a Program
                                                                                                     Participant, on and after the date on which the Presi-
                                                                                                     dent declared the applicable major disaster, the small
                                                                                                     business concern has not received property under this
                                                                                                     subparagraph on the basis of the status of the small
                                                                                                     business concern as a Program Participant.
                                                                                                  (III) For any transfer of property under this clause to a
                                                                                               small business concern, the terms and conditions shall be
                                                                                               the same as a transfer to a Program Participant, except
                                                                                               that the small business concern shall agree not to sell or
                                                                                               transfer the property to any party other than the Federal
                                                                                               Government during the covered period.
                                                                                                  (IV) A small business concern that receives a transfer of
                                                                                               property under this clause may not receive a transfer of
                                                                                               property under clause (i) during the covered period.
                                                                                                  (V) If a small business concern sells or transfers prop-
                                                                                               erty in violation of the agreement described in subclause
                                                                                               (III), the Administrator may initiate proceedings to pro-
                                                                                               hibit the small business concern from receiving a transfer
                                                                                               of property under this clause or clause (i), in addition to
                                                                                               any other remedy available to the Administrator.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            (iii)(I) In this clause, the term ‘‘covered period’’means—
                                                                                                        (aa) in the case of a Puerto Rico business, the period
                                                                                                     beginning on August 13, 2018, and ending on the date




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00081   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  82

                                                                                                 on which the Oversight Board established under sec-
                                                                                                 tion 2121 of title 48 terminates; and
                                                                                                    (bb) in the case of a covered territory business, the
                                                                                                 period beginning on the date of the enactment of this
                                                                                                 item and ending on the date that is 4 years after such
                                                                                                 date of enactment.
                                                                                          (II) The Administrator may transfer technology or surplus
                                                                                       property under clause (i) to a Puerto Rico business or a covered
                                                                                       territory business if either such business meets the require-
                                                                                       ments for such a transfer, without regard to whether either
                                                                                       such business is a Program Participant.
                                                                                          (G) Training assistance whereby the Administration shall
                                                                                       conduct training sessions to assist individuals and enterprises
                                                                                       eligible to receive contracts under section 8(a) in the develop-
                                                                                       ment of business principles and strategies to enhance their
                                                                                       ability to successfully compete for contracts in the marketplace.
                                                                                          (H) Joint ventures, leader-follower arrangements, and
                                                                                       teaming agreements between the Program Participant and
                                                                                       other Program Participants and other business concerns with
                                                                                       respect to contracting opportunities for the research, develop-
                                                                                       ment, full-scale engineering or production of major systems.
                                                                                       Such activities shall be undertaken on the basis of programs
                                                                                       developed by the agency responsible for the procurement of the
                                                                                       major system, with the assistance of the Administration.
                                                                                          (I) Transitional management business planning training and
                                                                                       technical assistance.
                                                                                          (J) Program Participants in the developmental stage of Pro-
                                                                                       gram participation shall be eligible for the assistance provided
                                                                                       by subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), and (G).
                                                                                    (14) Program Participants in the transitional stage of Program
                                                                                  participation shall be eligible for the assistance provided by sub-
                                                                                  paragraphs (A), (B), (F), (G), (H), and (I) of paragraph (13).
                                                                                    (15) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (10)(C), a small busi-
                                                                                  ness concern may receive developmental assistance under the Pro-
                                                                                  gram and contracts under section 8(a) for a total period of not
                                                                                  longer than nine years, measured from the date of its certification
                                                                                  under the authority of such section, of which—
                                                                                          (A) no more than four years may be spent in the develop-
                                                                                       mental stage of Program Participation; and
                                                                                          (B) no more than five years may be spent in the transitional
                                                                                       stage of Program Participation.
                                                                                    (16)(A) The Administrator shall develop and implement a process
                                                                                  for the systematic collection of data on the operations of the Pro-
                                                                                  gram established pursuant to paragraph (10).
                                                                                    (B) Not later than April 30 of each year, the Administrator shall
                                                                                  submit a report to the Congress on the Program that shall include
                                                                                  the following:
                                                                                          (i) The average personal net worth of individuals who own
                                                                                       and control concerns that were initially certified for participa-
                                                                                       tion in the Program during the immediately preceding fiscal
                                                                                       year. The Administrator shall also indicate the dollar distribu-
                                                                                       tion of net worths, at $50,000 increments, of all such individ-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       uals found to be socially and economically disadvantaged. For
                                                                                       the first report required pursuant to this paragraph the Ad-
                                                                                       ministrator shall also provide the data specified in the pre-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00082   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  83

                                                                                       ceding sentence for all eligible individuals in the Program as
                                                                                       of the effective date of this paragraph.
                                                                                          (ii) A description and estimate of the benefits and costs that
                                                                                       have accrued to the economy and the Government in the imme-
                                                                                       diately preceding fiscal year due to the operations of those
                                                                                       business concerns that were performing contracts awarded
                                                                                       pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                          (iii) A compilation and evaluation of those business concerns
                                                                                       that have exited the Program during the immediately pre-
                                                                                       ceding three fiscal years. Such compilation and evaluation
                                                                                       shall detail the number of concerns actively engaged in busi-
                                                                                       ness operations, those that have ceased or substantially cur-
                                                                                       tailed such operations, including the reasons for such actions,
                                                                                       and those concerns that have been acquired by other firms or
                                                                                       organizations owned and controlled by other than socially and
                                                                                       economically disadvantaged individuals. For those businesses
                                                                                       that have continued operations after they exited from the Pro-
                                                                                       gram, the Administrator shall also separately detail the bene-
                                                                                       fits and costs that have accrued to the economy during the im-
                                                                                       mediately preceding fiscal year due to the operations of such
                                                                                       concerns.
                                                                                          (iv) A listing of all participants in the Program during the
                                                                                       preceding fiscal year identifying, by State and by Region, for
                                                                                       each firm: the name of the concern, the race or ethnicity, and
                                                                                       gender of the disadvantaged owners, the dollar value of all con-
                                                                                       tracts received in the preceding year, the dollar amount of ad-
                                                                                       vance payments received by each concern pursuant to contracts
                                                                                       awarded under section 8(a), and a description including (if ap-
                                                                                       propriate) an estimate of the dollar value of all benefits re-
                                                                                       ceived pursuant to paragraphs (13) and (14) and section
                                                                                       7(a)(20) during such year.
                                                                                          (v) The total dollar value of contracts and options awarded
                                                                                       during the preceding fiscal year pursuant to section 8(a) and
                                                                                       such amount expressed as a percentage of total sales of (I) all
                                                                                       firms participating in the Program during such year; and (II)
                                                                                       of firms in each of the nine years of program participation.
                                                                                          (vi) A description of such additional resources or program au-
                                                                                       thorities as may be required to provide the types of services
                                                                                       needed over the next two-year period to service the expected
                                                                                       portfolio of firms certified pursuant to section 8(a).
                                                                                          (vii) The total dollar value of contracts and options awarded
                                                                                       pursuant to section 8(a), at such dollar increments as the Ad-
                                                                                       ministrator deems appropriate, for each four digit standard in-
                                                                                       dustrial classification code under which such contracts and op-
                                                                                       tions were classified.
                                                                                    (C) The first report required by subparagraph (B) shall pertain
                                                                                  to fiscal year 1990.
                                                                                    (k) In carrying out its functions under subsections 7(i), 7(j), and
                                                                                  8(a) of this Act, the Administration is authorized—
                                                                                          (1) to utilize, with their consent, the services and facilities of
                                                                                       Federal agencies without reimbursement, and, with the con-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       sent of any State or political subdivision of a State, accept and
                                                                                       utilize the services and facilities of such State or subdivision
                                                                                       without reimbursement;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00083   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  84

                                                                                            (2) to accept, in the name of the Administration, and employ
                                                                                          or dispose of in furtherance of the purposes of this Act, any
                                                                                          money or property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible, or intan-
                                                                                          gible, received by gift, device, bequest, or otherwise;
                                                                                            (3) to accept voluntary and uncompensated services, notwith-
                                                                                          standing the provisions of section 3679(b) of the Revised Stat-
                                                                                          utes (31 U.S.C. 655(b)); and
                                                                                            (4) to employ experts and consultants or organizations there-
                                                                                          of as authorized by section 15 of the Administrative Expenses
                                                                                          Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a), except that no individual may be
                                                                                          employed under the authority of this subsection for more than
                                                                                          one hundred days in any fiscal year; to compensate individuals
                                                                                          so employed at rates not in excess of the daily equivalent of the
                                                                                          highest rate payable under section 5332 of title 5, United
                                                                                          States Code, including traveltime; and to allow them, while
                                                                                          away from their homes or regular places of business, travel ex-
                                                                                          penses (including per diem in lieu of subsistence) a authorized
                                                                                          by section 5 of such Act (5 U.S.C. 73b–2) for persons in the
                                                                                          Government service employed intermittently, while so em-
                                                                                          ployed: Provided, however, That contracts for such employment
                                                                                          may be renewed annually.
                                                                                       (l) SMALL BUSINESS INTERMEDIARY LENDING PILOT PROGRAM.—
                                                                                            (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection—
                                                                                                  (A) the term ‘‘eligible intermediary’’—
                                                                                                       (i) means a private, nonprofit entity that—
                                                                                                             (I) seeks or has been awarded a loan from the
                                                                                                          Administrator to make loans to small business
                                                                                                          concerns under this subsection; and
                                                                                                             (II) has not less than 1 year of experience mak-
                                                                                                          ing loans to startup, newly established, or growing
                                                                                                          small business concerns; and
                                                                                                       (ii) includes—
                                                                                                             (I) a private, nonprofit community development
                                                                                                          corporation;
                                                                                                             (II) a consortium of private, nonprofit organiza-
                                                                                                          tions or nonprofit community development cor-
                                                                                                          porations; and
                                                                                                             (III) an agency of or nonprofit entity established
                                                                                                          by a Native American Tribal Government; and
                                                                                                  (B) the term ‘‘Program’’ means the small business inter-
                                                                                               mediary lending pilot program established under para-
                                                                                               graph (2).
                                                                                            (2) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established a 3-year small
                                                                                          business intermediary lending pilot program, under which the
                                                                                          Administrator may make direct loans to eligible inter-
                                                                                          mediaries, for the purpose of making loans to startup, newly
                                                                                          established, and growing small business concerns.
                                                                                            (3) PURPOSES.—The purposes of the Program are—
                                                                                                  (A) to assist small business concerns in areas suffering
                                                                                               from a lack of credit due to poor economic conditions or
                                                                                               changes in the financial market; and
                                                                                                  (B) to establish a loan program under which the Admin-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               istrator may provide loans to eligible intermediaries to en-
                                                                                               able the eligible intermediaries to provide loans to startup,
                                                                                               newly established, and growing small business concerns




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00084   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  85

                                                                                              for working capital, real estate, or the acquisition of mate-
                                                                                              rials, supplies, or equipment.
                                                                                            (4) LOANS TO ELIGIBLE INTERMEDIARIES.—
                                                                                                 (A) APPLICATION.—Each eligible intermediary desiring a
                                                                                              loan under this subsection shall submit an application to
                                                                                              the Administrator that describes—
                                                                                                      (i) the type of small business concerns to be assisted;
                                                                                                      (ii) the size and range of loans to be made;
                                                                                                      (iii) the interest rate and terms of loans to be made;
                                                                                                      (iv) the geographic area to be served and the eco-
                                                                                                   nomic, poverty, and unemployment characteristics of
                                                                                                   the area;
                                                                                                      (v) the status of small business concerns in the area
                                                                                                   to be served and an analysis of the availability of cred-
                                                                                                   it; and
                                                                                                      (vi) the qualifications of the applicant to carry out
                                                                                                   this subsection.
                                                                                                 (B) LOAN LIMITS.—No loan may be made to an eligible
                                                                                              intermediary under this subsection if the total amount out-
                                                                                              standing and committed to the eligible intermediary by the
                                                                                              Administrator would, as a result of such loan, exceed
                                                                                              $1,000,000 during the participation of the eligible inter-
                                                                                              mediary in the Program.
                                                                                                 (C) LOAN DURATION.—Loans made by the Administrator
                                                                                              under this subsection shall be for a term of 20 years.
                                                                                                 (D) APPLICABLE INTEREST RATES.—Loans made by the
                                                                                              Administrator to an eligible intermediary under the Pro-
                                                                                              gram shall bear an annual interest rate equal to 1.00 per-
                                                                                              cent.
                                                                                                 (E) FEES; COLLATERAL.—The Administrator may not
                                                                                              charge any fees or require collateral with respect to any
                                                                                              loan made to an eligible intermediary under this sub-
                                                                                              section.
                                                                                                 (F) DELAYED PAYMENTS.—The Administrator shall not
                                                                                              require the repayment of principal or interest on a loan
                                                                                              made to an eligible intermediary under the Program dur-
                                                                                              ing the 2-year period beginning on the date of the initial
                                                                                              disbursement of funds under that loan.
                                                                                                 (G) MAXIMUM PARTICIPANTS AND AMOUNTS.—During each
                                                                                              of fiscal years 2011, 2012, and 2013, the Administrator
                                                                                              may make loans under the Program—
                                                                                                      (i) to not more than 20 eligible intermediaries; and
                                                                                                      (ii) in a total amount of not more than $20,000,000.
                                                                                            (5) LOANS TO SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator, through an eligible
                                                                                              intermediary, shall make loans to startup, newly estab-
                                                                                              lished, and growing small business concerns for working
                                                                                              capital, real estate, and the acquisition of materials, sup-
                                                                                              plies, furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
                                                                                                 (B) MAXIMUM LOAN.—An eligible intermediary may not
                                                                                              make a loan under this subsection of more than $200,000
                                                                                              to any 1 small business concern.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                 (C) APPLICABLE INTEREST RATES.—A loan made by an eli-
                                                                                              gible intermediary to a small business concern under this
                                                                                              subsection, may have a fixed or a variable interest rate,




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00085   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  86

                                                                                             and shall bear an interest rate specified by the eligible
                                                                                             intermediary in the application of the eligible intermediary
                                                                                             for a loan under this subsection.
                                                                                                (D) REVIEW RESTRICTIONS.—The Administrator may not
                                                                                             review individual loans made by an eligible intermediary
                                                                                             to a small business concern before approval of the loan by
                                                                                             the eligible intermediary.
                                                                                           (6) TERMINATION.—The authority of the Administrator to
                                                                                         make loans under the Program shall terminate 3 years after
                                                                                         the date of enactment of the Small Business Job Creation and
                                                                                         Access to Capital Act of 2010.
                                                                                       (m) MICROLOAN PROGRAM.—
                                                                                           (1)(A) PURPOSES.—The purposes of the Microloan Program
                                                                                         are—
                                                                                                (i) to assist women, low-income, veteran (within the
                                                                                             meaning of such term under section 3(q)), and minority en-
                                                                                             trepreneurs and business owners and other individuals
                                                                                             possessing the capability to operate successful business
                                                                                             concerns;
                                                                                                (ii) to assist small business concerns in those areas suf-
                                                                                             fering from a lack of credit due to economic downturns;
                                                                                                (iii) to establish a microloan program to be administered
                                                                                             by the Small Business Administration—
                                                                                                      (I) to make loans to eligible intermediaries to enable
                                                                                                   such intermediaries to provide small-scale loans, par-
                                                                                                   ticularly loans in amounts averaging not more than
                                                                                                   $10,000, to startup, newly established, or growing
                                                                                                   small business concerns for working capital or the ac-
                                                                                                   quisition of materials, supplies, or equipment;
                                                                                                      (II) to make grants to eligible intermediaries that,
                                                                                                   together with non-Federal matching funds, will enable
                                                                                                   such intermediaries to provide intensive marketing,
                                                                                                   management, and technical assistance to microloan
                                                                                                   borrowers;
                                                                                                      (III) to make grants to eligible nonprofit entities
                                                                                                   that, together with non-Federal matching funds, will
                                                                                                   enable such entities to provide intensive marketing,
                                                                                                   management, and technical assistance to assist low-in-
                                                                                                   come entrepreneurs and other low-income individuals
                                                                                                   obtain private sector financing for their businesses,
                                                                                                   with or without loan guarantees; and
                                                                                                      (IV) to report to the Committees on Small Business
                                                                                                   of the Senate and the House of Representatives on the
                                                                                                   effectiveness of the microloan program and the advis-
                                                                                                   ability and feasibility of implementing such a program
                                                                                                   nationwide; and
                                                                                                (iv) to establish a welfare-to-work microloan initiative,
                                                                                             which shall be administered by the Administration, in
                                                                                             order to test the feasibility of supplementing the technical
                                                                                             assistance grants provided under clauses (ii) and (iii) of
                                                                                             subparagraph (B) to individuals who are receiving assist-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                             ance under the State program funded under part A of title
                                                                                             IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), or
                                                                                             under any comparable State funded means tested program




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00086   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  87

                                                                                              of assistance for low-income individuals, in order to ade-
                                                                                              quately assist those individuals in—
                                                                                                       (I) establishing small businesses; and
                                                                                                       (II) eliminating their dependence on that assistance.
                                                                                           (B) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established a microloan pro-
                                                                                         gram, under which the Administration may—
                                                                                                 (i) make direct loans to eligible intermediaries, as pro-
                                                                                              vided under paragraph (3), for the purpose of making
                                                                                              short-term, fixed interest rate microloans to startup, newly
                                                                                              established, and growing small business concerns under
                                                                                              paragraph (6);
                                                                                                 (ii) in conjunction with such loans and subject to the re-
                                                                                              quirements of paragraph (4), make grants to such inter-
                                                                                              mediaries for the purpose of providing intensive mar-
                                                                                              keting, management, and technical assistance to small
                                                                                              business concerns that are borrowers under this sub-
                                                                                              section; and
                                                                                                 (iii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (5), make
                                                                                              grants to nonprofit entities for the purpose of providing
                                                                                              marketing, management, and technical assistance to low-
                                                                                              income individuals seeking to start or enlarge their own
                                                                                              businesses, if such assistance includes working with the
                                                                                              grant recipient to secure loans in amounts not to exceed
                                                                                              $50,000 from private sector lending institutions, with or
                                                                                              without a loan guarantee from the nonprofit entity.
                                                                                           (2) ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION.—An intermediary shall
                                                                                         be eligible to receive loans and grants under subparagraphs
                                                                                         (B)(i) and (B)(ii) of paragraph (1) if it—
                                                                                                 (A) meets the definition in paragraph (10); and
                                                                                                 (B) has at least 1 year of experience making microloans
                                                                                              to startup, newly established, or growing small business
                                                                                              concerns and providing, as an integral part of its microloan
                                                                                              program, intensive marketing, management, and technical
                                                                                              assistance to its borrowers.
                                                                                           (3) LOANS TO INTERMEDIARIES.—
                                                                                                 (A) INTERMEDIARY APPLICATIONS.—(i) IN GENERAL.—As
                                                                                              part of its application for a loan, each intermediary shall
                                                                                              submit a description to the Administration of—
                                                                                                       (I) the type of businesses to be assisted;
                                                                                                       (II) the size and range of loans to be made;
                                                                                                       (III) the geographic area to be served and its eco-
                                                                                                    nomic, proverty, and unemployment characteristics;
                                                                                                       (IV) the status of small business concerns in the
                                                                                                    area to be served and an analysis of their credit and
                                                                                                    technical assistance needs;
                                                                                                       (V) any marketing, management, and technical as-
                                                                                                    sistance to be provided in connection with a loan made
                                                                                                    under this subsection;
                                                                                                       (VI) the local economic credit markets, including the
                                                                                                    costs associated with obtaining credit locally;
                                                                                                       (VII) the qualifications of the applicant to carry out
                                                                                                    the purpose of this subsection; and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                       (VIII) any plan to involve other technical assistance
                                                                                                    providers (such as counselors from the øService Corps
                                                                                                    of Retired Executives¿ SCORE program or small busi-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00087   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  88

                                                                                                     ness development centers) or private sector lenders in
                                                                                                     assisting selected business concerns.
                                                                                                  (ii) SELECTION OF INTERMEDIARIES.—In selecting inter-
                                                                                               mediaries to participate in the program established under
                                                                                               this subsection, the Administration shall give priority to
                                                                                               those applicants that provide loans in amounts averaging
                                                                                               not more than $10,000.
                                                                                                  (B) INTERMEDIARY CONTRIBUTION.—As a condition of any
                                                                                               loan made to an intermediary under subparagraph (B)(i) of
                                                                                               paragraph (1), the Administrator shall require the inter-
                                                                                               mediary to contribute not less than 15 percent of the loan
                                                                                               amount in cash from non-Federal sources.
                                                                                                  (C) LOAN LIMITS.—Notwithstanding subsection (a)(3), no
                                                                                               loan shall be made under this subsection if the total
                                                                                               amount outstanding and committed to one intermediary
                                                                                               (excluding outstanding grants) from the business loan and
                                                                                               investment fund established by this Act would, as a result
                                                                                               of such loan, exceed $750,000 in the first year of such
                                                                                               intermediary’s participation in the program, $7,000,000 (in
                                                                                               the aggregate) in the remaining years of the
                                                                                               intermediary’s participation in the program, and
                                                                                               $3,000,000 in any of those remaining years.
                                                                                                  (D)(i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall, by regula-
                                                                                               tion, require each intermediary to establish a loan loss re-
                                                                                               serve fund, and to maintain such reserve fund until all ob-
                                                                                               ligations owed to the Administration under this subsection
                                                                                               are repaid.
                                                                                                  (ii) LEVEL OF LOAN LOSS RESERVE FUND.—
                                                                                                        (I) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subclause (III), the Ad-
                                                                                                     ministrator shall require the loan loss reserve fund of
                                                                                                     an intermediary to be maintained at a level equal to
                                                                                                     15 percent of the outstanding balance of the notes re-
                                                                                                     ceivable owed to the intermediary.
                                                                                                        (II) REVIEW OF LOAN LOSS RESERVE.—After the ini-
                                                                                                     tial 5 years of an intermediary’s participation in the
                                                                                                     program authorized by this subsection, the Adminis-
                                                                                                     trator shall, at the request of the intermediary, con-
                                                                                                     duct a review of the annual loss rate of the inter-
                                                                                                     mediary. Any intermediary in operation under this
                                                                                                     subsection prior to October 1, 1994, that requests a re-
                                                                                                     duction in its loan loss reserve shall be reviewed based
                                                                                                     on the most recent 5-year period preceding the re-
                                                                                                     quest.
                                                                                                        (III) REDUCTION OF LOAN LOSS RESERVE.—Subject to
                                                                                                     the requirements of clause IV, the Administrator may
                                                                                                     reduce the annual loan loss reserve requirement of an
                                                                                                     intermediary to reflect the actual average loan loss
                                                                                                     rate for the intermediary during the preceding 5-year
                                                                                                     period, except that in no case shall the loan loss re-
                                                                                                     serve be reduced to less than 10 percent of the out-
                                                                                                     standing balance of the notes receivable owed to the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                     intermediary.
                                                                                                        (IV) REQUIREMENTS.—The Administrator may re-
                                                                                                     duce the annual loan loss reserve requirement of an




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00088   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  89

                                                                                                   intermediary only if the intermediary demonstrates to
                                                                                                   the satisfaction of the Administrator that—
                                                                                                            (aa) the average annual loss rate for the inter-
                                                                                                         mediary during the preceding 5-year period is less
                                                                                                         than 15 percent; and
                                                                                                            (bb) that no other factors exist that may impair
                                                                                                         the ability of the intermediary to repay all obliga-
                                                                                                         tions owed to the Administration under this sub-
                                                                                                         section.
                                                                                                 (E) UNAVAILABILITY OF COMPARABLE CREDIT.—An inter-
                                                                                               mediary may make a loan under this subsection of more
                                                                                               than $20,000 to a small business concern only if such
                                                                                               small business concern demonstrates that it is unable to
                                                                                               obtain credit elsewhere at comparable interest rates and
                                                                                               that it has good prospects for success. In no case shall an
                                                                                               intermediary make a loan under this subsection of more
                                                                                               than $50,000, or have outstanding or committed to any 1
                                                                                               borrower more than $50,000.
                                                                                                 (F) LOAN DURATION; INTEREST RATES.—
                                                                                                      (i) LOAN DURATION.—Loans made by the Adminis-
                                                                                                   tration under this subsection shall be for a term of 10
                                                                                                   years.
                                                                                                      (ii) APPLICABLE INTEREST RATES.—Except as pro-
                                                                                                   vided in clause (iii), loans made by the Administration
                                                                                                   under this subsection to an intermediary shall bear an
                                                                                                   interest rate equal to 1.25 percentage points below the
                                                                                                   rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for
                                                                                                   obligations of the United States with a period of matu-
                                                                                                   rity of 5 years, adjusted to the nearest one-eighth of
                                                                                                   1 percent.
                                                                                                      (iii) RATES APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN SMALL LOANS.—
                                                                                                   Loans made by the Administration to an intermediary
                                                                                                   that makes loans to small business concerns and en-
                                                                                                   trepreneurs averaging not more than $7,500, shall
                                                                                                   bear an interest rate that is 2 percentage points below
                                                                                                   the rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                                                   for obligations of the United States with a period of
                                                                                                   maturity of 5 years, adjusted to the nearest one-eighth
                                                                                                   of 1 percent.
                                                                                                      (iv) RATES APPLICABLE TO MULTIPLE SITES OR OF-
                                                                                                   FICES.—The interest rate prescribed in clause (ii) or
                                                                                                   (iii) shall apply to each separate loan-making site or
                                                                                                   office of 1 intermediary only if such site or office meets
                                                                                                   the requirements of that clause.
                                                                                                      (v) RATE BASIS.—The applicable rate of interest
                                                                                                   under this paragraph shall—
                                                                                                            (I) be applied retroactively for the first year of
                                                                                                         an intermediary’s participation in the program,
                                                                                                         based upon the actual lending practices of the
                                                                                                         intermediary as determined by the Administration
                                                                                                         prior to the end of such year; and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                            (II) be based in the second and subsequent
                                                                                                         years of an intermediary’s participation in the
                                                                                                         program, upon the actual lending practices of the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00089   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  90

                                                                                                         intermediary      during    the    term   of   the
                                                                                                         intermediary’s participation in the program.
                                                                                                      (vii) COVERED INTERMEDIARIES.—The interest rates
                                                                                                   prescribed in this subparagraph shall apply to all
                                                                                                   loans made to intermediaries under this subsection on
                                                                                                   or after October 28, 1991.
                                                                                                (G) DELAYED PAYMENTS.—The Administration shall not
                                                                                              require repayment of interest or principal of a loan made
                                                                                              to an intermediary under this subsection during the first
                                                                                              year of the loan.
                                                                                                (H) FEES; COLLATERAL.—Except as provided in subpara-
                                                                                              graphs (B) and (D), the Administration shall not charge
                                                                                              any fees or require collateral other than an assignment of
                                                                                              the notes receivable of the microloans with respect to any
                                                                                              loan made to an intermediary under this subsection.
                                                                                            (4) MARKETING, MANAGEMENT AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                                                                                         GRANTS TO INTERMEDIARIES.—Grants made in accordance with
                                                                                         subparagraph (B)(ii) of paragraph (1) shall be subject to the
                                                                                         following requirements:
                                                                                                (A) GRANT AMOUNTS.—Except as otherwise provided in
                                                                                              subparagraphs (C) and (G) and subject to subparagraph
                                                                                              (B), each intermediary that receives a loan under subpara-
                                                                                              graph (B)(i) of paragraph (1) shall be eligible to receive a
                                                                                              grant to provide marketing, management, and technical
                                                                                              assistance to small business concerns that are borrowers
                                                                                              under this subsection. Except as provided in subpara-
                                                                                              graphs (C) and (G), each intermediary meeting the require-
                                                                                              ments of subparagraph (B) may receive a grant of not
                                                                                              more than 25 percent of the total outstanding balance of
                                                                                              loans made to it under this subsection.
                                                                                                (B) CONTRIBUTION.—As a condition of a grant made
                                                                                              under subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall require
                                                                                              the intermediary to contribute an amount equal to 25 per-
                                                                                              cent of the amount of the grant, obtained solely from non-
                                                                                              Federal sources. In addition to cash or other direct fund-
                                                                                              ing, the contribution may include indirect costs or in-kind
                                                                                              contributions paid for under non-Federal programs.
                                                                                                (C) ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE GRANTS FOR MAK-
                                                                                              ING CERTAIN LOANS.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—In addition to grants made under
                                                                                                   subparagraph (A) or (G), each intermediary shall be
                                                                                                   eligible to receive a grant equal to 5 percent of the
                                                                                                   total outstanding balance of loans made to the inter-
                                                                                                   mediary under this subsection if—
                                                                                                           (I) the intermediary provides not less than 25
                                                                                                         percent of its loans to small business concerns lo-
                                                                                                         cated in or owned by 1 or more residents of an
                                                                                                         economically distressed area; or
                                                                                                           (II) the intermediary has a portfolio of loans
                                                                                                         made under this subsection—




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                                 (aa) that averages not more than $10,000
                                                                                                              during the period of the intermediary’s par-
                                                                                                              ticipation in the program; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00090   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  91

                                                                                                                  (bb) of which not less than 25 percent is
                                                                                                                serving rural areas during the period of the
                                                                                                                intermediary’s participation in the program.
                                                                                                       (ii) PURPOSES.—A grant awarded under clause (i)
                                                                                                    may be used to provide marketing, management, and
                                                                                                    technical assistance to small business concerns that
                                                                                                    are borrowers under this subsection.
                                                                                                       (iii) CONTRIBUTION EXCEPTION.—The contribution re-
                                                                                                    quirements in subparagraph (B) do not apply to grants
                                                                                                    made under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                  (D) ELIGIBILITY FOR MULTIPLE SITES OR OFFICES.—The
                                                                                               eligibility for a grant described in subparagraph (A), or (C)
                                                                                               shall be determined separately for each loan-making site
                                                                                               or office of 1 intermediary.
                                                                                                  (E) ASSISTANCE TO CERTAIN SMALL BUSINESS CON-
                                                                                               CERNS.—
                                                                                                       (i) IN GENERAL.—Each intermediary may expend an
                                                                                                    amount not to exceed 50 percent of the grant funds re-
                                                                                                    ceived under paragraph (1)(B)(ii) to provide informa-
                                                                                                    tion and technical assistance to small business con-
                                                                                                    cerns that are prospective borrowers under this sub-
                                                                                                    section.
                                                                                                       (ii) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—An intermediary may
                                                                                                    expend not more than 50 percent of the funds received
                                                                                                    under paragraph (1)(B)(ii) to enter into third party
                                                                                                    contracts for the provision of technical assistance.
                                                                                                  (F) SUPPLEMENTAL GRANT.—
                                                                                                       (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may accept
                                                                                                    any funds transferred to the Administration from
                                                                                                    other departments or agencies of the Federal Govern-
                                                                                                    ment to make grants in accordance with this subpara-
                                                                                                    graph and section 202(b) of the Small Business Reau-
                                                                                                    thorization Act of 1997 to participating intermediaries
                                                                                                    and technical assistance providers under paragraph
                                                                                                    (5), for use in accordance with clause (iii) to provide
                                                                                                    additional technical assistance and related services to
                                                                                                    recipients of assistance under a State program de-
                                                                                                    scribed in paragraph (1)(A)(iv) at the time they ini-
                                                                                                    tially apply for assistance under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                       (ii) ELIGIBLE RECIPIENTS; GRANT AMOUNTS.—In mak-
                                                                                                    ing grants under this subparagraph, the Administra-
                                                                                                    tion may select, from among participating inter-
                                                                                                    mediaries and technical assistance providers described
                                                                                                    in clause (i), not more than 20 grantees in fiscal year
                                                                                                    1998, not more than 25 grantees in fiscal year 1999,
                                                                                                    and not more than 30 grantees in fiscal year 2000,
                                                                                                    each of whom may receive a grant under this subpara-
                                                                                                    graph in an amount not to exceed $200,000 per year.
                                                                                                       (iii) USE OF GRANT AMOUNTS.—Grants under this
                                                                                                    subparagraph—
                                                                                                             (I) are in addition to other grants provided
                                                                                                          under this subsection and shall not require the




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                          contribution of matching amounts as a condition
                                                                                                          of eligibility; and
                                                                                                             (II) may be used by a grantee—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00091   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  92

                                                                                                                (aa) to pay or reimburse a portion of child
                                                                                                              care and transportation costs of recipients of
                                                                                                              assistance described in clause (i), to the ex-
                                                                                                              tent such costs are not otherwise paid by
                                                                                                              State block grants under the Child Care De-
                                                                                                              velopment Block Grant Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                              9858 et seq.) or under part A of title IV of the
                                                                                                              Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                                                                                                              and
                                                                                                                (bb) for marketing, management, and tech-
                                                                                                              nical assistance to recipients of assistance de-
                                                                                                              scribed in clause (i).
                                                                                                      (iv) MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.—Prior to ac-
                                                                                                   cepting any transfer of funds under clause (i) from a
                                                                                                   department or agency of the Federal Government, the
                                                                                                   Administration shall enter into a Memorandum of Un-
                                                                                                   derstanding with the department or agency, which
                                                                                                   shall—
                                                                                                           (I) specify the terms and conditions of the
                                                                                                         grants under this subparagraph; and
                                                                                                           (II) provide for appropriate monitoring of ex-
                                                                                                         penditures by each grantee under this subpara-
                                                                                                         graph and each recipient of assistance described
                                                                                                         in clause (i) who receives assistance from a grant-
                                                                                                         ee under this subparagraph, in order to ensure
                                                                                                         compliance with this subparagraph by those
                                                                                                         grantees and recipients of assistance.
                                                                                                 (G) GRANT AMOUNTS BASED ON APPROPRIATIONS.—In any
                                                                                              fiscal year in which the amount appropriated to make
                                                                                              grants under subparagraph (A) is sufficient to provide to
                                                                                              each intermediary that receives a loan under paragraph
                                                                                              (1)(B)(i) a grant of not less than 25 percent of the total out-
                                                                                              standing balance of loans made to the intermediary under
                                                                                              this subsection, the Administration shall make a grant
                                                                                              under subparagraph (A) to each intermediary of not less
                                                                                              than 25 percent and not more than 30 percent of that total
                                                                                              outstanding balance for the intermediary.
                                                                                           (5) PRIVATE SECTOR BORROWING TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                                                                                         GRANTS.—Grants made in accordance with subparagraph
                                                                                         (B)(iii) of paragraph (1) shall be subject to the following re-
                                                                                         quirements:
                                                                                                 (A) GRANT AMOUNTS.—Subject to the requirements of
                                                                                              subparagraph (B), the Administration may make not more
                                                                                              than 55 grants annually, each in amounts not to exceed
                                                                                              $200,000 for the purposes specified in subparagraph
                                                                                              (B)(iii) of paragraph (1).
                                                                                                 (B) CONTRIBUTION.—As a condition of any grant made
                                                                                              under subparagraph (A), the Administration shall require
                                                                                              the grant recipient to contribute an amount equal to 20
                                                                                              percent of the amount of the grant, obtained solely from
                                                                                              non-Federal sources. In addition to cash or other direct
                                                                                              funding, the contribution may include indirect costs or in-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              kind contributions paid for under non-Federal programs.
                                                                                           (6) LOANS TO SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS FROM ELIGIBLE
                                                                                         INTERMEDIARIES.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00092   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  93

                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—An eligible intermediary shall make
                                                                                              short-term, fixed rate loans to startup, newly established,
                                                                                              and growing small business concerns from the funds made
                                                                                              available to it under subparagraph (B)(i) of paragraph (1)
                                                                                              for working capital and the acquisition of materials, sup-
                                                                                              plies, furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
                                                                                                 (B) PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENT.—To the extent practicable,
                                                                                              each intermediary that operates a microloan program
                                                                                              under this subsection shall maintain a microloan portfolio
                                                                                              with an average loan size of not more than $15,000.
                                                                                                 (C) INTEREST LIMIT.—Notwithstanding any provision of
                                                                                              the laws of any State or the constitution of any State per-
                                                                                              taining to the rate or amount of interest that may be
                                                                                              charged, taken, received, or reserved on a loan, the max-
                                                                                              imum rate of interest to be charged on a microloan funded
                                                                                              under this subsection shall not exceed the rate of interest
                                                                                              applicable to a loan made to an intermediary by the Ad-
                                                                                              ministration—
                                                                                                      (i) in the case of a loan of more than $7,500 made
                                                                                                   by the intermediary to a small business concern or en-
                                                                                                   trepreneur by more than 7.75 percentage points; and
                                                                                                      (ii) in the case of a loan of not more than $7,500
                                                                                                   made by the intermediary to a small business concern
                                                                                                   or entrepreneur by more than 8.5 percentage points.
                                                                                                 (D) REVIEW RESTRICTION.—The Administration shall not
                                                                                              review individual microloans made by intermediaries prior
                                                                                              to approval.
                                                                                                 (E) ESTABLISHMENT OF CHILD CARE OR TRANSPORTATION
                                                                                              BUSINESSES.—In addition to other eligible small businesses
                                                                                              concerns, borrowers under any program under this sub-
                                                                                              section may include individuals who will use the loan pro-
                                                                                              ceeds to establish for-profit or nonprofit child care estab-
                                                                                              lishments or businesses providing for-profit transportation
                                                                                              services.
                                                                                            (7) PROGRAM FUNDING FOR MICROLOANS.—
                                                                                                 (A) NUMBER OF PARTICIPANTS.—Under the program au-
                                                                                              thorized by this subsection, the Administration may fund,
                                                                                              on a competitive basis, not more than 300 intermediaries.
                                                                                                 (B) ALLOCATION.—
                                                                                                      (i) MINIMUM ALLOCATION.—Subject to the avail-
                                                                                                   ability of appropriations, of the total amount of new
                                                                                                   loan funds made available for award under this sub-
                                                                                                   section in each fiscal year, the Administration shall
                                                                                                   make available for award in each State (including the
                                                                                                   District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
                                                                                                   Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, and
                                                                                                   American Samoa) an amount equal to the sum of—
                                                                                                            (I) the lesser of—
                                                                                                                 (aa) $800,000; or
                                                                                                                 (bb) 1⁄55 of the total amount of new loan
                                                                                                               funds made available for award under this




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                               subsection for that fiscal year; and
                                                                                                            (II) any additional amount, as determined by
                                                                                                         the Administration.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00093   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  94

                                                                                                      (ii) REDISTRIBUTION.—If, at the beginning of the
                                                                                                   third quarter of a fiscal year, the Administration de-
                                                                                                   termines that any portion of the amount made avail-
                                                                                                   able to carry out this subsection is unlikely to be made
                                                                                                   available under clause (i) during that fiscal year, the
                                                                                                   Administration may make that portion available for
                                                                                                   award in any one or more States (including the Dis-
                                                                                                   trict of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
                                                                                                   the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, and Amer-
                                                                                                   ican Samoa) without regard to clause (i).
                                                                                           (8) EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION OF INTERMEDIARIES.—In approv-
                                                                                         ing microloan program applicants and providing funding to
                                                                                         intermediaries under this subsection, the Administration shall
                                                                                         select and provide funding to such intermediaries as will en-
                                                                                         sure appropriate availability of loans for small businesses in
                                                                                         all industries located throughout each State, particularly those
                                                                                         located in urban and in rural areas.
                                                                                           (9) GRANTS FOR MANAGEMENT, MARKETING, TECHNICAL AS-
                                                                                         SISTANCE, AND RELATED SERVICES.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may procure tech-
                                                                                              nical assistance for intermediaries participating in the
                                                                                              Microloan Program to ensure that such intermediaries
                                                                                              have the knowledge, skills, and understanding of micro-
                                                                                              lending practices necessary to operate successful microloan
                                                                                              programs.
                                                                                                 (B) ASSISTANCE AMOUNT.—The Administration shall
                                                                                              transfer 7 percent of its annual appropriation for loans and
                                                                                              loan guarantees under this subsection to the Administra-
                                                                                              tion’s Salaries and Expense Account for the specific pur-
                                                                                              pose of providing 1 or more technical assistance grants to
                                                                                              experienced microlending organizations and national and
                                                                                              regional nonprofit organizations that have demonstrated
                                                                                              experience in providing training support for microenter-
                                                                                              prise development and financing. to achieve the purpose
                                                                                              set forth in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                 (C) WELFARE-TO-WORK MICROLOAN INITIATIVE.—Of
                                                                                              amounts made available to carry out the welfare-to-work
                                                                                              microloan initiative under paragraph (1)(A)(iv) in any fis-
                                                                                              cal year, the Administration may use not more than 5 per-
                                                                                              cent to provide technical assistance, either directly or
                                                                                              through contractors, to welfare-to-work microloan initia-
                                                                                              tive grantees, to ensure that, as grantees, they have the
                                                                                              knowledge, skills, and understanding of microlending and
                                                                                              welfare-to-work transition, and other related issues, to op-
                                                                                              erate a successful welfare-to-work microloan initiative.
                                                                                           (10) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—On November 1, 1995, the Ad-
                                                                                         ministration shall submit to the Committees on Small Busi-
                                                                                         ness of the Senate and the House of Representatives a report,
                                                                                         including the Administration’s evaluation of the effectiveness
                                                                                         of the first 31⁄2 years of the microloan program and the fol-
                                                                                         lowing:
                                                                                                 (A) the numbers and locations of the intermediaries




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              funded to conduct microloan programs;
                                                                                                 (B) the amounts of each loan and each grant to inter-
                                                                                              mediaries;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00094   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  95

                                                                                                 (C) a description of the matching contributions of each
                                                                                              intermediary;
                                                                                                 (D) the numbers and amounts of microloans made by the
                                                                                              intermediaries to small business concern borrowers;
                                                                                                 (E) the repayment history of each intermediary;
                                                                                                 (F) a description of the loan portfolio of each inter-
                                                                                              mediary including the extent to which it provides
                                                                                              microloans to small business concerns in rural areas; and
                                                                                                 (G) any recommendations for legislative changes that
                                                                                              would improve program operations.
                                                                                            (11) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                                 (A) the term ‘‘intermediary’’ means—
                                                                                                      (i) a private, nonprofit entity;
                                                                                                      (ii) a private, nonprofit community development cor-
                                                                                                   poration;
                                                                                                      (iii) a consortium of private, nonprofit organizations
                                                                                                   or nonprofit community development corporations;
                                                                                                      (iv) a quasi-governmental economic development en-
                                                                                                   tity (such as a planning and development district),
                                                                                                   other than a State, county, municipal government, or
                                                                                                   any agency thereof, if—
                                                                                                            (I) no application is received from an eligible
                                                                                                         nonprofit organization; or
                                                                                                            (II) the Administration determines that the
                                                                                                         needs of a region or geographic area are not ade-
                                                                                                         quately served by an existing, eligible nonprofit
                                                                                                         organization that has submitted an application; or
                                                                                                      (v) an agency of or nonprofit entity established by a
                                                                                                   Native American Tribal Government,
                                                                                              that seeks to borrow or has borrowed funds from the Ad-
                                                                                              ministration to make microloans to small business con-
                                                                                              cerns under this subsection;
                                                                                                 (B) the term ‘‘microloan’’ means a short-term, fixed rate
                                                                                              loan of not more than $50,000, made by an intermediary
                                                                                              to a startup, newly established, or growing small business
                                                                                              concern;
                                                                                                 (C) the term ‘‘rural area’’ means any political subdivision
                                                                                              or unincorporated area—
                                                                                                      (i) in a nonmetropolitan county (as defined by the
                                                                                                   Secretary of Agriculture) or its equivalent thereof; or
                                                                                                      (ii) in a metropolitan county or its equivalent that
                                                                                                   has a resident population of less than 20,000 if the
                                                                                                   Small Business Administration has determined such
                                                                                                   political subdivision or area to be rural.
                                                                                                 (D) the term ‘‘economically distressed area’’, as used in
                                                                                              paragraph (4), means a county or equivalent division of
                                                                                              local government of a State in which the small business
                                                                                              concern is located, in which, according to the most recent
                                                                                              data available from the Bureau of the Census, Department
                                                                                              of Commerce, not less than 40 percent of residents have an
                                                                                              annual income that is at or below the poverty level.
                                                                                            (12) DEFERRED PARTICIPATION LOAN PILOT.—In lieu of mak-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         ing direct loans to intermediaries as authorized in paragraph
                                                                                         (1)(B), during fiscal years 1998 through 2000, the Administra-
                                                                                         tion may, on a pilot program basis, participate on a deferred




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00095   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  96

                                                                                         basis of not less than 90 percent and not more than 100 per-
                                                                                         cent on loans made to intermediaries by a for-profit or non-
                                                                                         profit entity or by alliances of such entities, subject to the fol-
                                                                                         lowing conditions:
                                                                                                 (A) NUMBER OF LOANS.—In carrying out this paragraph,
                                                                                              the Administration shall not participate in providing fi-
                                                                                              nancing on a deferred basis to more than 10 inter-
                                                                                              mediaries in urban areas or more than 10 intermediaries
                                                                                              in rural areas.
                                                                                                 (B) TERM OF LOANS.—The term of each loan shall be 10
                                                                                              years. During the first year of the loan, the intermediary
                                                                                              shall not be required to repay any interest or principal.
                                                                                              During the second through fifth years of the loan, the
                                                                                              intermediary shall be required to pay interest only. During
                                                                                              the sixth through tenth years of the loan, the intermediary
                                                                                              shall be required to make interest payments and fully am-
                                                                                              ortize the principal.
                                                                                                 (C) INTEREST RATE.—The interest rate on each loan shall
                                                                                              be the rate specified by paragraph (3)(F) for direct loans.
                                                                                            (13) EVALUATION OF WELFARE-TO-WORK MICROLOAN INITIA-
                                                                                         TIVE.—On January 31, 1999, and annually thereafter, the Ad-
                                                                                         ministration shall submit to the Committees on Small Busi-
                                                                                         ness of the House of Representatives and the Senate a report
                                                                                         on any monies distributed pursuant to paragraph (4)(F).
                                                                                       (n) REPAYMENT DEFERRED FOR ACTIVE SERVICE RESERVISTS.—
                                                                                            (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection:
                                                                                                 (A) ACTIVE SERVICE.—The term ‘‘active service’’ has the
                                                                                              meaning given that term in section 101(d)(3) of title 10,
                                                                                              United States Code.
                                                                                                 (B) ELIGIBLE RESERVIST.—The term ‘‘eligible reservist’’
                                                                                              means a member of a reserve component of the Armed
                                                                                              Forces ordered to perform active service for a period of
                                                                                              more than 30 consecutive days.
                                                                                                 (C) ESSENTIAL EMPLOYEE.—The term ‘‘essential em-
                                                                                              ployee’’ means an individual who is employed by a small
                                                                                              business concern and whose managerial or technical exper-
                                                                                              tise is critical to the successful day-to-day operations of
                                                                                              that small business concern.
                                                                                                 (D) QUALIFIED BORROWER.—The term ‘‘qualified bor-
                                                                                              rower’’ means—
                                                                                                      (i) an individual who is an eligible reservist and who
                                                                                                   received a direct loan under subsection (a) or (b) before
                                                                                                   being ordered to active service; or
                                                                                                      (ii) a small business concern that received a direct
                                                                                                   loan under subsection (a) or (b) before an eligible re-
                                                                                                   servist, who is an essential employee, was ordered to
                                                                                                   active service.
                                                                                            (2) DEFERRAL OF DIRECT LOANS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Administration shall, upon writ-
                                                                                              ten request, defer repayment of principal and interest due
                                                                                              on a direct loan made under subsection (a) or (b), if such
                                                                                              loan was incurred by a qualified borrower.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                 (B) PERIOD OF DEFERRAL.—The period of deferral for re-
                                                                                              payment under this paragraph shall begin on the date on
                                                                                              which the eligible reservist is ordered to active service and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00096   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  97

                                                                                             shall terminate on the date that is 180 days after the date
                                                                                             such eligible reservist is discharged or released from active
                                                                                             service.
                                                                                                (C) INTEREST RATE REDUCTION DURING DEFERRAL.—Not-
                                                                                             withstanding any other provision of law, during the period
                                                                                             of deferral described in subparagraph (B), the Administra-
                                                                                             tion may, in its discretion, reduce the interest rate on any
                                                                                             loan qualifying for a deferral under this paragraph.
                                                                                           (3) DEFERRAL OF LOAN GUARANTEES AND OTHER
                                                                                         FINANCINGS.—The Administration shall—
                                                                                                (A) encourage intermediaries participating in the pro-
                                                                                             gram under subsection (m) to defer repayment of a loan
                                                                                             made with proceeds made available under that subsection,
                                                                                             if such loan was incurred by a small business concern that
                                                                                             is eligible to apply for assistance under subsection (b)(3);
                                                                                             and
                                                                                                (B) not later than 30 days after the date of the enact-
                                                                                             ment of this subsection, establish guidelines to—
                                                                                                    (i) encourage lenders and other intermediaries to
                                                                                                  defer repayment of, or provide other relief relating to,
                                                                                                  loan guarantees under subsection (a) and financings
                                                                                                  under section 504 of the Small Business Investment
                                                                                                  Act of 1958 that were incurred by small business con-
                                                                                                  cerns that are eligible to apply for assistance under
                                                                                                  subsection (b)(3), and loan guarantees provided under
                                                                                                  subsection (m) if the intermediary provides relief to a
                                                                                                  small business concern under this paragraph; and
                                                                                                    (ii) implement a program to provide for the deferral
                                                                                                  of repayment or other relief to any intermediary pro-
                                                                                                  viding relief to a small business borrower under this
                                                                                                  paragraph.
                                                                                          *        *        *        *       *         *       *
                                                                                    SEC. 8. (a)(1) It shall be the duty of the Administration and it
                                                                                  is hereby empowered, whenever it determines such action is nec-
                                                                                  essary or appropriate—
                                                                                         (A) to enter into contracts with the United States Govern-
                                                                                      ment and any department, agency, or officer thereof having
                                                                                      procurement powers obligating the Administration to furnish
                                                                                      articles, equipment, supplies, services, or materials to the Gov-
                                                                                      ernment or to perform construction work for the Government.
                                                                                      In any case in which the Administration certifies to any officer
                                                                                      of the Government having procurement powers that the Ad-
                                                                                      ministration is competent and responsible to perform any spe-
                                                                                      cific Government procurement contract to be let by any such
                                                                                      officer, such officer shall be authorized in his discretion to let
                                                                                      such procurement contract to the Administration upon such
                                                                                      terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Ad-
                                                                                      ministration and the procurement officer. Whenever the Ad-
                                                                                      ministration and such procurement officer fail to agree, the
                                                                                      matter shall be submitted for determination to the Secretary
                                                                                      or the head of the appropriate department or agency by the
                                                                                      Administrator. Not later than 5 days from the date the Admin-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                      istration is notified of a procurement officer’s adverse decision,
                                                                                      the Administration may notify the contracting officer of the in-
                                                                                      tent to appeal such adverse decision, and within 15 days of




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00097   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  98

                                                                                         such date the Administrator shall file a written request for a
                                                                                         reconsideration of the adverse decision with the Secretary of
                                                                                         the department or agency head. For the purposes of this sub-
                                                                                         paragraph, a procurement officer’s adverse decision includes a
                                                                                         decision not to make available for award pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                         section a particular procurement requirement or the failure to
                                                                                         agree on the terms and conditions of a contract to be awarded
                                                                                         noncompetitively under the authority of this subsection. Upon
                                                                                         receipt of the notice of intent to appeal, the Secretary of the
                                                                                         department or the agency head shall suspend further action re-
                                                                                         garding the procurement until a written decision on the Ad-
                                                                                         ministrator’s request for reconsideration has been issued by
                                                                                         such Secretary or agency head, unless such officer makes a
                                                                                         written determination that urgent and compelling cir-
                                                                                         cumstances which significantly affect interests of the United
                                                                                         States will not permit waiting for a reconsideration of the ad-
                                                                                         verse decision. If the Administrator’s request for reconsider-
                                                                                         ation is denied, the Secretary of the department or agency
                                                                                         head shall specify the reasons why the selected firm was deter-
                                                                                         mined to be incapable to perform the procurement require-
                                                                                         ment, and the findings supporting such determination, which
                                                                                         shall be made a part of the contract file for the requirement.
                                                                                         A contract may not be awarded under this subsection if the
                                                                                         award of the contract would result in a cost to the awarding
                                                                                         agency which exceeds a fair market price;
                                                                                           (B) to arrange for the performance of such procurement con-
                                                                                         tracts by negotiating or otherwise letting subcontracts to so-
                                                                                         cially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns
                                                                                         for construction work, services, or the manufacture, supply, as-
                                                                                         sembly of such articles, equipment, supplies, materials, or
                                                                                         parts thereof, or servicing or processing in connection there-
                                                                                         with, or such management services as may be necessary to en-
                                                                                         able the Administration to perform such contracts;
                                                                                                (C) to make an award to a small business concern owned
                                                                                              and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged
                                                                                              individuals which has completed its period of Program
                                                                                              Participation as prescribed by section 7(j)(15), if—
                                                                                                      (i) the contract will be awarded as a result of an
                                                                                                   offer (including price) submitted in response to a pub-
                                                                                                   lished solicitation relating to a competition conducted
                                                                                                   pursuant to subparagraph (D); and
                                                                                                      (ii) the prospective contract awardee was a Program
                                                                                                   Participant eligible for award of the contract on the
                                                                                                   date specified for receipt of offers contained in the con-
                                                                                                   tract solicitation; and
                                                                                           (D)(i) A contract opportunity offered for award pursuant to
                                                                                         this subsection shall be awarded on the basis of competition re-
                                                                                         stricted to eligible Program Participants if—
                                                                                                (I) there is a reasonable expectation that at least two eli-
                                                                                              gible Program Participants will submit offers and that
                                                                                              award can be made at a fair market price, and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                (II) the anticipated award price of the contract (including
                                                                                              options) will exceed $7,000,000 in the case of a contract op-
                                                                                              portunity assigned a standard industrial classification code




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00098   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  99

                                                                                             for manufacturing and $3,000,000 (including options) in
                                                                                             the case of all other contract opportunities.
                                                                                          (ii) The Associate Administrator for Minority Small Business
                                                                                       and Capital Ownership Development, on a nondelegable basis,
                                                                                       is authorized to approve a request from an agency to award a
                                                                                       contract opportunity under this subsection on the basis of a
                                                                                       competition restricted to eligible Program Participants even if
                                                                                       the anticipated award price is not expected to exceed the dollar
                                                                                       amounts specified in clause (i)(II). Such approvals shall be
                                                                                       granted only on a limited basis.
                                                                                    (2) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (c) of the first section of
                                                                                  the Act entitled ‘‘An Act requiring contracts for the construction, al-
                                                                                  teration, and repair of any public building or public work of the
                                                                                  United States to be accompanied by a performance bond protecting
                                                                                  the United States and by additional bond for the protection of per-
                                                                                  sons furnishing material and labor for the construction, alteration,
                                                                                  or repair of said public buildings or public work,’’ approved August
                                                                                  24, 1935 (49 Stat. 793), no small business concern shall be required
                                                                                  to provide any amount of any bond as a condition or receiving any
                                                                                  subcontract under this subsection if the Administrator determines
                                                                                  that such amount is inappropriate for such concern in performing
                                                                                  such contract: Provided, That the Administrator shall exercise the
                                                                                  authority granted by the paragraph only if—
                                                                                          (A) the Administration takes such measures as it deems ap-
                                                                                       propriate for the protection of persons furnishing materials and
                                                                                       labor to a small business receiving any benefit pursuant to this
                                                                                       paragraph;
                                                                                          (B) the Administration assists, insofar as practicable, a small
                                                                                       business receiving the benefits of this paragraph to develop,
                                                                                       within a reasonable period of time, such financial and other ca-
                                                                                       pability as may be needed to obtain such bonds as the Admin-
                                                                                       istration may subsequently require for the successful comple-
                                                                                       tion of any program conducted under the authority of this sub-
                                                                                       section;
                                                                                          (C) the Administration finds that such small business is un-
                                                                                       able to obtain the requisite bond or bonds from a surety and
                                                                                       that no surety is willing to issue such bond or bonds subject
                                                                                       to the guarantee provisions of Title IV of the Small Business
                                                                                       Investment Act of 1958; and
                                                                                          (D) that small business is determined to be a start-up con-
                                                                                       cern and such concern has not been participating in any pro-
                                                                                       gram conducted under the authority of this subsection for a pe-
                                                                                       riod exceeding one year.
                                                                                  The authority to waive bonds provided in this paragraph (2) may
                                                                                  not be exercised after September 30, 1988.
                                                                                    (3)(A) Any Program Participant selected by the Administration to
                                                                                  perform a contract to be let noncompetitively pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                  section shall, when practicable, participate in any negotiation of
                                                                                  the terms and conditions of such contract.
                                                                                    (B)(i) For purposes of paragraph (1) a ‘‘fair market price’’ shall
                                                                                  be determined by the agency offering the procurement requirement
                                                                                  to the Administration, in accordance with clauses (ii) and (iii).




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                    (ii) The estimate of a current fair market price for a new procure-
                                                                                  ment requirement, or a requirement that does not have a satisfac-
                                                                                  tory procurement history, shall be derived from a price or cost




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00099   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  100

                                                                                  analysis. Such analysis may take into account prevailing market
                                                                                  conditions, commercial prices for similar products or services, or
                                                                                  data obtained from any other agency. Such analysis shall consider
                                                                                  such cost or pricing data as may be timely submitted by the Ad-
                                                                                  ministration.
                                                                                     (iii) The estimate of a current fair market price for a procure-
                                                                                  ment requirement that has a satisfactory procurement history shall
                                                                                  be based on recent award prices adjusted to insure comparability.
                                                                                  Such adjustments shall take into account differences in quantities,
                                                                                  performance times, plans, specifications, transportation costs, pack-
                                                                                  aging and packing costs, labor and materials costs, overhead costs,
                                                                                  and any other additional costs which may be deemed appropriate.
                                                                                     (C) An agency offering a procurement requirement for potential
                                                                                  award pursuant to this subsection shall, upon the request of the
                                                                                  Administration, promptly submit to the Administration a written
                                                                                  statement detailing the method used by the agency to estimate the
                                                                                  current fair market price for such contract, identifying the informa-
                                                                                  tion, studies, analyses, and other data used by such agency. The
                                                                                  agency’s estimate of the current fair market price (and any sup-
                                                                                  porting data furnished to the Administration) shall not be disclosed
                                                                                  to any potential offeror (other than the Administration).
                                                                                     (D) A small business concern selected by the Administration to
                                                                                  perform or negotiate a contract to be let pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                  section may request the Administration to protest the agency’s esti-
                                                                                  mate of the fair market price for such contract pursuant to para-
                                                                                  graph (1)(A).
                                                                                     (4)(A) For purposes of this section, the term ‘‘socially and eco-
                                                                                  nomically disadvantaged small business concern’’ means any small
                                                                                  business concern which meets the requirements of subparagraph
                                                                                  (B) and—
                                                                                           (i) which is at least 51 per centum unconditionally owned
                                                                                        by—
                                                                                                 (I) one or more socially and economically disadvantaged
                                                                                              individuals,
                                                                                                 (II) an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe (or a
                                                                                              wholly owned business entity of such tribe), or
                                                                                                 (III) an economically disadvantaged Native Hawaiian or-
                                                                                              ganization, or
                                                                                           (ii) in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51
                                                                                        per centum of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by—
                                                                                                 (I) one or more socially and economically disadvantaged
                                                                                              individuals,
                                                                                                 (II) an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe (or a
                                                                                              wholly owned business entity of such tribe), or
                                                                                                 (III) an economically disadvantaged Native Hawaiian or-
                                                                                              ganization.
                                                                                     (B) A small business concern meets the requirements of this sub-
                                                                                  paragraph if the management and daily business operations of
                                                                                  such small business concern are controlled by one or more—
                                                                                           (i) socially and economically disadvantaged individuals de-
                                                                                        scribed in subparagraph (A)(i)(I) or subparagraph (A)(ii)(I),




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                           (ii) members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe
                                                                                        described in subparagraph (A)(i)(II) or subparagraph (A)(ii)(II),
                                                                                        or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00100   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  101

                                                                                          (iii) Native Hawaiian organizations described in subpara-
                                                                                        graph (A)(i)(III) or subparagraph (A)(ii)(III).
                                                                                     (C) Each Program Participant shall certify, on an annual basis,
                                                                                  that it meets the requirements of this paragraph regarding owner-
                                                                                  ship and control.
                                                                                     (5) Socially disadvantaged individuals are those who have been
                                                                                  subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of
                                                                                  their identity as a member of a group without regard to their indi-
                                                                                  vidual qualities.
                                                                                     (6)(A) Economically disadvantaged individuals are those socially
                                                                                  disadvantaged individuals whose ability to compete in the free en-
                                                                                  terprise system has been impaired due to diminished capital and
                                                                                  credit opportunities as compared to others in the same business
                                                                                  area who are not socially disadvantaged. In determining the degree
                                                                                  of diminished credit and capital opportunities the Administration
                                                                                  shall consider, but not be limited to, the assets and net worth of
                                                                                  such socially disadvantaged individual. In determining the eco-
                                                                                  nomic disadvantage of an Indian tribe, the Administration shall
                                                                                  consider, where available, information such as the following: the
                                                                                  per capita income of members of the tribe excluding judgment
                                                                                  awards, the percentage of the local Indian population below the
                                                                                  poverty level, and the tribe’s access to capital markets.
                                                                                     (B) Each Program Participant shall annually submit to the Ad-
                                                                                  ministration—
                                                                                          (i) a personal financial statement for each disadvantaged
                                                                                        owner;
                                                                                          (ii) a record of all payments made by the Program Partici-
                                                                                        pant to each of its disadvantaged owners or to any person or
                                                                                        entity affiliated with such owners; and
                                                                                          (iii) such other information as the Administration may deem
                                                                                        necessary to make the determinations required by this para-
                                                                                        graph.
                                                                                     (C)(i) Whenever, on the basis of information provided by a Pro-
                                                                                  gram Participant pursuant to subparagraph (B) or otherwise, the
                                                                                  Administration has reason to believe that the standards to estab-
                                                                                  lish economic disadvantage pursuant to subparagraph (A) have not
                                                                                  been met, the Administration shall conduct a review to determine
                                                                                  whether such Program Participant and its disadvantaged owners
                                                                                  continue to be impaired in their ability to compete in the free en-
                                                                                  terprise system due to diminished capital and credit opportunities
                                                                                  when compared to other concerns in the same business area, which
                                                                                  are not socially disadvantaged.
                                                                                     (ii) If the Administration determines, pursuant to such review,
                                                                                  that a Program Participant and its disadvantaged owners are no
                                                                                  longer economically disadvantaged for the purpose of receiving as-
                                                                                  sistance under this subsection, the Program Participant shall be
                                                                                  graduated pursuant to section 7(j)(10)(G) subject to the right to a
                                                                                  hearing as provided for under paragraph (9).
                                                                                     (D)(i) Whenever, on the basis of information provided by a Pro-
                                                                                  gram Participant pursuant to subparagraph (B) or otherwise, the
                                                                                  Administration has reason to believe that the amount of funds or
                                                                                  other assets withdrawn from a Program Participant for the per-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  sonal benefit of its disadvantaged owners or any person or entity
                                                                                  affiliated with such owners may have been unduly excessive, the
                                                                                  Administration shall conduct a review to determine whether such




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00101   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  102

                                                                                  withdrawal of funds or other assets was detrimental to the achieve-
                                                                                  ment of the targets, objectives, and goals contained in such Pro-
                                                                                  gram Participant’s business plan.
                                                                                     (ii) If the Administration determines, pursuant to such review,
                                                                                  that funds or other assets have been withdrawn to the detriment
                                                                                  of the Program Participant’s business, the Administration shall—
                                                                                           (I) initiate a proceeding to terminate the Program Partici-
                                                                                        pant pursuant to section 7(j)(10)(F), subject to the right to a
                                                                                        hearing under paragraph (9); or
                                                                                           (II) require an appropriate reinvestment of funds or other as-
                                                                                        sets and such other steps as the Administration may deem nec-
                                                                                        essary to ensure the protection of the concern.
                                                                                     (E) Whenever the Administration computes personal net worth
                                                                                  for any purpose under this paragraph, it shall exclude from such
                                                                                  computation—
                                                                                           (i) the value of investments that disadvantaged owners have
                                                                                        in their concerns, except that such value shall be taken into ac-
                                                                                        count under this paragraph when comparing such concerns to
                                                                                        other concerns in the same business area that are owned by
                                                                                        other than socially disadvantaged persons;
                                                                                           (ii) the equity that disadvantaged owners have in their pri-
                                                                                        mary personal residences, except that any portion of such eq-
                                                                                        uity that is attributable to unduly excessive withdrawals from
                                                                                        a Program Participant or a concern applying for program par-
                                                                                        ticipation shall be taken into account.
                                                                                     (7)(A) No small business concern shall be deemed eligible for any
                                                                                  assistance pursuant to this subsection unless the Administration
                                                                                  determines that with contract, financial, technical, and manage-
                                                                                  ment support the small business concern will be able to perform
                                                                                  contracts which may be awarded to such concern under paragraph
                                                                                  (1)(C) and has reasonable prospects for success in competing in the
                                                                                  private sector.
                                                                                     (B) Limitations established by the Administration in its regula-
                                                                                  tions and procedures restricting the award of contracts pursuant to
                                                                                  this subsection to a limited number of standard industrial classi-
                                                                                  fication codes in an approved business plan shall not be applied in
                                                                                  a manner that inhibits the logical business progression by a par-
                                                                                  ticipating small business concern into areas of industrial endeavor
                                                                                  where such concern has the potential for success.
                                                                                     (8) All determinations made pursuant to paragraph (5) with re-
                                                                                  spect to whether a group has been subjected to prejudice or bias
                                                                                  shall be made by the Administrator after consultation with the As-
                                                                                  sociate Administrator for Minority Small Business and Capital
                                                                                  Ownership Development. All other determinations made pursuant
                                                                                  to paragraphs (4), (5), (6), and (7) shall be made by the Associate
                                                                                  Administrator for Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership
                                                                                  Development under the supervision of, and responsible to, the Ad-
                                                                                  ministrator.
                                                                                     (9)(A) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (E), the Admin-
                                                                                  istration, prior to taking any action described in subparagraph (B),
                                                                                  shall provide the small business concern that is the subject of such




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  action, an opportunity for a hearing on the record, in accordance
                                                                                  with chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code.
                                                                                     (B) The actions referred to in subparagraph (A) are—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00102   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  103

                                                                                          (i) denial of program admission based upon a negative deter-
                                                                                       mination pursuant to paragraph (4), (5), or (6);
                                                                                          (ii) a termination pursuant to section 7(j)(10)(F);
                                                                                          (iii) a graduation pursuant to section 7(j)(10)(G); and
                                                                                          (iv) the denial of a request to issue a waiver pursuant to
                                                                                       paragraph (21)(B).
                                                                                     (C) The Administration’s proposed action, in any proceeding con-
                                                                                  ducted under the authority of this paragraph, shall be sustained
                                                                                  unless it is found to be arbitrary, capricious, or contrary to law.
                                                                                     (D) A decision rendered pursuant to this paragraph shall be the
                                                                                  final decision of the Administration and shall be binding upon the
                                                                                  Administration and those within its employ.
                                                                                     (E) The adjudicator selected to preside over a proceeding con-
                                                                                  ducted under the authority of this paragraph shall decline to accept
                                                                                  jurisdiction over any matter that—
                                                                                          (i) does not, on its face, allege facts that, if proven to be true,
                                                                                       would warrant reversal or modification of the Administration’s
                                                                                       position;
                                                                                          (ii) is untimely filed;
                                                                                          (iii) is not filed in accordance with the rules of procedure
                                                                                       governing such proceedings; or
                                                                                          (iv) has been decided by or is the subject of an adjudication
                                                                                       before a court of competent jurisdiction over such matters.
                                                                                     (F) Proceedings conducted pursuant to the authority of this para-
                                                                                  graph shall be completed and a decision rendered, insofar as prac-
                                                                                  ticable, within ninety days after a petition for a hearing is filed
                                                                                  with the adjudicating office.
                                                                                     (10) The Administration shall develop and implement an out-
                                                                                  reach program to inform and recruit small business concerns to
                                                                                  apply for eligibility for assistance under this subsection. Such pro-
                                                                                  gram shall make a sustained and substantial effort to solicit appli-
                                                                                  cations for certification from small business concerns located in
                                                                                  areas of concentrated unemployment or underemployment or with-
                                                                                  in labor surplus areas and within States having relatively few Pro-
                                                                                  gram Participants and from small disadvantaged business concerns
                                                                                  in industry categories that have not substantially participated in
                                                                                  the award of contracts let under the authority of this subsection.
                                                                                     (11) To the maximum extent practicable, construction sub-
                                                                                  contracts awarded by the Administration pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                  section shall be awarded within the county or State where the
                                                                                  work is to be performed.
                                                                                     (12)(A) The Administration shall require each concern eligible to
                                                                                  receive subcontracts pursuant to this subsection to annually pre-
                                                                                  pare and submit to the Administration a capability statement.
                                                                                  Such statement shall briefly describe such concern’s various con-
                                                                                  tract performance capabilities and shall contain the name and tele-
                                                                                  phone number of the Business Opportunity Specialist assigned
                                                                                  such concern. The Administration shall separate such statements
                                                                                  by those primarily dependent upon local contract support and those
                                                                                  primarily requiring a national marketing effort. Statements pri-
                                                                                  marily dependent upon local contract support shall be disseminated
                                                                                  to appropriate buying activities in the marketing area of the con-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  cern. The remaining statements shall be disseminated to the Direc-
                                                                                  tors of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization for the ap-
                                                                                  propriate agencies who shall further distribute such statements to




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00103   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  104

                                                                                  buying activities with such agencies that may purchase the types
                                                                                  of items or services described on the capability statements.
                                                                                     (B) Contracting activities receiving capability statements shall,
                                                                                  within 60 days after receipt, contact the relevant Business Oppor-
                                                                                  tunity Specialist to indicate the number, type, and approximate
                                                                                  dollar value of contract opportunities that such activities may be
                                                                                  awarding over the succeeding 12-month period and which may be
                                                                                  appropriate to consider for award to those concerns for which it has
                                                                                  received capability statements.
                                                                                     (C) Each executive agency reporting to the Federal Procurement
                                                                                  Data System contract actions with an aggregate value in excess of
                                                                                  $50,000,000 in fiscal year 1988, or in any succeeding fiscal year,
                                                                                  shall prepare a forecast of expected contract opportunities or class-
                                                                                  es of contract opportunities for the next and succeeding fiscal years
                                                                                  that small business concerns, including those owned and controlled
                                                                                  by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, are capable
                                                                                  of performing. Such forecast shall be periodically revised during
                                                                                  such year. To the extent such information is available, the agency
                                                                                  forecasts shall specify:
                                                                                          (i) The approximate number of individual contract opportuni-
                                                                                       ties (and the number of opportunities within a class).
                                                                                          (ii) The approximate dollar value, or range of dollar values,
                                                                                       for each contract opportunity or class of contract opportunities.
                                                                                          (iii) The anticipated time (by fiscal year quarter) for the
                                                                                       issuance of a procurement request.
                                                                                          (iv) The activity responsible for the award and administra-
                                                                                       tion of the contract.
                                                                                     (D) The head of each executive agency subject to the provisions
                                                                                  of subparagraph (C) shall within 10 days of completion furnish
                                                                                  such forecasts to—
                                                                                          (i) the Director of the Office of Small and Disadvantaged
                                                                                       Business Utilization established pursuant to section 15(k) for
                                                                                       such agency; and
                                                                                          (ii) the Administrator.
                                                                                     (E) The information reported pursuant to subparagraph (D) may
                                                                                  be limited to classes of items and services for which there are sub-
                                                                                  stantial annual purchases.
                                                                                     (F) Such forecasts shall be available to small business concerns.
                                                                                     (13) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘Indian tribe’’
                                                                                  means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or
                                                                                  community of Indians, including any Alaska Native village or re-
                                                                                  gional or village corporation (within the meaning of the Alaska Na-
                                                                                  tive Claims Settlement Act) which—
                                                                                          (A) is recognized as eligible for the special programs and
                                                                                       services provided by the United States to Indians because of
                                                                                       their status as Indians, or
                                                                                          (B) is recognized as such by the State in which such tribe,
                                                                                       band, nation, group, or community resides.
                                                                                          (14) LIMITATIONS ON SUBCONTRACTING.—A concern may not
                                                                                       be awarded a contract under this subsection as a small busi-
                                                                                       ness concern unless the concern agrees to satisfy the require-
                                                                                       ments of section 46.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                     (15) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘Native Hawaiian
                                                                                  Organization’’ means any community service organization serving
                                                                                  Native Hawaiians in the State of Hawaii which—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00104   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  105

                                                                                         (A) is a nonprofit corporation that has filed articles of incor-
                                                                                      poration with the director (or the designee thereof) of the Ha-
                                                                                      waii Department of Commerce and Consumer Affairs, or any
                                                                                      successor agency,
                                                                                         (B) is controlled by Native Hawaiians, and
                                                                                         (C) whose business activities will principally benefit such
                                                                                      Native Hawaiians.
                                                                                    (16)(A) The Administration shall award sole source contracts
                                                                                  under this section to any small business concern recommended by
                                                                                  the procuring agency offering the contract opportunity if—
                                                                                         (i) the Program Participant is determined to be a responsible
                                                                                      contractor with respect to performance of such contract oppor-
                                                                                      tunity;
                                                                                         (ii) the award of such contract would be consistent with the
                                                                                      Program Participant’s business plan; and
                                                                                         (iii) the award of the contract would not result in the Pro-
                                                                                      gram Participant exceeding the requirements established by
                                                                                      section 7(j)(10)(I).
                                                                                    (B) To the maximum extent practicable, the Administration shall
                                                                                  promote the equitable geographic distribution of sole source con-
                                                                                  tracts awarded pursuant to this subsection.
                                                                                    (17)(A) An otherwise responsible business concern that is in com-
                                                                                  pliance with the requirements of subparagraph (B) shall not be de-
                                                                                  nied the opportunity to submit and have considered its offer for
                                                                                  any procurement contract, which contract has as its principal pur-
                                                                                  pose the supply of a product to be let pursuant to this subsection,
                                                                                  subsection (m), section 15(a), section 31, or section 36, solely be-
                                                                                  cause such concern is other than the actual manufacturer or proc-
                                                                                  essor of the product to be supplied under the contract.
                                                                                    (B) To be in compliance with the requirements referred to in sub-
                                                                                  paragraph (A), such a business concern shall—
                                                                                         (i) be primarily engaged in the wholesale or retail trade;
                                                                                         (ii) be a small business concern under the numerical size
                                                                                      standard for the Standard Industrial Classification Code as-
                                                                                      signed to the contract solicitation on which the offer is being
                                                                                      made;
                                                                                         (iii) be a regular dealer, as defined pursuant to section 35(a)
                                                                                      of title 41, United States Code (popularly referred to as the
                                                                                      Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act), in the product to be of-
                                                                                      fered the Government or be specifically exempted from such
                                                                                      section by section 7(j)(13)(C); and
                                                                                         (iv) represent that it will supply the product of a domestic
                                                                                      small business manufacturer or processor, unless a waiver of
                                                                                      such requirement is granted—
                                                                                               (I) by the Administrator, after reviewing a determination
                                                                                            by the contracting officer that no small business manufac-
                                                                                            turer or processor can reasonably be expected to offer a
                                                                                            product meeting the specifications (including period for
                                                                                            performance) required of an offeror by the solicitation; or
                                                                                               (II) by the Administrator for a product (or class of prod-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            ucts), after determining that no small business manufac-
                                                                                            turer or processor is available to participate in the Federal
                                                                                            procurement market.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00105   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  106

                                                                                           (C) LIMITATION.—This paragraph shall not apply to a con-
                                                                                        tract that has as its principal purpose the acquisition of serv-
                                                                                        ices or construction.
                                                                                     (18)(A) No person within the employ of the Administration shall,
                                                                                  during the term of such employment and for a period of two years
                                                                                  after such employment has been terminated, engage in any activity
                                                                                  or transaction specified in subparagraph (B) with respect to any
                                                                                  Program Participant during such person’s term of employment, if
                                                                                  such person participated personally (either directly or indirectly) in
                                                                                  decision-making responsibilities relating to such Program Partici-
                                                                                  pant or with respect to the administration of any assistance pro-
                                                                                  vided to Program Participants generally under this subsection, sec-
                                                                                  tion 7(j)(10), or section 7(a)(20).
                                                                                     (B) The activities and transactions prohibited by subparagraph
                                                                                  (A) include—
                                                                                           (i) the buying, selling, or receiving (except by inheritance) of
                                                                                        any legal or beneficial ownership of stock or any other owner-
                                                                                        ship interest or the right to acquire any such interest;
                                                                                           (ii) the entering into or execution of any written or oral
                                                                                        agreement (whether or not legally enforceable) to purchase or
                                                                                        otherwise obtain any right or interest described in clause (i);
                                                                                        or
                                                                                           (iii) the receipt of any other benefit or right that may be an
                                                                                        incident of ownership.
                                                                                     (C)(i) The employees designated in clause (ii) shall annually sub-
                                                                                  mit a written certification to the Administration regarding compli-
                                                                                  ance with the requirements of this paragraph.
                                                                                     (ii) The employees referred to in clause (i) are—
                                                                                           (I) regional administrators;
                                                                                           (II) district directors;
                                                                                           (III) the Associate Administrator for Minority Small Busi-
                                                                                        ness and Capital Ownership Development;
                                                                                           (IV) employees whose principal duties relate to the award of
                                                                                        contracts or the provision of other assistance pursuant to this
                                                                                        subsection or section 7(j)(10); and
                                                                                           (V) such other employees as the Administrator may deem ap-
                                                                                        propriate.
                                                                                     (iii) Any present or former employee of the Administration who
                                                                                  violates this paragraph shall be subject to a civil penalty, assessed
                                                                                  by the Attorney General, that shall not exceed 300 per centum of
                                                                                  the maximum amount of gain such employee realized or could have
                                                                                  realized as a result of engaging in those activities and transactions
                                                                                  prescribed by subparagraph (B).
                                                                                     (iv) In addition to any other remedy or sanction provided for
                                                                                  under law or regulation, any person who falsely certifies pursuant
                                                                                  to clause (i) shall be subject to a civil penalty under the Program
                                                                                  Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 (31 U.S.C. 3801–3812).
                                                                                     (19)(A) Any employee of the Administration who has authority to
                                                                                  take, direct others to take, recommend, or approve any action with
                                                                                  respect to any program or activity conducted pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                  section or section 7(j), shall not, with respect to any such action,




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  exercise or threaten to exercise such authority on the basis of the
                                                                                  political activity or affiliation of any party. Employees of the Ad-
                                                                                  ministration shall expeditiously report to the Inspector General of




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00106   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  107

                                                                                  the Administration any such action for which such employee’s par-
                                                                                  ticipation has been solicitated or directed.
                                                                                     (B) Any employee who willfully and knowingly violates subpara-
                                                                                  graph (A) shall be subject to disciplinary action, which may consist
                                                                                  of separation from service, reduction in grade, suspension, or rep-
                                                                                  rimand.
                                                                                     (C) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any action taken as a
                                                                                  penalty or other enforcement of a violation of any law, rule, or reg-
                                                                                  ulation prohibiting or restricting political activity.
                                                                                     (D) The prohibitions of subparagraph (A), and remedial measures
                                                                                  provided for under subparagraphs (B) and (C) with regard to such
                                                                                  prohibitions, shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other
                                                                                  prohibitions, measures or liabilities that may arise under any other
                                                                                  provision of law.
                                                                                     (20)(A) Small business concerns participating in the Program
                                                                                  under section 7(j)(10) and eligible to receive contracts pursuant to
                                                                                  this section shall semiannually report to their assigned Business
                                                                                  Opportunity Specialist the following:
                                                                                          (i) A listing of any agents, representatives, attorneys, ac-
                                                                                       countants, consultants, and other parties (other than employ-
                                                                                       ees) receiving compensation to assist in obtaining a Federal
                                                                                       contract for such Program Participant.
                                                                                          (ii) The amount of compensation received by any person list-
                                                                                       ed under clause (i) during the relevant reporting period and a
                                                                                       description of the activities performed in return for such com-
                                                                                       pensation.
                                                                                     (B) The Business Opportunity Specialist shall promptly review
                                                                                  and forward such report to the Associate Administrator for Minor-
                                                                                  ity Small Business and Capital Ownership Development. Any re-
                                                                                  port that raises a suspicion of improper activity shall be reported
                                                                                  immediately to the Inspector General of the Administration.
                                                                                     (C) The failure to submit a report pursuant to the requirements
                                                                                  of this subsection and applicable regulations shall be considered
                                                                                  ‘‘good cause’’ for the initiation of a termination proceeding pursuant
                                                                                  to section 7(j)(10)(F).
                                                                                     (21)(A) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (B), a contract
                                                                                  (including options) awarded pursuant to this subsection shall be
                                                                                  performed by the concern that initially received such contract. Not-
                                                                                  withstanding the provisions of the preceding sentence, if the owner
                                                                                  or owners upon whom eligibility was based relinquish ownership or
                                                                                  control of such concern, or enter into any agreement to relinquish
                                                                                  such ownership or control, such contract or option shall be termi-
                                                                                  nated for the convenience of the Government, except that no repur-
                                                                                  chase costs or other damages may be assessed against such con-
                                                                                  cerns due solely to the provisions of this subparagraph.
                                                                                     (B) The Administrator may, on a nondelegable basis, waive the
                                                                                  requirements of subparagraph (A) only if one of the following condi-
                                                                                  tions exist:
                                                                                          (i) When it is necessary for the owners of the concern to sur-
                                                                                       render partial control of such concern on a temporary basis in
                                                                                       order to obtain equity financing.
                                                                                          (ii) The head of the contracting agency for which the contract




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       is being performed certifies that termination of the contract
                                                                                       would severely impair attainment of the agency’s program ob-
                                                                                       jectives or missions;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00107   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  108

                                                                                          (iii) Ownership and control of the concern that is performing
                                                                                       the contract will pass to another small business concern that
                                                                                       is a program participant, but only if the acquiring firm would
                                                                                       otherwise be eligible to receive the award directly pursuant to
                                                                                       subsection (a);
                                                                                          (iv) The individuals upon whom eligibility was based are no
                                                                                       longer able to exercise control of the concern due to incapacity
                                                                                       or death; or
                                                                                          (v) When, in order to raise equity capital, it is necessary for
                                                                                       the disadvantaged owners of the concern to relinquish owner-
                                                                                       ship of a majority of the voting stock of such concern, but only
                                                                                       if—
                                                                                                (I) such concern has exited the Capital Ownership Devel-
                                                                                             opment Program;
                                                                                                (II) the disadvantaged owners will maintain ownership
                                                                                             of the largest single outstanding block of voting stock (in-
                                                                                             cluding stock held by affiliated parties); and
                                                                                                (III) the disadvantaged owners will maintain control of
                                                                                             daily business operations.
                                                                                          (C) The Administrator may waive the requirements of sub-
                                                                                       paragraph (A) if—
                                                                                                (i) in the case of subparagraph (B) (i), (ii) and (iv), he is
                                                                                             requested to do so prior to the actual relinquishment of
                                                                                             ownership or control; and
                                                                                                (ii) in the case of subparagraph (B)(iii), he is requested
                                                                                             to do so as soon as possible after the incapacity or death
                                                                                             occurs.
                                                                                     (D) Concerns performing contracts awarded pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                  section shall be required to notify the Administration immediately
                                                                                  upon entering an agreement (either oral or in writing) to transfer
                                                                                  all or part of its stock or other ownership interest to any other
                                                                                  party.
                                                                                     (E) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for the purposes
                                                                                  of determining ownership and control of a concern under this sec-
                                                                                  tion, any potential ownership interests held by investment compa-
                                                                                  nies licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958
                                                                                  shall be treated in the same manner as interests held by the indi-
                                                                                  viduals upon whom eligibility is based.
                                                                                     (b) It shall also be the duty of the Administration and it is here-
                                                                                  by empowered, whenever it determines such action is necessary—
                                                                                          (1)(A) to provide—
                                                                                                (i) technical, managerial, and informational aids to small
                                                                                             business concerns—
                                                                                                      (I) by advising and counseling on matters in connec-
                                                                                                   tion with Government procurement and policies, prin-
                                                                                                   ciples, and practices of good management;
                                                                                                      (II) by cooperating and advising with—
                                                                                                            (aa) voluntary business, professional, edu-
                                                                                                         cational, and other nonprofit organizations, asso-
                                                                                                         ciations, and institutions (except that the Admin-
                                                                                                         istration shall take such actions as it determines




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                         necessary to ensure that such cooperation does not
                                                                                                         constitute or imply an endorsement by the Admin-
                                                                                                         istration of the organization or its products or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00108   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  109

                                                                                                        services, and shall ensure that it receives appro-
                                                                                                        priate recognition in all printed materials); and
                                                                                                           (bb) other Federal and State agencies;
                                                                                                     (III) by maintaining a clearinghouse for information
                                                                                                   on managing, financing, and operating small business
                                                                                                   enterprises; and
                                                                                                     (IV) by disseminating such information, including
                                                                                                   through recognition events, and by other activities
                                                                                                   that the Administration determines to be appropriate;
                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                (ii) through cooperation with a profit-making concern
                                                                                              (referred to in this paragraph as a ‘‘cosponsor’’), training,
                                                                                              information, and education to small business concerns, ex-
                                                                                              cept that the Administration shall—
                                                                                                     (I) take such actions as it determines to be appro-
                                                                                                   priate to ensure that—
                                                                                                           (aa) the Administration receives appropriate
                                                                                                        recognition and publicity;
                                                                                                           (bb) the cooperation does not constitute or imply
                                                                                                        an endorsement by the Administration of any
                                                                                                        product or service of the cosponsor;
                                                                                                           (cc) unnecessary promotion of the products or
                                                                                                        services of the cosponsor is avoided; and
                                                                                                           (dd) utilization of any one cosponsor in a mar-
                                                                                                        keting area is minimized; and
                                                                                                     (II) develop an agreement, executed on behalf of the
                                                                                                   Administration by an employee of the Administration
                                                                                                   in Washington, the District of Columbia, that pro-
                                                                                                   vides, at a minimum, that—
                                                                                                           (aa) any printed material to announce the co-
                                                                                                        sponsorship or to be distributed at the cospon-
                                                                                                        sored activity, shall be approved in advance by the
                                                                                                        Administration;
                                                                                                           (bb) the terms and conditions of the cooperation
                                                                                                        shall be specified;
                                                                                                           (cc) only minimal charges may be imposed on
                                                                                                        any small business concern to cover the direct
                                                                                                        costs of providing the assistance;
                                                                                                           (dd) the Administration may provide to the co-
                                                                                                        sponsorship mailing labels, but not lists of names
                                                                                                        and addresses of small business concerns compiled
                                                                                                        by the Administration;
                                                                                                           (ee) all printed materials containing the names
                                                                                                        of both the Administration and the cosponsor shall
                                                                                                        include a prominent disclaimer that the coopera-
                                                                                                        tion does not constitute or imply an endorsement
                                                                                                        by the Administration of any product or service of
                                                                                                        the cosponsor; and
                                                                                                           (ff) the Administration shall ensure that it re-
                                                                                                        ceives appropriate recognition in all cosponsorship
                                                                                                        printed materials.
                                                                                           (B) To establish, conduct, and publicize, and to recruit, se-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         lect, and train volunteers for (and to enter into contracts,
                                                                                         grants, or cooperative agreements therefor), volunteer pro-
                                                                                         grams, including øa Service Corps of Retired Executives




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00109   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  110

                                                                                         (SCORE)¿ the SCORE program described in subsection (c) and
                                                                                         an Active Corps of Executive (ACE) for the purposes of section
                                                                                         8(b)(1)(A) of this Act. To facilitate the implementation of such
                                                                                         volunteer programs the Administration shall maintain at its
                                                                                         headquarters and pay the salaries, benefits, and expenses of a
                                                                                         volunteer and professional staff to manage and oversee the
                                                                                         program. Any such payments made pursuant to this subpara-
                                                                                         graph shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts
                                                                                         as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts. Notwith-
                                                                                         standing any other provision of law, øSCORE may¿ the
                                                                                         SCORE Association (as defined in subsection (c)) may solicit
                                                                                         cash and in-kind contributions from the private sector to be
                                                                                         used to carry out its functions under this Act, and may use
                                                                                         payments made by the Administration pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                         paragraph for such solicitation and the management of the
                                                                                         contributions received.
                                                                                           (C) To allow any individual or group of persons participating
                                                                                         with it in furtherance of the purposes of subparagraphs (A)
                                                                                         and (B) to use the Administration’s office facilities and related
                                                                                         material and services as the Administration deems appro-
                                                                                         priate, including clerical and stenographic service:
                                                                                                 (i) such volunteers, while carrying out activities under
                                                                                              section 8(b)(1) of this Act shall be deemed Federal employ-
                                                                                              ees for the purposes of the Federal tort claims provisions
                                                                                              in title 28, United States Code; and for the purposes of
                                                                                              subchapter I of chapter 81 of title 5, United States Code
                                                                                              (relative to compensation to Federal employees for work
                                                                                              injuries) shall be deemed civil employees of the United
                                                                                              States within the meaning of the term ‘‘employee’’ as de-
                                                                                              fined in section 8101 of title 5, United States Code, and
                                                                                              the provisions of that subchapter shall apply except that
                                                                                              in computing compensation benefits for disability or death,
                                                                                              the monthly pay of a volunteer shall be deemed that re-
                                                                                              ceived under the entrance salary for a grade GS–11 em-
                                                                                              ployee:
                                                                                                 (ii) the Administrator is authorized to reimburse such
                                                                                              volunteers for all necessary out-of-pocket expenses incident
                                                                                              to their provision of services under this Act, or in connec-
                                                                                              tion with attendance at meetings sponsored by the Admin-
                                                                                              istration, or for the cost of malpractice insurance, as the
                                                                                              Administrator shall determine, in accordance with regula-
                                                                                              tions which he or she shall prescribe, and, while they are
                                                                                              carrying out such activities away from their homes or reg-
                                                                                              ular places of business, for travel expenses (including per
                                                                                              diem in lieu of subsistence) as authorized by section 5703
                                                                                              of title 5, United States Code, for individuals serving with-
                                                                                              out pay; and
                                                                                                 (iii) such volunteers shall in no way provide services to
                                                                                              a client of such Administration with a delinquent loan out-
                                                                                              standing, except upon a specific request signed by such cli-
                                                                                              ent for assistance in connection with such matter.
                                                                                           (D) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no payment




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         for supportive services or reimbursement of out-of-pocket ex-
                                                                                         penses made to persons serving pursuant to section 8(b)(1) of
                                                                                         this Act shall be subject to any tax or charge or be treated as




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00110   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  111

                                                                                         wages or compensation for the purposes of unemployment, dis-
                                                                                         ability, retirement, public assistance, or similar benefit pay-
                                                                                         ments, or minimum wage laws.
                                                                                            (E) In carrying out its functions under subparagraph (A), to
                                                                                         make grants (including contracts and cooperative agreements)
                                                                                         to any public or private institution of higher education for the
                                                                                         establishment and operation of a small business institute,
                                                                                         which shall be used to provide business counseling and assist-
                                                                                         ance to small business concerns through the activities of stu-
                                                                                         dents enrolled at the institution, which students shall be enti-
                                                                                         tled to receive educational credits for their activities.
                                                                                            (F) Notwithstanding any other provision of law and pursuant
                                                                                         to regulations which the Administrator shall provide, counsel
                                                                                         may be employed and counsel fees, court costs, bail, and other
                                                                                         expenses incidental to the defense of volunteers may be paid
                                                                                         in judicial or Administrative proceedings arising directly out of
                                                                                         the performance of activities pursuant to section 8(b)(1) of this
                                                                                         Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 637(b)(1)) to which volunteers have
                                                                                         been made parties.
                                                                                            (G) In carrying out its functions under this Act and to carry
                                                                                         out the activities authorized by title IV of the Women’s Busi-
                                                                                         ness Ownership Act of 1988, the Administration is authorized
                                                                                         to accept, in the name of the Administration, and employ or
                                                                                         dispose of in furtherance of the purposes of this Act, any
                                                                                         money or property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible, or intan-
                                                                                         gible, received by gift, devise, bequest, or otherwise; and, fur-
                                                                                         ther, to accept gratuitous services and facilities.
                                                                                            (2) to make a complete inventory of all productive facilities
                                                                                         of small-business concerns or to arrange for such inventory to
                                                                                         be made by any other governmental agency which has the fa-
                                                                                         cilities. In making any such inventory, the appropriate agen-
                                                                                         cies in the several States may be requested to furnish an in-
                                                                                         ventory of the productive facilities of small-business concerns
                                                                                         in each respective State if such an inventory is available or in
                                                                                         prospect;
                                                                                            (3) to coordinate and to ascertain the means by which the
                                                                                         productive capacity of small-business concerns can be most ef-
                                                                                         fectively utilized;
                                                                                            (4) to consult and cooperative with officers of the Govern-
                                                                                         ment having procurement or property disposal powers, in order
                                                                                         to utilize the potential productive capacity of plants operated
                                                                                         by small-business concerns;
                                                                                            (5) to obtain information as to methods and practices which
                                                                                         Government prime contractors utilize in letting subcontracts
                                                                                         and to take action to encourage the letting of subcontracts by
                                                                                         prime contractors to small-business concerns at prices and on
                                                                                         conditions and terms which are fair and equitable;
                                                                                            (6) to determine within any industry the concerns, firms,
                                                                                         persons, corporations, partnerships, cooperatives, or other busi-
                                                                                         ness enterprises which are to be designated ‘‘small-business
                                                                                         concerns’’ for the purpose of effectuating the provisions of this
                                                                                         Act. To carry out this purpose the Administrator, when re-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         quested to do so, shall issue in response to each such request
                                                                                         an appropriate certificate certifying an individual concern as a
                                                                                         ‘‘small-business concern’’ in accordance with the criteria ex-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00111   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  112

                                                                                         pressed in this Act. Any such certificate shall be subject to rev-
                                                                                         ocation when the concern covered thereby ceases to be a
                                                                                         ‘‘small-business concern.’’ Offices of the Government having
                                                                                         procurement or lending powers, or engaging in the disposal of
                                                                                         Federal property or allocating materials or supplies, or promul-
                                                                                         gating regulations affecting the distribution of materials or
                                                                                         supplies, shall accept as conclusive the Administration’s deter-
                                                                                         mination as to which enterprises are to be designated ‘‘small-
                                                                                         business concerns’’, as authorized and directed under this para-
                                                                                         graph;
                                                                                            (7)(A) to certify to Government procurement officers, and of-
                                                                                         ficers engaged in the sale and disposal of Federal property,
                                                                                         with respect to all elements of responsibility, including, but not
                                                                                         limited to, capability, competency, capacity, credit, integrity,
                                                                                         perseverance, and tenacity, of any small business concern or
                                                                                         group of such concerns to receive and perform a specific Gov-
                                                                                         ernment contract. A Government procurement officer or an of-
                                                                                         ficer engaged in the sale and disposal of Federal property may
                                                                                         not, for any reason specified in the preceding sentence, pre-
                                                                                         clude any small business concern or group of such concerns
                                                                                         from being awarded such contract without referring the matter
                                                                                         for a final disposition to the Administration.
                                                                                            (B) if a Government procurement officer finds that an other-
                                                                                         wise qualified small business concern may be ineligible due to
                                                                                         the provisions of section 35(a) of title 41, United States Code
                                                                                         (the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act), he shall notify the
                                                                                         Administration in writing of such finding. The Administration
                                                                                         shall review such finding and shall either dismiss it and certify
                                                                                         the small business concern to be an eligible Government con-
                                                                                         tractor for a specific Government contract or if it concurs in the
                                                                                         finding, forward the matter to the Secretary of Labor for final
                                                                                         disposition, in which case the Administration may certify the
                                                                                         small business concern only if the Secretary of Labor finds the
                                                                                         small business concern not to be in violation.
                                                                                            (C) in any case in which a small business concern or group
                                                                                         of such concerns has been certified by the Administration pur-
                                                                                         suant to (A) or (B) to be a responsible or eligible Government
                                                                                         contractor as to a specific Government contract, the officers of
                                                                                         the Government having procurement or property disposal pow-
                                                                                         ers are directed to accept such certification as conclusive, and
                                                                                         shall let such Government contract to such concern or group of
                                                                                         concerns without requiring it to meet any other requirement of
                                                                                         responsibility or eligibility. Notwithstanding the first sentence
                                                                                         of this subparagraph, the Administration may not establish an
                                                                                         exemption from referral or notification or refuse to accept a re-
                                                                                         ferral or notification from a Government procurement officer
                                                                                         made pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph,
                                                                                         but nothing in this paragraph shall require the processing of
                                                                                         an application for certification if the small business concern to
                                                                                         which the referral pertains declines to have the application
                                                                                         processed.
                                                                                            (8) to obtain from any Federal department, establishment, or




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         agency engaged in procurement or in the financing of procure-
                                                                                         ment or production such reports concerning the letting of con-
                                                                                         tracts and subcontracts and the making of loans to business




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00112   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  113

                                                                                         concerns as it may deem pertinent in carrying out its functions
                                                                                         under this Act;
                                                                                            (9) to obtain from any Federal department, establishment, or
                                                                                         agency engaged in the disposal of Federal property such re-
                                                                                         ports concerning the solicitation of bids, time of sale, or other-
                                                                                         wise as it may deem pertinent in carrying out its functions
                                                                                         under this Act;
                                                                                            (10) to obtain from suppliers of materials information per-
                                                                                         taining to the method of filling orders and the bases for allo-
                                                                                         cating their supply, whenever it appears that any small busi-
                                                                                         ness is unable to obtain materials from its normal sources;
                                                                                            (11) to make studies and recommendations to the appro-
                                                                                         priate Federal agencies to insure that a fair proportion of the
                                                                                         total purchases and contracts for property and services for the
                                                                                         Government be placed with small-business enterprises, to in-
                                                                                         sure that a fair proportion of Government contacts for research
                                                                                         and development be placed with small-business concerns, to in-
                                                                                         sure that a fair proportion of the total sales of Government
                                                                                         property be made to small-business concerns, and to insure a
                                                                                         fair and equitable share of materials, supplies, and equipment
                                                                                         to small-business concerns;
                                                                                            (12) to consult and cooperate with all Government agencies
                                                                                         for the purpose of insuring that small-business concerns shall
                                                                                         receive fair and reasonable treatment from such agencies;
                                                                                            (13) to establish such advisory boards and committees as
                                                                                         may be necessary to achieve the purposes of this Act and of the
                                                                                         Small Business Investment Act of 1958; to call meetings of
                                                                                         such boards and committees from time to time; to pay the
                                                                                         transportation expenses and a per diem allowance in accord-
                                                                                         ance with section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, to the
                                                                                         members of such boards and committees for travel and subsist-
                                                                                         ence expenses incurred at the request of the Administration in
                                                                                         connection with travel to points more than fifty miles distant
                                                                                         from the homes of such members in attending the meetings of
                                                                                         such boards and committees; and to rent temporarily, within
                                                                                         the District of Columbia or elsewhere, such hotel or other ac-
                                                                                         commodations as are needed to facilitate the conduct of such
                                                                                         meetings;
                                                                                            (14) to provide at the earliest practicable time such informa-
                                                                                         tion and assistance as may be appropriate, including informa-
                                                                                         tion concerning eligibility for loans under section 7(b)(3), to
                                                                                         local public agencies (as defined in section 110(h) of the Hous-
                                                                                         ing Act of 1949) and to small-business concerns to be displaced
                                                                                         by federally aided urban renewal projects in order to assist
                                                                                         such small-business concerns in reestablishing their oper-
                                                                                         ations;
                                                                                            (15) to disseminate, without regard to the provisions of sec-
                                                                                         tion 3204 of title 39, United States Code, data and information,
                                                                                         in such form as it shall deem appropriate, to public agencies,
                                                                                         private organizations, and the general public;
                                                                                            (16) to make studies of matters materially affecting the com-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         petitive strength of small business, and of the effect on small
                                                                                         business of Federal laws, programs, and regulations, and to
                                                                                         make recommendations to the appropriate Federal agency or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00113   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  114

                                                                                          agencies for the adjustment of such programs and regulations
                                                                                          to the needs of small business; and
                                                                                             (17) to make grants to, and enter into contracts and coopera-
                                                                                          tive agreements with, educational institutions, private busi-
                                                                                          nesses, veterans’ nonprofit community-based organizations,
                                                                                          and Federal, State, and local departments and agencies for the
                                                                                          establishment and implementation of outreach programs for
                                                                                          disabled veterans (as defined in section 4211(3) of title 38,
                                                                                          United States Code), veterans, and members of a reserve com-
                                                                                          ponent of the Armed Forces.
                                                                                       ø(c) [Reserved.]¿
                                                                                       (c) SCORE PROGRAM.—
                                                                                             (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection:
                                                                                                  (A) SCORE ASSOCIATION.—The term ‘‘SCORE Associa-
                                                                                               tion’’ means the Service Corps of Retired Executives Asso-
                                                                                               ciation or any successor or other organization that enters
                                                                                               into a cooperative agreement (as described under para-
                                                                                               graph (2)) with the Administrator to operate the SCORE
                                                                                               program.
                                                                                                  (B) SCORE FOUNDATION.—The term ‘‘SCORE Founda-
                                                                                               tion’’ means an organization with a mission to support the
                                                                                               SCORE Association and volunteers of the SCORE program.
                                                                                                  (C) SCORE PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘SCORE program’’
                                                                                               means the SCORE program authorized by subsection
                                                                                               (b)(1)(B).
                                                                                             (2) COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT.—The Administrator shall enter
                                                                                          into a cooperative agreement with the SCORE Association to
                                                                                          carry out the SCORE program, which shall include the fol-
                                                                                          lowing requirements:
                                                                                                  (A) ADMINISTRATOR DUTIES.—The Administrator shall—
                                                                                                       (i) every 2 years, conduct a financial examination of
                                                                                                    the SCORE Association to ensure that any costs paid
                                                                                                    for with Federal funds are allowable, allocable, and
                                                                                                    reasonable;
                                                                                                       (ii) review and approve contracts entered into by the
                                                                                                    SCORE Association to provide goods or services for the
                                                                                                    SCORE program of a value greater than an amount
                                                                                                    determined by the Administrator;
                                                                                                       (iii) maintain a system through which the SCORE
                                                                                                    Association provides documentation relating to such
                                                                                                    contracts; and
                                                                                                       (iv) within 30 days of the receipt of a quarterly report
                                                                                                    on the achievements of the SCORE program submitted
                                                                                                    by the SCORE Association, reconcile differences be-
                                                                                                    tween such report and the performance results of the
                                                                                                    SCORE program reported in a management informa-
                                                                                                    tion system of the Office of Entrepreneurial Develop-
                                                                                                    ment.
                                                                                                  (B) SCORE ASSOCIATION DUTIES.—The SCORE Associa-
                                                                                               tion shall—
                                                                                                       (i) manage nationwide chapters of the SCORE pro-
                                                                                                    gram;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                       (ii) provide annual training to employees of the
                                                                                                    SCORE Association on generating and using program
                                                                                                    income from the SCORE program;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00114   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  115

                                                                                                      (iii) submit documentation to the Administrator
                                                                                                   verifying such annual training is completed;
                                                                                                      (iv) separate funds donated to the SCORE Associa-
                                                                                                   tion from program income and funds received pursuant
                                                                                                   to a cooperative agreement; and
                                                                                                      (v) maintain and enforce requirements for volunteers
                                                                                                   participating in the SCORE program, including re-
                                                                                                   quirements that each such volunteer shall—
                                                                                                           (I) based on the business experience and knowl-
                                                                                                         edge of the volunteer—
                                                                                                                (aa) provide personal counseling, mentoring,
                                                                                                              and coaching on the process of starting, ex-
                                                                                                              panding, managing, buying, and selling a
                                                                                                              business at no cost to individuals who own, or
                                                                                                              aspire to own, small business concerns; and
                                                                                                                (bb) facilitate free or low-cost education
                                                                                                              workshops for individuals who own, or aspire
                                                                                                              to own, small business concerns; and
                                                                                                           (II) as appropriate, use tools, resources, and ex-
                                                                                                         pertise of other organizations to carry out the
                                                                                                         SCORE program.
                                                                                                 (C) JOINT DUTIES.—The Administrator, in consultation
                                                                                              with the SCORE Association, shall ensure that the SCORE
                                                                                              program and each chapter of the SCORE program—
                                                                                                      (i) develop and implement plans and goals to effec-
                                                                                                   tively and efficiently provide services to individuals in
                                                                                                   rural areas, economically disadvantaged communities,
                                                                                                   or other traditionally underserved communities, in-
                                                                                                   cluding plans for virtual, remote, and web-based initia-
                                                                                                   tives, chapter expansion, partnerships, and the develop-
                                                                                                   ment of new skills by volunteers participating in the
                                                                                                   SCORE program; and
                                                                                                      (ii) reinforce an inclusive culture by recruiting di-
                                                                                                   verse volunteers for the chapters of the SCORE pro-
                                                                                                   gram.
                                                                                           (3) ONLINE COMPONENT.—In addition to providing in-person
                                                                                         services, the SCORE Association shall maintain and expand
                                                                                         online counseling services including webinars, electronic men-
                                                                                         toring platforms, and online toolkits to further support entre-
                                                                                         preneurs.
                                                                                           (4) ACCOUNTING.—The SCORE Association shall—
                                                                                                 (A) maintain a centralized accounting and financing sys-
                                                                                              tem for each chapter of the SCORE program;
                                                                                                 (B) maintain a uniform policy and procedures to manage
                                                                                              Federal funds received pursuant to a cooperative agreement
                                                                                              described in paragraph (2); and
                                                                                                 (C) maintain an employee of the SCORE Association to
                                                                                              serve as a compliance officer to ensure expenditures of the
                                                                                              SCORE program are fully compliant with any law, regula-
                                                                                              tion, or cooperative agreement relating to the SCORE pro-
                                                                                              gram.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                           (5) COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                                 (A) SALARIES.—The salary of an employee of the SCORE
                                                                                              Association may not exceed the equivalent of the maximum




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00115   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  116

                                                                                              rate of pay allowable for an individual in the career Senior
                                                                                              Executive Service employed at the Administration.
                                                                                                 (B) PERFORMANCE AWARDS.—The SCORE Association
                                                                                              may spend up to 5 percent of the aggregate salaries of em-
                                                                                              ployees of the SCORE Association on individual perform-
                                                                                              ance awards to employees of the SCORE Association, to be
                                                                                              disbursed before the last day of the fiscal year, if not later
                                                                                              than 60 days before such disbursement the SCORE Asso-
                                                                                              ciation submits to the Administrator a report on the num-
                                                                                              ber and amount of such awards to be disbursed.
                                                                                                 (C) SCORE FOUNDATION.—A member of the Board of Di-
                                                                                              rectors of the SCORE Association or an employee of the
                                                                                              SCORE Association may not simultaneously serve on the
                                                                                              Board of Directors of, or receive compensation from, the
                                                                                              SCORE Foundation without written approval from the Ad-
                                                                                              ministrator.
                                                                                           (6) WHISTLEBLOWER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS.—The
                                                                                         SCORE Association shall—
                                                                                                 (A) annually update all manuals or other documents ap-
                                                                                              plicable to employees and volunteers of the SCORE Associa-
                                                                                              tion or the SCORE program to include requirements relat-
                                                                                              ing to reporting procedures and protectors for whistle-
                                                                                              blowers; and
                                                                                                 (B) conduct an annual training for employees and volun-
                                                                                              teers of the SCORE Association or the SCORE program on
                                                                                              the requirements described in paragraph (1) and encourage
                                                                                              the use of the hotline established by the Office of the Inspec-
                                                                                              tor General of the Small Business Administration to submit
                                                                                              whistleblower reports.
                                                                                           (7) PUBLISHED MATERIALS.—The SCORE Association shall
                                                                                         ensure all published materials include written acknowledgment
                                                                                         of Small Business Administration support of the SCORE pro-
                                                                                         gram if such materials are paid for in whole or in part by Fed-
                                                                                         eral funds.
                                                                                           (8) PRIVACY REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Neither the Administrator nor the
                                                                                              SCORE Association may disclose the name, address, or
                                                                                              telephone number of any individual or small business con-
                                                                                              cern receiving assistance from the SCORE Association
                                                                                              without the consent of such individual or small business
                                                                                              concern, unless—
                                                                                                      (i) the Administrator is ordered to make such a dis-
                                                                                                   closure by a court in any civil or criminal enforcement
                                                                                                   action initiated by a Federal or State agency; or
                                                                                                      (ii) the Administrator determines such a disclosure is
                                                                                                   necessary for the purpose of conducting a financial
                                                                                                   audit of the SCORE program, in which case disclosure
                                                                                                   shall be limited to the information necessary for the
                                                                                                   audit.
                                                                                                 (B) ADMINISTRATOR USE OF INFORMATION.—This para-
                                                                                              graph shall not—
                                                                                                      (i) restrict the access of the Administrator to SCORE




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                   program activity data; or
                                                                                                      (ii) prevent the Administrator from using SCORE
                                                                                                   program client information to conduct client surveys.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00116   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  117

                                                                                                (C) STANDARDS.—
                                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall, after the
                                                                                                   opportunity for notice and comment, establish stand-
                                                                                                   ards for—
                                                                                                           (I) disclosures with respect to financial audits
                                                                                                         described under subparagraph (A)(ii); and
                                                                                                           (II) conducting client surveys, including stand-
                                                                                                         ards for oversight of the surveys and for dissemi-
                                                                                                         nation and use of client information.
                                                                                                      (ii) MAXIMUM PRIVACY PROTECTION.—The standards
                                                                                                   issued under this subparagraph shall, to the extent
                                                                                                   practicable, provide for the maximum amount of pri-
                                                                                                   vacy protection.
                                                                                           (9) ANNUAL REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date
                                                                                         of the enactment of this subsection and annually thereafter, the
                                                                                         Administrator shall submit to the Committee on Small Busi-
                                                                                         ness and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the Committee on
                                                                                         Small Business of the House of Representatives a report on the
                                                                                         performance and effectiveness of the SCORE program, which
                                                                                         may be included as part of another report submitted to such
                                                                                         Committees by the Administrator, and which shall include—
                                                                                                (A) the total number and the number of unique clients
                                                                                              counseled or trained under the SCORE program;
                                                                                                (B) the number of hours of counseling provided under the
                                                                                              SCORE program;
                                                                                                (C) the number of local workshops provided under the
                                                                                              SCORE program;
                                                                                                (D) the number of clients attending online and local
                                                                                              workshops provided under the SCORE program;
                                                                                                (E) to the extent practicable, the demographics of SCORE
                                                                                              program clients and volunteers, which shall include the
                                                                                              gender, race, and age of each such client or volunteer;
                                                                                                (F) with respect to businesses assisted under the SCORE
                                                                                              program, the cost to create a job, the cost to create a busi-
                                                                                              ness, and return on investment;
                                                                                                (G) the number of referrals of SCORE program clients to
                                                                                              other resources and programs of the Administration;
                                                                                                (H) the number of SCORE program clients receiving fi-
                                                                                              nancial assistance, including the type and dollar amount,
                                                                                              under loan programs of the Administration;
                                                                                                (I) the results of SCORE program client satisfactory sur-
                                                                                              veys, including a summary of any comments received from
                                                                                              such clients;
                                                                                                (J) the number of new businesses started up by SCORE
                                                                                              program clients;
                                                                                                (K) the number of such new businesses realizing revenue
                                                                                              growth;
                                                                                                (L) to the extent practicable, the number of jobs created
                                                                                              with assistance from the SCORE program;
                                                                                                (M) the total cost of the SCORE program;
                                                                                                (N) any recommendations of the Administrator to im-
                                                                                              prove the SCORE program; and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                (O) an explanation of how the SCORE program has been
                                                                                              integrated with—
                                                                                                      (i) small business development centers;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00117   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6603   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  118

                                                                                                    (ii) women’s business centers (described under section
                                                                                                  29);
                                                                                                    (iii) Veteran Business Outreach Centers 20 (described
                                                                                                  under section 32);
                                                                                                    (iv) other offices of the Administration; and
                                                                                                    (v) other public and private entities engaging in en-
                                                                                                  trepreneurial and small business development.
                                                                                     (d)(1) It is the policy of the United States that small business
                                                                                  concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by vet-
                                                                                  erans, small business concerns owned and controlled by service-dis-
                                                                                  abled veterans, qualified HUBZone small business concerns, small
                                                                                  business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economi-
                                                                                  cally disadvantaged individuals, and small business concerns
                                                                                  owned and controlled by women, shall have the maximum prac-
                                                                                  ticable opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts
                                                                                  let by any Federal agency, including contracts and subcontracts for
                                                                                  subsystems, assemblies, components, and related services for major
                                                                                  systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime
                                                                                  contractors establish procedures to ensure the timely payment of
                                                                                  amounts due pursuant to the terms of their subcontracts with
                                                                                  small business concerns, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                  trolled by veterans, small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                  by service-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small business
                                                                                  concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially
                                                                                  and economically disadvantaged individuals, and small business
                                                                                  concerns owned and controlled by women.
                                                                                     (2) The clause stated in paragraph (3) shall be included in all
                                                                                  contracts let by any Federal agency except any contract which—
                                                                                          (A) does not exceed the simplified acquisition threshold;
                                                                                          (B) including all subcontracts under such contracts will be
                                                                                       performed entirely outside of any State, territory, or possession
                                                                                       of the United States, the District of Columbia, or the Common-
                                                                                       wealth of Puerto Rico; or
                                                                                          (C) is for services which are personal in nature.
                                                                                     (3) The clause required by paragraph (2) shall be as follows:
                                                                                          (A) It is the policy of the United States that small business
                                                                                       concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by vet-
                                                                                       erans, small business concerns owned and controlled by serv-
                                                                                       ice-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small business con-
                                                                                       cerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially
                                                                                       and economically disadvantaged individuals, and small busi-
                                                                                       ness concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the
                                                                                       maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the per-
                                                                                       formance of contracts let by any Federal agency, including con-
                                                                                       tracts and subcontracts for subsystems, assemblies, compo-
                                                                                       nents, and related services for major systems. It is further the
                                                                                       policy of the United States that its prime contractors establish
                                                                                       procedures to ensure the timely payment of amounts due pur-
                                                                                       suant to the terms of their subcontracts with small business
                                                                                       concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by vet-
                                                                                       erans, small business concerns owned and controlled by serv-
                                                                                       ice-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small business con-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       cerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially
                                                                                       and economically disadvantaged individuals, and small busi-
                                                                                       ness concerns owned and controlled by women.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00118   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  119

                                                                                            (B) The contractor hereby agrees to carry out this policy in
                                                                                         the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent
                                                                                         with the efficient performance of this contract. The contractor
                                                                                         further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may
                                                                                         be conducted by the United States Small Business Administra-
                                                                                         tion or the awarding agency of the United States as may be
                                                                                         necessary to determine the extent of the contractor’s compli-
                                                                                         ance with this clause.
                                                                                            (C) As used in this contract, the term ‘‘small business con-
                                                                                         cern’’ shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to sec-
                                                                                         tion 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations pro-
                                                                                         mulgated pursuant thereto. The term ‘‘small business concern
                                                                                         owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvan-
                                                                                         taged individuals’’ shall mean a small business concern—
                                                                                                 (i) which is at least 51 per centum owned by one or more
                                                                                              socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in
                                                                                              the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 per
                                                                                              centum of the stock of which is owned by one or more so-
                                                                                              cially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and
                                                                                                 (ii) whose management and daily business operations
                                                                                              are controlled by one or more of such individuals.
                                                                                         The contractor shall presume that socially and economically
                                                                                         disadvantaged individuals include Black Americans, Hispanic
                                                                                         Americans, Native Americans, Asian Pacific Americans, and
                                                                                         other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvan-
                                                                                         taged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the
                                                                                         Small Business Act.
                                                                                            (D) The term ‘‘small business concern owned and controlled
                                                                                         by women’’ shall mean a small business concern—
                                                                                                 (i) which is at least 51 per centum owned by one or more
                                                                                              women; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at
                                                                                              least 51 per centum of the stock of which is owned by one
                                                                                              or more women; and
                                                                                                 (ii) whose management and daily business operations
                                                                                              are controlled by one or more women.
                                                                                            (E) The term ‘‘small business concern owned and controlled
                                                                                         by veterans’’ shall mean a small business concern—
                                                                                                 (i) which is at least 51 per centum owned by one or more
                                                                                              eligible veterans; or, in the case of any publicly owned
                                                                                              business, at least 51 per centum of the stock of which is
                                                                                              owned by one or more veterans; and
                                                                                                 (ii) whose management and daily business operations
                                                                                              are controlled by such veterans. The contractor shall treat
                                                                                              as veterans all individuals who are veterans within the
                                                                                              meaning of the term under section 3(q) of the Small Busi-
                                                                                              ness Act.
                                                                                            (F) Contractors acting in good faith may rely on written rep-
                                                                                         resentations by their subcontractors regarding their status as
                                                                                         either a small business concern, small business concern owned
                                                                                         and controlled by veterans, small business concern owned and
                                                                                         controlled by service-disabled veterans, a small business con-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         cern owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                                         advantaged individuals, or a small business concern owned and
                                                                                         controlled by women.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00119   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  120

                                                                                          (G) In this contract, the term ‘‘qualified HUBZone small
                                                                                       business concern’’ has the meaning given that term in section
                                                                                       31(b).
                                                                                          (H) In this contract, the term ‘‘small business concern owned
                                                                                       and controlled by service-disabled veterans’’ has the meaning
                                                                                       given that term in section 3(q).
                                                                                     (4)(A) Each solicitation of an offer for a contract to be let by a
                                                                                  Federal agency which is to be awarded pursuant to the negotiated
                                                                                  method of procurement and which may exceed $1,000,000, in the
                                                                                  case of a contract for the construction of any public facility, or
                                                                                  $500,000, in the case of all other contracts, shall contain a clause
                                                                                  notifying potential offering companies of the provisions of this sub-
                                                                                  section relating to contracts awarded pursuant to the negotiated
                                                                                  method of procurement.
                                                                                     (B) Before the award of any contract to be let, or any amendment
                                                                                  or modification to any contract let, by any Federal agency which—
                                                                                          (i) is to be awarded, or was let, pursuant to the negotiated
                                                                                       method of procurement,
                                                                                          (ii) is required to include the clause stated in paragraph (3),
                                                                                          (iii) may exceed $1,000,000 in the case of a contract for the
                                                                                       construction of any public facility, or $500,000 in the case of
                                                                                       all other contracts, and
                                                                                          (iv) which offers subcontracting possibilities,
                                                                                  the apparent successful offeror shall negotiate with the procure-
                                                                                  ment authority a subcontracting plan which incorporates the infor-
                                                                                  mation prescribed in paragraph (6). The subcontracting plan shall
                                                                                  be included in and made a material part of the contract.
                                                                                     (C) If, within the time limit prescribed in regulations of the Fed-
                                                                                  eral agency concerned, the apparent successful offeror fails to nego-
                                                                                  tiate the subcontracting plan required by this paragraph, such of-
                                                                                  feror shall become ineligible to be awarded the contract. Prior com-
                                                                                  pliance of the offeror with other such subcontracting plans shall be
                                                                                  considered by the Federal agency in determining the responsibility
                                                                                  of that offeror for the award of the contract.
                                                                                     (D) No contract shall be awarded to any offeror unless the pro-
                                                                                  curement authority determines that the plan to be negotiated by
                                                                                  the offeror pursuant to this paragraph provides the maximum prac-
                                                                                  ticable opportunity for small business concerns, qualified HUBZone
                                                                                  small business concerns, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                  trolled by veterans, small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                  by service-disabled veterans, small business concerns owned and
                                                                                  controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals,
                                                                                  and small business concerns owned and controlled by women to
                                                                                  participate in the performance of the contract.
                                                                                     (E) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, every Federal
                                                                                  agency, in order to encourage subcontracting opportunities for
                                                                                  small business concerns, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                  trolled by veterans, small business concerns owned and controlled
                                                                                  by service-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small business
                                                                                  concerns, and small business concerns owned and controlled by the
                                                                                  socially and economically disadvantaged individuals as defined in
                                                                                  paragraph (3) of this subsection and for small business concerns




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  owned and controlled by women, is hereby authorized to provide
                                                                                  such incentives as such Federal agency may deem appropriate in
                                                                                  order to encourage such subcontracting opportunities as may be




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00120   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  121

                                                                                  commensurate with the efficient and economical performance of the
                                                                                  contact: Provided, That, this subparagraph shall apply only to con-
                                                                                  tracts let pursuant to the negotiated method of procurement.
                                                                                    (F)(i) Each contract subject to the requirements of this paragraph
                                                                                  or paragraph (5) shall contain a clause for the payment of liq-
                                                                                  uidated damages upon a finding that a prime contractor has failed
                                                                                  to make a good faith effort to comply with the requirements im-
                                                                                  posed on such contractor by this subsection.
                                                                                    (ii) The contractor shall be afforded an opportunity to dem-
                                                                                  onstrate a good faith effort regarding compliance prior to the con-
                                                                                  tracting officer’s final decision regarding the impositon of damages
                                                                                  and the amount thereof. The final decision of a contracting officer
                                                                                  regarding the contractor’s obligation to pay such damages, or the
                                                                                  amounts thereof, shall be subject to the Contract Disputes Act of
                                                                                  1978 (41 U.S.C. 601–613).
                                                                                    (iii) Each agency shall ensure that the goals offered by the appar-
                                                                                  ent successful bidder or offeror are attainable in relation to—
                                                                                          (I) the subcontracting opportunities available to the con-
                                                                                       tractor, commensurate with the efficient and economical per-
                                                                                       formance of the contract;
                                                                                          (II) the pool of eligible subcontractors available to fulfill the
                                                                                       subcontracting opportunities; and
                                                                                          (III) the actual performance of such contractor in fulfilling
                                                                                       the subcontracting goals specified in prior plans.
                                                                                          (G) The following factors shall be designated by the Federal
                                                                                       agency as significant factors for purposes of evaluating offers
                                                                                       for a bundled contract where the head of the agency deter-
                                                                                       mines that the contract offers a significant opportunity for sub-
                                                                                       contracting:
                                                                                                (i) A factor that is based on the rate provided under the
                                                                                             subcontracting plan for small business participation in the
                                                                                             performance of the contract.
                                                                                                (ii) For the evaluation of past performance of an offeror,
                                                                                             a factor that is based on the extent to which the offeror at-
                                                                                             tained applicable goals for small business participation in
                                                                                             the performance of contracts.
                                                                                    (5)(A) Each solicitation of a bid for any contract to be let, or any
                                                                                  amendment or modification to any contract let, by any Federal
                                                                                  agency which—
                                                                                          (i) is to be awarded pursuant to the formal advertising meth-
                                                                                       od of procurement,
                                                                                          (ii) is required to contain the clause stated in paragraph (3)
                                                                                       of this subsection,
                                                                                          (iii) may exceed $1,000,000 in the case of a contract for the
                                                                                       construction of any public facility, or $500,000, in the case of
                                                                                       all other contracts, and
                                                                                          (iv) offers subcontracting possibilities,
                                                                                  shall contain a clause requiring any bidder who is selected to be
                                                                                  awarded a contract to submit to the Federal agency concerned a
                                                                                  subcontracting plan which incorporates the information prescribed
                                                                                  in paragraph (6).
                                                                                    (B) If, within the time limit prescribed in regulations of the Fed-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  eral agency concerned, the bidder selected to be awarded the con-
                                                                                  tract fails to submit the subcontracting plan required by this para-
                                                                                  graph, such bidder shall become ineligible to be awarded the con-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00121   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  122

                                                                                  tract. Prior compliance of the bidder with other such subcon-
                                                                                  tracting plans shall be considered by the Federal agency in deter-
                                                                                  mining the responsibility of such bidder for the award of the con-
                                                                                  tract. The subcontracting plan of the bidder awarded the contract
                                                                                  shall be included in and made a material part of the contract.
                                                                                    (6) Each subcontracting plan required under paragraph (4) or (5)
                                                                                  shall include—
                                                                                         (A) percentage goals for the utilization as subcontractors of
                                                                                      small business concerns, small business concerns owned and
                                                                                      controlled by veterans, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                      trolled by service-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small
                                                                                      business concerns, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                      trolled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals,
                                                                                      and small business concerns owned and controlled by women;
                                                                                         (B) the name of an individual within the employ of the offer-
                                                                                      or or bidder who will administer the subcontracting program of
                                                                                      the offeror or bidder and a description of the duties of such in-
                                                                                      dividual;
                                                                                         (C) a description of the efforts the offeror or bidder will take
                                                                                      to assure that small business concerns, small business con-
                                                                                      cerns owned and controlled by veterans, small business con-
                                                                                      cerns owned and controlled by service-disabled veterans, quali-
                                                                                      fied HUBZone small business concerns, small business con-
                                                                                      cerns owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                                      advantaged individuals, and small business concerns owned
                                                                                      and controlled by women will have an equitable opportunity to
                                                                                      compete for subcontracts;
                                                                                         (D) assurances that the offeror or bidder will include the
                                                                                      clause required by paragraph (2) of this subsection in all sub-
                                                                                      contracts which offer further subcontracting opportunities, and
                                                                                      that the offeror or bidder will require all subcontractors (except
                                                                                      small business concerns) who receive subcontracts in excess of
                                                                                      $1,000,000 in the case of a contract for the construction of any
                                                                                      public facility, or in excess of $500,000 in the case of all other
                                                                                      contracts, to adopt a plan similar to the plan required under
                                                                                      paragraph (4) or (5), and assurances at a minimum that the of-
                                                                                      feror or bidder, and all subcontractors required to maintain
                                                                                      subcontracting plans pursuant to this paragraph, will—
                                                                                              (i) review and approve subcontracting plans submitted
                                                                                           by their subcontractors;
                                                                                              (ii) monitor subcontractor compliance with their ap-
                                                                                           proved subcontracting plans;
                                                                                              (iii) ensure that subcontracting reports are submitted by
                                                                                           their subcontractors when required;
                                                                                              (iv) acknowledge receipt of their subcontractors’ reports;
                                                                                              (v) compare the performance of their subcontractors to
                                                                                           subcontracting plans and goals; and
                                                                                              (vi) discuss performance with subcontractors when nec-
                                                                                           essary to ensure their subcontractors make a good faith ef-
                                                                                           fort to comply with their subcontracting plans;
                                                                                         (E) assurances that the offeror or bidder will submit such
                                                                                      periodic reports and cooperate in any studies or surveys as




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                      may be required by the Federal agency or the Administration
                                                                                      in order to determine the extent of compliance by the offeror
                                                                                      or bidder with the subcontracting plan;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00122   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  123

                                                                                           (F) a recitation of the types of records the successful offeror
                                                                                         or bidder will maintain to demonstrate procedures which have
                                                                                         been adopted to comply with the requirements and goals set
                                                                                         forth in this plan, including the establishment of source lists
                                                                                         of small business concerns, small business concerns owned and
                                                                                         controlled by veterans, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                         trolled by service-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small
                                                                                         business concerns, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                         trolled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals,
                                                                                         and small business concerns owned and controlled by women;
                                                                                         and efforts to identify and award subcontracts to such small
                                                                                         business concerns;
                                                                                           (G) a recitation of the types of records the successful offeror
                                                                                         or bidder will maintain to demonstrate that procedures have
                                                                                         been adopted to substantiate the credit the successful offeror
                                                                                         or bidder will elect to receive under paragraph (16)(A);
                                                                                           (H) a recitation of the types of records the successful offeror
                                                                                         or bidder will maintain to demonstrate procedures which have
                                                                                         been adopted to ensure subcontractors at all tiers comply with
                                                                                         the requirements and goals set forth in the plan established in
                                                                                         accordance with subparagraph (D) of this paragraph, includ-
                                                                                         ing—
                                                                                                 (i) the establishment of source lists of small business
                                                                                              concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by
                                                                                              veterans, small business concerns owned and controlled by
                                                                                              service-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small busi-
                                                                                              ness concerns, small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                              trolled by socially and economically disadvantaged individ-
                                                                                              uals, and small business concerns owned and controlled by
                                                                                              women; and
                                                                                                 (ii) efforts to identify and award subcontracts to such
                                                                                              small business concerns; and
                                                                                           (I) a representation that the offeror or bidder will—
                                                                                                 (i) make a good faith effort to acquire articles, equip-
                                                                                              ment, supplies, services, or materials, or obtain the per-
                                                                                              formance of construction work from the small business
                                                                                              concerns used in preparing and submitting to the con-
                                                                                              tracting agency the bid or proposal, in the same amount
                                                                                              and quality used in preparing and submitting the bid or
                                                                                              proposal; and
                                                                                                 (ii) provide to the contracting officer a written expla-
                                                                                              nation if the offeror or bidder fails to acquire articles,
                                                                                              equipment, supplies, services, or materials or obtain the
                                                                                              performance of construction work as described in clause (i).
                                                                                           (7) The head of the contracting agency shall ensure that—
                                                                                                 (A) the agency collects and reports data on the extent to
                                                                                              which contractors of the agency meet the goals and objec-
                                                                                              tives set forth in subcontracting plans submitted pursuant
                                                                                              to this subsection; and
                                                                                                 (B) the agency periodically reviews data collected and re-
                                                                                              ported pursuant to subparagraph (A) for the purpose of en-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              suring that such contractors comply in good faith with the
                                                                                              requirements of this subsection and subcontracting plans
                                                                                              submitted by the contractors pursuant to this subsection.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00123   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  124

                                                                                    (8) The provisions of paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) shall not apply
                                                                                  to offerors or bidders who are small business concerns.
                                                                                           (9) MATERIAL BREACH.—The failure of any contractor or sub-
                                                                                        contractor to comply in good faith with—
                                                                                                (A) the clause contained in paragraph (3) of this sub-
                                                                                             section,
                                                                                                (B) any plan required of such contractor pursuant to the
                                                                                             authority of this subsection to be included in its contract
                                                                                             or subcontract, or
                                                                                                (C) assurances provided under paragraph (6)(E),
                                                                                        shall be a material breach of such contract or subcontract and
                                                                                        may be considered in any past performance evaluation of the
                                                                                        contractor.
                                                                                    (10) Nothing contained in this subsection shall be construed to
                                                                                  supersede the requirements of Defense Manpower Policy Number
                                                                                  4A (32A CFR Chap. 1) or any successor policy.
                                                                                    (11) In the case of contracts within the provisions of paragraphs
                                                                                  (4), (5), and (6), the Administration is authorized to—
                                                                                           (A) assist Federal agencies and businesses in complying with
                                                                                        their responsibilities under the provisions of this subsection,
                                                                                        including the formulation of subcontracting plans pursuant to
                                                                                        paragraph (4);
                                                                                           (B) review any solicitation for any contract to be let pursuant
                                                                                        to paragraphs (4) and (5) to determine the maximum prac-
                                                                                        ticable opportunity for small business concerns, small business
                                                                                        concerns owned and controlled by veterans, small business con-
                                                                                        cerns owned and controlled by service-disabled veterans, quali-
                                                                                        fied HUBZone small business concerns, small business con-
                                                                                        cerns owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                                        advantaged individuals, and small business concerns owned
                                                                                        and controlled by women to participate as subcontractors in
                                                                                        the performance of any contract resulting from any solicitation,
                                                                                        and to submit its findings, which shall be advisory in nature,
                                                                                        to the appropriate Federal agency; and
                                                                                           (C) evaluate compliance with subcontracting plans as a sup-
                                                                                        plement to evaluations performed by the contracting agency,
                                                                                        either on a contract-by-contract basis or, in the case of contrac-
                                                                                        tors having multiple contracts, on an aggregate basis.
                                                                                    (12) For purposes of determining the attainment of a subcontract
                                                                                  utilization goal under any subcontracting plan entered into with
                                                                                  any executive agency pursuant to this subsection, a mentor firm
                                                                                  providing development assistance to a protege firm under the pilot
                                                                                  Mentor-Protege Program established pursuant to section 831 of the
                                                                                  National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1991 (Public
                                                                                  Law 101–510; 10 U.S.C. 2301 note) shall be granted credit for such
                                                                                  assistance in accordance with subsection (g) of such section.
                                                                                    (13) PAYMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS.—
                                                                                           (A) DEFINITION.—In this paragraph, the term ‘‘covered con-
                                                                                        tract’’ means a contract relating to which a prime contractor is
                                                                                        required to develop a subcontracting plan under paragraph (4)
                                                                                        or (5).
                                                                                           (B) NOTICE.—




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                (i) IN GENERAL.—A prime contractor for a covered con-
                                                                                             tract shall notify in writing the contracting officer for the
                                                                                             covered contract if the prime contractor pays a reduced




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00124   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  125

                                                                                              price to a subcontractor for goods and services upon com-
                                                                                              pletion of the responsibilities of the subcontractor or the
                                                                                              payment to a subcontractor is more than 90 days past due
                                                                                              for goods or services provided for the covered contract for
                                                                                              which the Federal agency has paid the prime contractor.
                                                                                                 (ii) CONTENTS.—A prime contractor shall include the
                                                                                              reason for the reduction in a payment to or failure to pay
                                                                                              a subcontractor in any notice made under clause (i).
                                                                                           (C) PERFORMANCE.—A contracting officer for a covered con-
                                                                                         tract shall consider the unjustified failure by a prime con-
                                                                                         tractor to make a full or timely payment to a subcontractor in
                                                                                         evaluating the performance of the prime contractor.
                                                                                           (D) CONTROL OF FUNDS.—If the contracting officer for a cov-
                                                                                         ered contract determines that a prime contractor has a history
                                                                                         of unjustified, untimely payments to contractors, the con-
                                                                                         tracting officer shall record the identity of the contractor in ac-
                                                                                         cordance with the regulations promulgated under subpara-
                                                                                         graph (E).
                                                                                           (E) REGULATIONS.—Not later than 1 year after the date of
                                                                                         enactment of this paragraph, the Federal Acquisition Regu-
                                                                                         latory Council established under section 25(a) of the Office of
                                                                                         Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 421(a)) shall amend
                                                                                         the Federal Acquisition Regulation issued under section 25 of
                                                                                         such Act to—
                                                                                                 (i) describe the circumstances under which a contractor
                                                                                              may be determined to have a history of unjustified, un-
                                                                                              timely payments to subcontractors;
                                                                                                 (ii) establish a process for contracting officers to record
                                                                                              the identity of a contractor described in clause (i); and
                                                                                                 (iii) require the identity of a contractor described in
                                                                                              clause (i) to be incorporated in, and made publicly avail-
                                                                                              able through, the Federal Awardee Performance and Integ-
                                                                                              rity Information System, or any successor thereto.
                                                                                           (14) An offeror for a covered contract that intends to identify
                                                                                         a small business concern as a potential subcontractor in a bid
                                                                                         or proposal for the contract, or in a plan submitted pursuant
                                                                                         to this subsection in connection with the contract, shall notify
                                                                                         the small business concern prior to making such identification.
                                                                                           (15) The Administrator shall establish a reporting mecha-
                                                                                         nism that allows a subcontractor or potential subcontractor to
                                                                                         report fraudulent activity or bad faith by a contractor with re-
                                                                                         spect to a subcontracting plan submitted pursuant to this sub-
                                                                                         section.
                                                                                           (16) CREDIT FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN SUB-
                                                                                         CONTRACTORS.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of determining whether
                                                                                              or not a prime contractor has attained the percentage
                                                                                              goals specified in paragraph (6)—
                                                                                                       (i) if the subcontracting goals pertain only to a sin-
                                                                                                    gle contract with a Federal agency, the prime con-
                                                                                                    tractor may elect to receive credit for small business
                                                                                                    concerns performing as first tier subcontractors or




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                    subcontractors at any tier pursuant to the subcon-
                                                                                                    tracting plans required under paragraph (6)(D) in an
                                                                                                    amount equal to the total dollar value of any sub-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00125   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  126

                                                                                                     contracts awarded to such small business concerns;
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                        (ii) if the subcontracting goals pertain to more than
                                                                                                     one contract with one or more Federal agencies, or to
                                                                                                     one contract with more than one Federal agency, the
                                                                                                     prime contractor may only receive credit for first tier
                                                                                                     subcontractors that are small business concerns.
                                                                                                  (B) COLLECTION AND REVIEW OF DATA ON SUBCON-
                                                                                               TRACTING PLANS.—The head of each contracting agency
                                                                                               shall ensure that the agency—
                                                                                                        (i) collects and reports data on the extent to which
                                                                                                     prime contractors of the agency meet the goals and ob-
                                                                                                     jectives set forth in subcontracting plans submitted
                                                                                                     pursuant to this subsection; and
                                                                                                        (ii) periodically reviews data collected and reported
                                                                                                     pursuant to clause (i) for the purpose of ensuring that
                                                                                                     such contractors comply in good faith with the require-
                                                                                                     ments of this subsection.
                                                                                                  (C) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this paragraph
                                                                                               shall be construed to allow a Federal agency to establish
                                                                                               a goal for an number of subcontracts with a subcontractor
                                                                                               at any tier for a prime contractor otherwise eligible to re-
                                                                                               ceive credit under this paragraph.
                                                                                             (17) PAST PERFORMANCE RATINGS FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSI-
                                                                                          NESS SUBCONTRACTORS.—Upon request by a small business
                                                                                          concern that performed as a first tier subcontractor on a cov-
                                                                                          ered contract (as defined in paragraph (13)(A)), the prime con-
                                                                                          tractor for such covered contract shall submit to such small
                                                                                          business concern a record of past performance for such small
                                                                                          business concern with respect to such covered contract. If a
                                                                                          small business concern elects to use such record of past per-
                                                                                          formance, a contracting officer shall consider such record of
                                                                                          past performance when evaluating an offer for a prime contract
                                                                                          made by such small business concern.
                                                                                       (e)(1) Except as provided in subsection (g)—
                                                                                             (A) an executive agency intending to—
                                                                                                  (i) solicit bids or proposals for a contract for property or
                                                                                               services for a price expected to exceed $25,000; or
                                                                                                  (ii) place an order, expected to exceed $25,000, under a
                                                                                               basic agreement, basis ordering agreement, or similar ar-
                                                                                               rangement,
                                                                                          shall publish a notice described in subsection (f);
                                                                                             (B) an executive agency intending to solicit bids or proposals
                                                                                          for a contract for property or services shall post, for a period
                                                                                          of not less than ten days, in a public place at the contracting
                                                                                          office issuing the solicitation a notice of solicitation described
                                                                                          in subsection (f)—
                                                                                                  (i) in the case of an executive agency other than the De-
                                                                                               partment of Defense, if the contract is for a price expected
                                                                                               to exceed $10,000, but not to exceed $25,000; and
                                                                                                  (ii) in the case of the Department of Defense, if the con-
                                                                                               tract is for a price expected to exceed $5,000, but not to ex-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               ceed $25,000; and
                                                                                             (C) an executive agency awarding a contract for property or
                                                                                          services for a price exceeding $100,000, or placing an order re-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00126   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  127

                                                                                        ferred to in clause (A)(ii) exceeding $100,000, shall furnish for
                                                                                        publication by the Secretary of Commerce a notice announcing
                                                                                        the award or order if there is likely to be any subcontract
                                                                                        under such contract or order.
                                                                                     (2)(A) A notice of solicitation required to be published under
                                                                                  paragraph (1) may be published—
                                                                                           (i) by electronic means that meet the accessibility require-
                                                                                        ments under section 18(a)(7) of the Office of Federal Procure-
                                                                                        ment Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 416(a)(7)); or
                                                                                           (ii) by the Secretary of Commerce in the Commerce Business
                                                                                        Daily.
                                                                                     (B) The Secretary of Commerce shall promptly publish in the
                                                                                  Commerce Business Daily each notice or announcement received
                                                                                  under this subsection for publication by that means.
                                                                                     (3) Whenever an executive agency is required by paragraph
                                                                                  (1)(A) to publish a notice of solicitation, such executive agency may
                                                                                  not—
                                                                                           (A) issue the solicitation earlier than 15 days after the date
                                                                                        on which the notice is published; or
                                                                                           (B) in the case of a contract or order estimated to be greater
                                                                                        than the simplified acquisition threshold, establish a deadline
                                                                                        for the submission of all bids or proposals in response to the
                                                                                        notice required by paragraph (1)(A) that—
                                                                                                 (i) in the case of an order under a basic agreement, basic
                                                                                              ordering agreement, or similar arrangement, is earlier
                                                                                              than the date 30 days after the date the notice required
                                                                                              by paragraph (1)(A)(ii) is published;
                                                                                                 (ii) in the case of a solicitation for research and develop-
                                                                                              ment, is earlier than the date 45 days after the date the
                                                                                              notice required by paragraph (1)(A)(i) is published; or
                                                                                                 (iii) in any other case, is earlier than the date 30 days
                                                                                              after the date the solicitation is issued.
                                                                                     (f) Each notice of solicitation required by subparagraph (A) or (B)
                                                                                  of subsection (e)(1) shall include—
                                                                                           (1) an accurate description of the property or services to be
                                                                                        contracted for, which description (A) shall not be unnecessarily
                                                                                        restrictive of competition, and (B) shall include, as appropriate,
                                                                                        the agency nomenclature, National Stock Number or other part
                                                                                        number, and a brief description of the item’s form, fit, or func-
                                                                                        tion, physical dimensions, predominant material of manufac-
                                                                                        ture, or similar information that will assist a prospective con-
                                                                                        tractor to make an informed business judgment as to whether
                                                                                        a copy of the solicitation should be requested;
                                                                                           (2) provisions that—
                                                                                                 (A) state whether the technical data required to respond
                                                                                              to the solicitation will not be furnished as part of such so-
                                                                                              licitation, and identify the source in the Government, if
                                                                                              any, from which the technical data may be obtained; and
                                                                                                 (B) state whether an offeror, its product, or service must
                                                                                              meet a qualification requirement in order to be eligible for
                                                                                              award, and, if so, identify the office from which a qualifica-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              tion requirement may be obtained;
                                                                                           (3) the name, business address, and telephone number of the
                                                                                        contracting officer;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00127   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  128

                                                                                          (4) a statement that all responsible sources may submit a
                                                                                       bid, proposal, or quotation (as appropriate) which shall be con-
                                                                                       sidered by the agency;
                                                                                          (5) in the case of a procurement using procedures other than
                                                                                       competitive procedures, a statement of the reason justifying
                                                                                       the use of such procedures and the identity of the intended
                                                                                       source; and
                                                                                          (6) in the case of a contract in an amount estimated to be
                                                                                       greater than $25,000 but not greater than the simplified acqui-
                                                                                       sition threshold—
                                                                                               (A) a description of the procedures to be used in award-
                                                                                            ing the contract; and
                                                                                               (B) a statement specifying the periods for prospective
                                                                                            offerors and the contracting officer to take the necessary
                                                                                            preaward and award actions.
                                                                                     (g)(1) A notice is not required under subsection (e)(1) if—
                                                                                          (A) the proposed procurement is for an amount not greater
                                                                                       than the simplified acquisition threshold and is to be con-
                                                                                       ducted by—
                                                                                               (i) using widespread electronic public notice of the solici-
                                                                                            tation in a form that allows convenient and universal user
                                                                                            access through a single, Government-wide point of entry;
                                                                                            and
                                                                                               (ii) permitting the public to respond to the solicitation
                                                                                            electronically.
                                                                                          (B) the notice would disclose the executive agency’s needs
                                                                                       and the disclosure of such needs would compromise the na-
                                                                                       tional security;
                                                                                          (C) the proposed procurement would result from acceptance
                                                                                       of—
                                                                                               (i) any unsolicited proposal that demonstrates a unique
                                                                                            and innovative research concept and the publication of any
                                                                                            notice of such unsolicited research proposal would disclose
                                                                                            the originality of thought or innovativeness of the proposal
                                                                                            or would disclose proprietary information associated with
                                                                                            the proposal; or
                                                                                               (ii) a proposal submitted under section 9 of this Act;
                                                                                          (D) the procurement is made against an order placed under
                                                                                       a requirements contract;
                                                                                          (E) the procurement is made for perishable subsistence sup-
                                                                                       plies;
                                                                                          (F) the procurement is for utility services, other than tele-
                                                                                       communication services, and only one source is available; or
                                                                                          (G) the procurement is for the services of an expert for use
                                                                                       in any litigation or dispute (including preparation for any fore-
                                                                                       seeable litigation or dispute) that involves or could involve the
                                                                                       Federal Government in any trial, hearing, or proceeding before
                                                                                       any court, administrative tribunal, or agency, or in any part of
                                                                                       an alternative dispute resolution process, whether or not the
                                                                                       expert is expected to testify.
                                                                                     (2) The requirements of subsection (a)(1)(A) do not apply to any
                                                                                  procurement under conditions described in paragraph (2), (3), (4),




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  (5), or (7) of section 303(c) of the Federal Property and Administra-
                                                                                  tive Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(c)) or paragraph (2), (3),
                                                                                  (4), (5), and (7) of section 3204(a) of title 10, United States Code.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00128   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  129

                                                                                     (3) The requirements of subsection (a)(1)(A) shall not apply in the
                                                                                  case of any procurement for which the head of the executive agency
                                                                                  makes a determination in writing, after consultation with the Ad-
                                                                                  ministrator for Federal Procurement Policy and the Administrator
                                                                                  of the Small Business Administration, that it is not appropriate or
                                                                                  reasonable to publish a notice before issuing a solicitation.
                                                                                     (h)(1) An executive agency may not award a contract using proce-
                                                                                  dures other than competitive procedures unless—
                                                                                           (A) except as provided in paragraph (2), a written justifica-
                                                                                        tion for the use of such procedures has been approved—
                                                                                                (i) in the case of a contract for an amount exceeding
                                                                                             $100,000 (but equal to or less than $1,000,000), by the ad-
                                                                                             vocate for competition for the procuring activity (without
                                                                                             further delegation);
                                                                                                (ii) in the case of a contract for an amount exceeding
                                                                                             $1,000,000 (but equal to or less than $10,000,000), by the
                                                                                             head of the procuring activity or a delegate who, if a mem-
                                                                                             ber of the Armed Forces, is a general or flag officer, or, if
                                                                                             a civilian, is serving in a position in grade GS–16 or above
                                                                                             under the General Schedule (or in a comparable or higher
                                                                                             position under another schedule); or
                                                                                                (iii) in the case of a contract for an amount exceeding
                                                                                             $10,000,000, by the senior procurement executive of the
                                                                                             agency designated pursuant to section 16(3) of the Office
                                                                                             of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 414(3)) (with-
                                                                                             out further delegation); and
                                                                                           (B) all other requirements applicable to the use of such pro-
                                                                                        cedures under title III of the Federal Property and Administra-
                                                                                        tive Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et sq.) or sections 3201
                                                                                        through 3205 of title 10, United States Code, as appropriate,
                                                                                        have been satisfied.
                                                                                     (2) The same exceptions as are provided in section 303(f)(2) of the
                                                                                  Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41
                                                                                  U.S.C. 253(f)(2)) or paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 3204(e) of title
                                                                                  10, United States Code, shall apply with respect to the require-
                                                                                  ments of paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection in the same manner
                                                                                  as such exceptions apply to the requirements of section 303(f)(1) of
                                                                                  such Act or paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 3204(e) of such title,
                                                                                  as appropriate.
                                                                                     (i) An executive agency shall make available to any business con-
                                                                                  cern, or the authorized representative of such concern, the complete
                                                                                  solicitation package for any on-going procurement announced pur-
                                                                                  suant to a notice under subsection (e). An executive agency may re-
                                                                                  quire the payment of a fee, not exceeding the actual cost of duplica-
                                                                                  tion, for a copy of such package.
                                                                                     (j) For purposes of this section, the term ‘‘executive agency’’ has
                                                                                  the meaning provided such term in section 4(1) of the Office of Fed-
                                                                                  eral Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 403(1)).
                                                                                     (k) NOTICES OF SUBCONTRACTING OPPORTUNITIES.—
                                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—Notices of subcontracting opportunities
                                                                                        may be submitted for publication on the appropriate Federal




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                        Web site (as determined by the Administrator) by—
                                                                                                (A) a business concern awarded a contract by an execu-
                                                                                             tive agency subject to subsection (e)(1)(C); and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00129   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  130

                                                                                               (B) a business concern that is a subcontractor or sup-
                                                                                            plier (at any tier) to such contractor having a subcon-
                                                                                            tracting opportunity in excess of $10,000.
                                                                                          (2) CONTENT OF NOTICE.—The notice of a subcontracting op-
                                                                                       portunity shall include—
                                                                                               (A) a description of the business opportunity that is com-
                                                                                            parable to the description specified in paragraphs (1), (2),
                                                                                            (3), and (4) of subsection (f); and
                                                                                               (B) the due date for receipt of offers.
                                                                                    (l) MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE FOR SMALL BUSINESSES AFFECTED
                                                                                  BY MILITARY OPERATIONS.—
                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administration shall utilize, as appro-
                                                                                       priate, its entrepreneurial development and management as-
                                                                                       sistance programs, including programs involving State or pri-
                                                                                       vate sector partners, to provide business counseling and train-
                                                                                       ing to any small business concern adversely affected by the de-
                                                                                       ployment of units of the Armed Forces of the United States in
                                                                                       support of a period of military conflict.
                                                                                          (2) DEFINITION OF PERIOD OF MILITARY CONFLICT.—In this
                                                                                       subsection, the term ‘‘period of military conflict’’ means—
                                                                                               (A) a period of war declared by the Congress;
                                                                                               (B) a period of national emergency declared by the Con-
                                                                                            gress or by the President; or
                                                                                               (C) a period of a contingency operation, as defined in sec-
                                                                                            tion 101(a) of title 10, United States Code.
                                                                                    (m) PROCUREMENT PROGRAM FOR WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSI-
                                                                                  NESS CONCERNS.—
                                                                                          (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection, the following defini-
                                                                                       tions apply:
                                                                                               (A) CONTRACTING OFFICER.—The term ‘‘contracting offi-
                                                                                            cer’’ has the meaning given such term in section 27(f)(5) of
                                                                                            the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C.
                                                                                            423(f)(5)).
                                                                                               (B) SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN OWNED AND CONTROLLED
                                                                                            BY WOMEN.—The term ‘‘small business concern owned and
                                                                                            controlled by women’’ has the meaning given such term in
                                                                                            section 3(n), except that ownership shall be determined
                                                                                            without regard to any community property law.
                                                                                          (2) AUTHORITY TO RESTRICT COMPETITION.—In accordance
                                                                                       with this subsection, a contracting officer may restrict competi-
                                                                                       tion for any contract for the procurement of goods or services
                                                                                       by the Federal Government to small business concerns owned
                                                                                       and controlled by women, if—
                                                                                               (A) each of the concerns is not less than 51 percent
                                                                                            owned by one or more women who are economically dis-
                                                                                            advantaged (and such ownership is determined without re-
                                                                                            gard to any community property law);
                                                                                               (B) the contracting officer has a reasonable expectation
                                                                                            that two or more small business concerns owned and con-
                                                                                            trolled by women will submit offers for the contract;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               (C) the contract is for the procurement of goods or serv-
                                                                                            ices with respect to an industry identified by the Adminis-
                                                                                            trator pursuant to paragraph (3);




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00130   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  131

                                                                                                 (D) in the estimation of the contracting officer, the con-
                                                                                              tract award can be made at a fair and reasonable price;
                                                                                              and
                                                                                                 (E) each of the concerns is certified by a Federal agency,
                                                                                              a State government, the Administrator, or a national certi-
                                                                                              fying entity approved by the Administrator as a small
                                                                                              business concern owned and controlled by women.
                                                                                           (3) WAIVER.—With respect to a small business concern
                                                                                         owned and controlled by women, the Administrator may waive
                                                                                         subparagraph (2)(A) if the Administrator determines that the
                                                                                         concern is in an industry in which small business concerns
                                                                                         owned and controlled by women are substantially underrep-
                                                                                         resented.
                                                                                           (4) IDENTIFICATION OF INDUSTRIES.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                         conduct a study to identify industries in which small business
                                                                                         concerns owned and controlled by women are underrepresented
                                                                                         with respect to Federal procurement contracting.
                                                                                           (5) ENFORCEMENT; PENALTIES.—
                                                                                                 (A) VERIFICATION OF ELIGIBILITY.—In carrying out this
                                                                                              subsection, the Administrator shall establish procedures
                                                                                              relating to—
                                                                                                     (i) the filing, investigation, and disposition by the
                                                                                                   Administration of any challenge to the eligibility of a
                                                                                                   small business concern to receive assistance under this
                                                                                                   subsection (including a challenge, filed by an inter-
                                                                                                   ested party, relating to the veracity of a certification
                                                                                                   made or information provided to the Administration
                                                                                                   by a small business concern under paragraph (2)(E));
                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                     (ii) verification by the Administrator of the accuracy
                                                                                                   of any certification made or information provided to
                                                                                                   the Administration by a small business concern under
                                                                                                   paragraph (2)(E).
                                                                                                 (B) EXAMINATIONS.—The procedures established under
                                                                                              subparagraph (A) may provide for program examinations
                                                                                              (including random program examinations) by the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator of any small business concern making a certification
                                                                                              or providing information to the Administrator under para-
                                                                                              graph (2)(E).
                                                                                                 (C) PENALTIES.—In addition to the penalties described in
                                                                                              section 16(d), any small business concern that is deter-
                                                                                              mined by the Administrator to have misrepresented the
                                                                                              status of that concern as a small business concern owned
                                                                                              and controlled by women for purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                              shall be subject to—
                                                                                                     (i) section 1001 of title 18, United States Code; and
                                                                                                     (ii) sections 3729 through 3733 of title 31, United
                                                                                                   States Code.
                                                                                           (6) PROVISION OF DATA.—Upon the request of the Adminis-
                                                                                         trator, the head of any Federal department or agency shall
                                                                                         promptly provide to the Administrator such information as the
                                                                                         Administrator determines to be necessary to carry out this sub-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         section.
                                                                                           (7) AUTHORITY FOR SOLE SOURCE CONTRACTS FOR ECONOMI-
                                                                                         CALLY DISADVANTAGED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS OWNED AND




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00131   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  132

                                                                                         CONTROLLED BY WOMEN.—A            contracting officer may award a
                                                                                         sole source contract under this subsection to any small busi-
                                                                                         ness concern owned and controlled by women described in
                                                                                         paragraph (2)(A) and certified under paragraph (2)(E) if—
                                                                                                 (A) such concern is determined to be a responsible con-
                                                                                              tractor with respect to performance of the contract oppor-
                                                                                              tunity and the contracting officer does not have a reason-
                                                                                              able expectation that 2 or more businesses described in
                                                                                              paragraph (2)(A) will submit offers;
                                                                                                 (B) the anticipated award price of the contract (including
                                                                                              options) will not exceed—
                                                                                                      (i) $7,000,000, in the case of a contract opportunity
                                                                                                   assigned a standard industrial classification code for
                                                                                                   manufacturing; or
                                                                                                      (ii) $4,000,000, in the case of any other contract op-
                                                                                                   portunity; and
                                                                                                 (C) in the estimation of the contracting officer, the con-
                                                                                              tract award can be made at a fair and reasonable price.
                                                                                            (8) AUTHORITY FOR SOLE SOURCE CONTRACTS FOR SMALL BUSI-
                                                                                         NESS CONCERNS OWNED AND CONTROLLED BY WOMEN IN SUB-
                                                                                         STANTIALLY UNDERREPRESENTED INDUSTRIES.—A contracting of-
                                                                                         ficer may award a sole source contract under this subsection
                                                                                         to any small business concern owned and controlled by women
                                                                                         certified under paragraph (2)(E) that is in an industry in which
                                                                                         small business concerns owned and controlled by women are
                                                                                         substantially underrepresented (as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                         trator under paragraph (3)) if—
                                                                                                 (A) such concern is determined to be a responsible con-
                                                                                              tractor with respect to performance of the contract oppor-
                                                                                              tunity and the contracting officer does not have a reason-
                                                                                              able expectation that 2 or more businesses in an industry
                                                                                              that has received a waiver under paragraph (3) will sub-
                                                                                              mit offers;
                                                                                                 (B) the anticipated award price of the contract (including
                                                                                              options) will not exceed—
                                                                                                      (i) $7,000,000, in the case of a contract opportunity
                                                                                                   assigned a standard industrial classification code for
                                                                                                   manufacturing; or
                                                                                                      (ii) $4,000,000, in the case of any other contract op-
                                                                                                   portunity; and
                                                                                                 (C) in the estimation of the contracting officer, the con-
                                                                                              tract award can be made at a fair and reasonable price.
                                                                                       (n) BUSINESS GRANTS AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS.—
                                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—In accordance with this subsection, the Ad-
                                                                                         ministrator may make grants to and enter into cooperative
                                                                                         agreements with any coalition of private entities, public enti-
                                                                                         ties, or any combination of private and public entities—
                                                                                                 (A) to expand business-to-business relationships between
                                                                                              large and small businesses; and
                                                                                                 (B) to provide businesses, directly or indirectly, with on-
                                                                                              line information and a database of companies that are in-
                                                                                              terested in mentor-protege programs or community-based,




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              statewide, or local business development programs.
                                                                                            (2) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.—Subject to subparagraph (B),
                                                                                         the Administrator may make a grant to a coalition under para-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00132   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  133

                                                                                         graph (1) only if the coalition provides for activities described
                                                                                         in paragraph (1)(A) or (1)(B) an amount, either in kind or in
                                                                                         cash, equal to the grant amount.
                                                                                           (3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                                         to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $6,600,000, to
                                                                                         remain available until expended, for each of fiscal years 2001
                                                                                         through 2006.
                                                                                           *         *        *        *       *       *       *
                                                                                     SEC. 20. (a)(1) For fiscal year 2000 and each fiscal year there-
                                                                                  after, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may
                                                                                  be necessary and appropriate, to remain available until expended,
                                                                                  and to be available solely—
                                                                                          (A) to carry out the Small Business Development Center Pro-
                                                                                       gram under section 21, but not to exceed the annual funding
                                                                                       level, as specified in section 21(a);
                                                                                          (B) to pay the expenses of the National Small Business De-
                                                                                       velopment Center Advisory Board, as provided in section 21(i);
                                                                                          (C) to pay the expenses of the information sharing system,
                                                                                       as provided in section 21(c)(8);
                                                                                          (D) to pay the expenses of the association referred to in sec-
                                                                                       tion 21(a)(3)(A) for conducting the accreditation program, as
                                                                                       provided in section 21(k)(2);
                                                                                          (E) to pay the expenses of the Administration, including sal-
                                                                                       aries of examiners, for conducting examinations as part of the
                                                                                       accreditation program conducted by the association referred to
                                                                                       in section 21(a)(3)(A); and
                                                                                               (F) to pay for small business development center grants
                                                                                            as mandated or directed by Congress.
                                                                                     (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Administra-
                                                                                  tion shall enter into commitments for direct loans and to guarantee
                                                                                  loans, debentures, payment of rentals, or other amounts due under
                                                                                  qualified contracts and other types of financial assistance and enter
                                                                                  into commitments to purchase debentures and preferred securities
                                                                                  and to guarantee sureties against loss pursuant to programs under
                                                                                  this Act and the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, in the full
                                                                                  amounts provided by law subject only to (A) the availability of
                                                                                  qualified applications, and (B) limitations contained in appropria-
                                                                                  tions Acts. Nothing in this paragraph authorizes the Administra-
                                                                                  tion to reduce or limit its authority to enter into such commit-
                                                                                  ments. Subject to approval in appropriations Acts, amounts author-
                                                                                  ized for preferred securities, debentures or participating securities
                                                                                  under title III of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 may
                                                                                  be obligated in one fiscal year and disbursed or guaranteed in any
                                                                                  1 or more of the 4 subsequent fiscal years.
                                                                                     (3) There are authorized to be transferred from the disaster loan
                                                                                  revolving fund such sums as may be necessary and appropriate for
                                                                                  administrative expenses of the Administration.
                                                                                     (4) Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the
                                                                                  amount of deferred participation loans authorized in this section—
                                                                                          (A) shall mean the net amount of the loan principal guaran-
                                                                                       teed by the Small Business Administration (and does not in-
                                                                                       clude any amount which is not guaranteed); and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          (B) shall be available for a national program, except that the
                                                                                       Administration may use not more than an amount equal to 10
                                                                                       percent of the amount authorized each year for any special or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00133   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  134

                                                                                        pilot program directed to identified sectors of the small busi-
                                                                                        ness community or to specific geographic regions of the United
                                                                                        States.
                                                                                     (b) There are authorized to be appropriated to the Administra-
                                                                                  tion for fiscal year 1991 such sums as may be necessary to carry
                                                                                  out the provisions of this Act and the Small Business Investment
                                                                                  Act of 1958. There also are hereby authorized to be appropriated
                                                                                  such sums as may be necessary and appropriate for the carrying
                                                                                  out of the provisions and purposes, including administrative ex-
                                                                                  penses, of sections 7(b)(1) and 7(b)(2) of this Act; and there are au-
                                                                                  thorized to be transferred from the disaster loan revolving fund
                                                                                  such sums as may be necessary and appropriate for such adminis-
                                                                                  trative expenses.
                                                                                     (c) DISASTER MITIGATION PILOT PROGRAM.—The following pro-
                                                                                  gram levels are authorized for loans under section 7(b)(1)(C):
                                                                                          (1) $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2005.
                                                                                          (2) $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2006.
                                                                                     (d) FISCAL YEAR 2005.—
                                                                                          (1) PROGRAM LEVELS.—The following program levels are au-
                                                                                        thorized for fiscal year 2005:
                                                                                                (A) For the programs authorized by this Act, the Admin-
                                                                                             istration is authorized to make—
                                                                                                     (i) $75,000,000 in technical assistance grants, as
                                                                                                  provided in section 7(m); and
                                                                                                     (ii) $105,000,000 in direct loans, as provided in 7(m).
                                                                                                (B) For the programs authorized by this Act, the Admin-
                                                                                             istration is authorized to make $23,050,000,000 in deferred
                                                                                             participation loans and other financings. Of such sum, the
                                                                                             Administration is authorized to make—
                                                                                                     (i) $16,500,000,000 in general business loans, as pro-
                                                                                                  vided in section 7(a);
                                                                                                     (ii) $6,000,000,000 in certified development company
                                                                                                  financings, as provided in section 7(a)(13) and as pro-
                                                                                                  vided in section 504 of the Small Business Investment
                                                                                                  Act of 1958;
                                                                                                     (iii) $500,000,000 in loans, as provided in section
                                                                                                  7(a)(21); and
                                                                                                     (iv) $50,000,000 in loans, as provided in section
                                                                                                  7(m).
                                                                                                (C) For the programs authorized by title III of the Small
                                                                                             Business Investment Act of 1958, the Administration is
                                                                                             authorized to make—
                                                                                                     (i) $4,250,000,000 in purchases of participating secu-
                                                                                                  rities; and
                                                                                                     (ii) $3,250,000,000 in guarantees of debentures.
                                                                                                (D) For the programs authorized by part B of title IV of
                                                                                             the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, the Adminis-
                                                                                             tration is authorized to enter into guarantees not to exceed
                                                                                             $6,000,000,000, of which not more than 50 percent may be
                                                                                             in bonds approved pursuant to section 411(a)(3) of that
                                                                                             Act.
                                                                                                (E) The Administration is authorized to make grants or




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                             enter into cooperative agreements for a total amount of
                                                                                             $7,000,000 for the Service Corps of Retired Executives pro-
                                                                                             gram authorized by section 8(b)(1).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00134   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  135

                                                                                            (2) ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                 (A) There are authorized to be appropriated to the Ad-
                                                                                              ministration for fiscal year 2005 such sums as may be nec-
                                                                                              essary to carry out the provisions of this Act not elsewhere
                                                                                              provided for, including administrative expenses and nec-
                                                                                              essary loan capital for disaster loans pursuant to section
                                                                                              7(b), and to carry out the Small Business Investment Act
                                                                                              of 1958, including salaries and expenses of the Administra-
                                                                                              tion.
                                                                                                 (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of this para-
                                                                                              graph, for fiscal year 2005—
                                                                                                      (i) no funds are authorized to be used as loan capital
                                                                                                   for the loan program authorized by section 7(a)(21) ex-
                                                                                                   cept by transfer from another Federal department or
                                                                                                   agency to the Administration, unless the program
                                                                                                   level authorized for general business loans under
                                                                                                   paragraph (1)(B)(i) is fully funded; and
                                                                                                      (ii) the Administration may not approve loans on its
                                                                                                   own behalf or on behalf of any other Federal depart-
                                                                                                   ment or agency, by contract or otherwise, under terms
                                                                                                   and conditions other than those specifically authorized
                                                                                                   under this Act or the Small Business Investment Act
                                                                                                   of 1958, except that it may approve loans under sec-
                                                                                                   tion 7(a)(21) of this Act in gross amounts of not more
                                                                                                   than $2,000,000.
                                                                                       (e) FISCAL YEAR 2006.—
                                                                                            (1) PROGRAM LEVELS.—The following program levels are au-
                                                                                          thorized for fiscal year 2006:
                                                                                                 (A) For the programs authorized by this Act, the Admin-
                                                                                              istration is authorized to make—
                                                                                                      (i) $80,000,000 in technical assistance grants, as
                                                                                                   provided in section 7(m); and
                                                                                                      (ii) $110,000,000 in direct loans, as provided in 7(m).
                                                                                                 (B) For the programs authorized by this Act, the Admin-
                                                                                              istration is authorized to make $25,050,000,000 in deferred
                                                                                              participation loans and other financings. Of such sum, the
                                                                                              Administration is authorized to make—
                                                                                                      (i) $17,000,000,000 in general business loans, as pro-
                                                                                                   vided in section 7(a);
                                                                                                      (ii) $7,500,000,000 in certified development company
                                                                                                   financings, as provided in section 7(a)(13) and as pro-
                                                                                                   vided in section 504 of the Small Business Investment
                                                                                                   Act of 1958;
                                                                                                      (iii) $500,000,000 in loans, as provided in section
                                                                                                   7(a)(21); and
                                                                                                      (iv) $50,000,000 in loans, as provided in section
                                                                                                   7(m).
                                                                                                 (C) For the programs authorized by title III of the Small
                                                                                              Business Investment Act of 1958, the Administration is
                                                                                              authorized to make—
                                                                                                      (i) $4,500,000,000 in purchases of participating secu-
                                                                                                   rities; and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                      (ii) $3,500,000,000 in guarantees of debentures.
                                                                                                 (D) For the programs authorized by part B of title IV of
                                                                                              the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, the Adminis-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00135   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  136

                                                                                            tration is authorized to enter into guarantees not to exceed
                                                                                            $6,000,000,000, of which not more than 50 percent may be
                                                                                            in bonds approved pursuant to section 411(a)(3) of that
                                                                                            Act.
                                                                                               (E) The Administration is authorized to make grants or
                                                                                            enter into cooperative agreements for a total amount of
                                                                                            $7,000,000 for the Service Corps of Retired Executives pro-
                                                                                            gram authorized by section 8(b)(1).
                                                                                         (2) ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATIONS.—
                                                                                               (A) There are authorized to be appropriated to the Ad-
                                                                                            ministration for fiscal year 2006 such sums as may be nec-
                                                                                            essary to carry out the provisions of this Act not elsewhere
                                                                                            provided for, including administrative expenses and nec-
                                                                                            essary loan capital for disaster loans pursuant to section
                                                                                            7(b), and to carry out the Small Business Investment Act
                                                                                            of 1958, including salaries and expenses of the Administra-
                                                                                            tion.
                                                                                               (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of this para-
                                                                                            graph, for fiscal year 2006—
                                                                                                    (i) no funds are authorized to be used as loan capital
                                                                                                 for the loan program authorized by section 7(a)(21) ex-
                                                                                                 cept by transfer from another Federal department or
                                                                                                 agency to the Administration, unless the program
                                                                                                 level authorized for general business loans under
                                                                                                 paragraph (1)(B)(i) is fully funded; and
                                                                                                    (ii) the Administration may not approve loans on its
                                                                                                 own behalf or on behalf of any other Federal depart-
                                                                                                 ment or agency, by contract or otherwise, under terms
                                                                                                 and conditions other than those specifically authorized
                                                                                                 under this Act or the Small Business Investment Act
                                                                                                 of 1958, except that it may approve loans under sec-
                                                                                                 tion 7(a)(21) of this Act in gross amounts of not more
                                                                                                 than $2,000,000.
                                                                                    (f) FISCAL YEAR 2004 PURCHASE AND GUARANTEE AUTHORITY
                                                                                  UNDER TITLE III OF SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT ACT OF 1958.—
                                                                                  For fiscal year 2004, for the programs authorized by title III of the
                                                                                  Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 681 et seq.), the
                                                                                  Administration is authorized to make—
                                                                                         (1) $4,000,000,000 in purchases of participating securities;
                                                                                       and
                                                                                         (2) $3,000,000,000 in guarantees of debentures.
                                                                                    (g) AUTHORITY TO INCREASE AMOUNT OF GENERAL BUSINESS
                                                                                  LOANS.—
                                                                                         (1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3) and with
                                                                                       respect to fiscal year 2019 and each fiscal year thereafter, if
                                                                                       the Administrator determines that the amount of commitments
                                                                                       by the Administrator for general business loans authorized
                                                                                       under section 7(a) for a fiscal year could exceed the limit on
                                                                                       the total amount of commitments the Administrator may make
                                                                                       for those loans under this Act, an appropriations Act, or any
                                                                                       other provision of law, the Administrator may make commit-
                                                                                       ments for those loans for that fiscal year in an aggregate




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       amount equal to not more than 115 percent of that limit.
                                                                                         (2) NOTICE REQUIRED BEFORE EXERCISING AUTHORITY.—Not
                                                                                       later than 30 days before the date on which the Administrator




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00136   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  137

                                                                                       intends to exercise the authority under paragraph (1), the Ad-
                                                                                       ministrator shall submit notice of intent to exercise the author-
                                                                                       ity to—
                                                                                               (A) the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneur-
                                                                                            ship and the Subcommittee on Financial Services and Gen-
                                                                                            eral Government of the Committee on Appropriations of
                                                                                            the Senate; and
                                                                                               (B) the Committee on Small Business and the Sub-
                                                                                            committee on Financial Services and General Government
                                                                                            of the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Rep-
                                                                                            resentatives.
                                                                                          (3) LIMITATION.—The Administrator shall not exercise the
                                                                                       authority under paragraph (1) more than once during any fis-
                                                                                       cal year.
                                                                                    (h) MICROLOAN PROGRAM.—For each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                                  2025, the Administration is authorized to make—
                                                                                          (1) $80,000,000 in technical assistance grants, as provided in
                                                                                       section 7(m); and
                                                                                          (2) $110,000,000 in direct loans, as provided in section 7(m).
                                                                                    (i) SCORE PROGRAM.—There are authorized to be appropriated to
                                                                                  the Administrator to carry out the SCORE program authorized by
                                                                                  section 8(b)(1) such sums as are necessary for the Administrator to
                                                                                  make grants or enter into cooperative agreements in a total amount
                                                                                  that does not exceed $13,500,000 in each of fiscal years 2022 and
                                                                                  2023.
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *
                                                                                  SEC. 22. OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE.
                                                                                    (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—
                                                                                         (1) OFFICE.—There is established within the Administration
                                                                                       an Office of International Trade which shall implement the
                                                                                       programs pursuant to this section for the primary purposes of
                                                                                       increasing—
                                                                                               (A) the number of small business concerns that export;
                                                                                            and
                                                                                               (B) the volume of exports by small business concerns.
                                                                                          (2) ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR.—The head of the Office shall
                                                                                       be the Associate Administrator for International Trade, who
                                                                                       shall be responsible to the Administrator.
                                                                                     (b) TRADE DISTRIBUTION NETWORK.—The Associate Adminis-
                                                                                  trator, working in close cooperation with the Secretary of Com-
                                                                                  merce, the United States Trade Representative, the Secretary of
                                                                                  Agriculture, the Secretary of State, the President of the Export-Im-
                                                                                  port Bank of the United States, the President of the Overseas Pri-
                                                                                  vate Investment Corporation, Director of the United States Trade
                                                                                  and Development Agency, and other relevant Federal agencies,
                                                                                  small business development centers engaged in export promotion
                                                                                  efforts, Export Assistance Centers, regional and district offices of
                                                                                  the Administration, the small business community, and relevant
                                                                                  State and local export promotion programs, shall—
                                                                                          (1) maintain a distribution network, using regional and dis-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       trict offices of the Administration, the small business develop-
                                                                                       ment center network, networks of women’s business centers,
                                                                                       the øService Corps of Retired Executives¿ SCORE program au-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00137   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  138

                                                                                        thorized by section 8(b)(1), and Export Assistance Centers, for
                                                                                        programs relating to—
                                                                                                (A) trade promotion;
                                                                                                (B) trade finance;
                                                                                                (C) trade adjustment assistance;
                                                                                                (D) trade remedy assistance; and
                                                                                                (E) trade data collection;
                                                                                          (2) aggressively market the programs described in paragraph
                                                                                        (1) and disseminate information, including computerized mar-
                                                                                        keting data, to small business concerns on exporting trends,
                                                                                        market-specific growth, industry trends, and international
                                                                                        prospects for exports;
                                                                                          (3) promote export assistance programs through the district
                                                                                        and regional offices of the Administration, the small business
                                                                                        development center network, Export Assistance Centers, the
                                                                                        network of women’s business centers, chapters of the øService
                                                                                        Corps of Retired Executives¿ SCORE program, State and local
                                                                                        export promotion programs, and partners in the private sector;
                                                                                        and
                                                                                          (4) give preference in hiring or approving the transfer of any
                                                                                        employee into the Office or to a position described in sub-
                                                                                        section (c)(9) to otherwise qualified applicants who are fluent
                                                                                        in a language in addition to English, to—
                                                                                                (A) accompany small business concerns on foreign trade
                                                                                             missions; and
                                                                                                (B) translate documents, interpret conversations, and fa-
                                                                                             cilitate multilingual transactions, including by providing
                                                                                             referral lists for translation services, if required.
                                                                                     (c) PROMOTION OF SALES OPPORTUNITIES.—The Associate Admin-
                                                                                  istrator shall promote sales opportunities for small business goods
                                                                                  and services abroad. To accomplish this objective the office shall—
                                                                                          (1) establish annual goals for the Office relating to—
                                                                                                (A) enhancing the exporting capability of small business
                                                                                             concerns and small manufacturers;
                                                                                                (B) facilitating technology transfers;
                                                                                                (C) enhancing programs and services to assist small
                                                                                             business concerns and small manufacturers to compete ef-
                                                                                             fectively and efficiently in foreign markets;
                                                                                                (D) increasing the ability of small business concerns to
                                                                                             access capital; and
                                                                                                (E) disseminating information concerning Federal, State,
                                                                                             and private programs and initiatives;
                                                                                          (2) in cooperation with the Department of Commerce, other
                                                                                        relevant agencies, regional and local Administration offices, the
                                                                                        Small Business Development Center network, and State pro-
                                                                                        grams, develop a mechanism for—
                                                                                                (A) identifying subsectors of the small business commu-
                                                                                             nity with strong export potential;
                                                                                                (B) identifying areas of demand in foreign markets;
                                                                                                (C) prescreening foreign buyers for commercial and cred-
                                                                                             it purposes; and
                                                                                                (D) assisting in increasing international marketing by




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                             disseminating relevant information regarding market
                                                                                             leads, linking potential sellers and buyers, and catalyzing
                                                                                             the formation of joint ventures, where appropriate;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00138   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  139

                                                                                            (3) in cooperation with the Department of Commerce, ac-
                                                                                         tively assist small business concerns in forming and using ex-
                                                                                         port trading companies, export management companies and re-
                                                                                         search and development pools authorized under section 9 of
                                                                                         this Act;
                                                                                            (4) work in conjunction with other Federal agencies, regional
                                                                                         and district offices of the Administration, the small business
                                                                                         development center network, and the private sector to identify
                                                                                         and publicize translation services, including those available
                                                                                         through colleges and universities participating in the small
                                                                                         business development center program;
                                                                                            (5) work closely with the Department of Commerce and other
                                                                                         relevant Federal agencies to—
                                                                                                 (A) collect, analyze and periodically update relevant data
                                                                                              regarding the small business share of United States ex-
                                                                                              ports and the nature of State exports (including the pro-
                                                                                              duction of Gross State Product figures) and disseminate
                                                                                              that data to the public and to Congress;
                                                                                                 (B) make recommendations to the Secretary of Com-
                                                                                              merce and to Congress regarding revision of the North
                                                                                              American Industry Classification System codes to encom-
                                                                                              pass industries currently overlooked and to create North
                                                                                              American Industry Classification System codes for export
                                                                                              trading companies and export management companies;
                                                                                                 (C) improve the utility and accessibility of existing ex-
                                                                                              port promotion programs for small business concerns; and
                                                                                                 (D) increase the accessibility of the Export Trading Com-
                                                                                              pany contact facilitation service;
                                                                                            (6) make available to the small business community informa-
                                                                                         tion regarding conferences on exporting and international
                                                                                         trade sponsored by the public and private sector;
                                                                                            (7) provide small business concerns with access to up to date
                                                                                         and complete export information by—
                                                                                                 (A) making available, at the regional and district offices
                                                                                              of the Administration through cooperation with the De-
                                                                                              partment of Commerce, export information, including, but
                                                                                              not limited to, the worldwide information and trade system
                                                                                              and world trade data reports;
                                                                                                 (B) maintaining a list of financial institutions that fi-
                                                                                              nance export operations;
                                                                                                 (C) maintaining a directory of all Federal, regional,
                                                                                              State and private sector programs that provide export in-
                                                                                              formation and assistance to small business concerns; and
                                                                                                 (D) preparing and publishing such reports as it deter-
                                                                                              mines to be necessary concerning market conditions,
                                                                                              sources of financing, export promotion programs, and other
                                                                                              information pertaining to the needs of small business ex-
                                                                                              port firms so as to insure that the maximum information
                                                                                              is made available to small business concerns in a readily
                                                                                              usable form;
                                                                                            (8) encourage through cooperation with the Department of




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         Commerce, greater small business participation in trade fairs,
                                                                                         shows, missions, and other domestic and overseas export devel-
                                                                                         opment activities of the Department of Commerce;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00139   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  140

                                                                                            (9) facilitate decentralized delivery of export information and
                                                                                         assistance to small business concerns by assigning primary re-
                                                                                         sponsibility for export development to one individual in each
                                                                                         district office and providing each Administration regional office
                                                                                         with a full-time export development specialist, who shall—
                                                                                                 (A) assist small business concerns in obtaining export in-
                                                                                              formation and assistance from other Federal departments
                                                                                              and agencies;
                                                                                                 (B) maintain a directory of all programs which provide
                                                                                              export information and assistance to small business con-
                                                                                              cerns in the region;
                                                                                                 (C) encourage financial institutions to develop and ex-
                                                                                              pand programs for export financing;
                                                                                                 (D) provide advice to personnel of the Administration in-
                                                                                              volved in making loans, loan guarantees, and extensions
                                                                                              and revolving lines of credit, and providing other forms of
                                                                                              assistance to small business concerns engaged in exports;
                                                                                                 (E) within one hundred and eighty days of their appoint-
                                                                                              ment, participate in training programs designed by the Ad-
                                                                                              ministrator, in conjunction with the Department of Com-
                                                                                              merce and other Federal departments and agencies, to
                                                                                              study export programs and to examine the needs of small
                                                                                              business concerns for export information and assistance;
                                                                                                 (F) participate, jointly with employees of the Office, in
                                                                                              an annual training program that focuses on current small
                                                                                              business needs for exporting; and
                                                                                                 (G) develop and conduct training programs for exporters
                                                                                              and lenders, in cooperation with the Export Assistance
                                                                                              Centers, the Department of Commerce, the Department of
                                                                                              Agriculture, small business development centers, women’s
                                                                                              business centers, the Export-Import Bank of the United
                                                                                              States, the Overseas Private Investment Corporation, and
                                                                                              other relevant Federal agencies;
                                                                                            (10) make available on the website of the Administration the
                                                                                         name and contact information of each individual described in
                                                                                         paragraph (9);
                                                                                            (11) carry out a nationwide marketing effort using tech-
                                                                                         nology, online resources, training, and other strategies to pro-
                                                                                         mote exporting as a business development opportunity for
                                                                                         small business concerns;
                                                                                            (12) disseminate information to the small business commu-
                                                                                         nity through regional and district offices of the Administration,
                                                                                         the small business development center network, Export Assist-
                                                                                         ance Centers, the network of women’s business centers, chap-
                                                                                         ters of the øService Corps of Retired Executives¿ SCORE pro-
                                                                                         gram authorized by section 8(b)(1), State and local export pro-
                                                                                         motion programs, and partners in the private sector regarding
                                                                                         exporting trends, market-specific growth, industry trends, and
                                                                                         prospects for exporting; and
                                                                                            (13) establish and carry out training programs for the staff
                                                                                         of the regional and district offices of the Administration and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                         resource partners of the Administration on export promotion
                                                                                         and providing assistance relating to exports.
                                                                                       (d) EXPORT FINANCING PROGRAMS.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00140   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  141

                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—The Associate Administrator shall work in
                                                                                       cooperation with the Export-Import Bank of the United States,
                                                                                       the Department of Commerce, other relevant Federal agencies,
                                                                                       and the States to develop a program through which export spe-
                                                                                       cialists in the regional offices of the Administration, regional
                                                                                       and local loan officers, and Small Business Development Cen-
                                                                                       ter personnel can facilitate the access of small businesses to
                                                                                       relevant export financing programs of the Export-Import Bank
                                                                                       of the United States and to export and pre-export financing
                                                                                       programs available from the Administration and the private
                                                                                       sector.
                                                                                          (2) TRADE FINANCE SPECIALIST.—To accomplish the goal es-
                                                                                       tablished under paragraph (1), the Associate Administrator
                                                                                       shall—
                                                                                               (A) designate at least 1 individual within the Adminis-
                                                                                            tration as a trade finance specialist to oversee inter-
                                                                                            national loan programs and assist Administration employ-
                                                                                            ees with trade finance issues; and
                                                                                               (B) work in cooperation with the Export-Import Bank
                                                                                            and the small business community, including small busi-
                                                                                            ness trade associations, to—
                                                                                                   (i) aggressively market existing Administration ex-
                                                                                                 port financing and pre-export financing programs;
                                                                                                   (ii) identify financing available under various Ex-
                                                                                                 port-Import Bank programs, and aggressively market
                                                                                                 those programs to small businesses;
                                                                                                   (iii) assist in the development of financial inter-
                                                                                                 mediaries and facilitate the access of those inter-
                                                                                                 mediaries to existing financing programs;
                                                                                                   (iv) promote greater participation by private finan-
                                                                                                 cial institutions, particularly those institutions already
                                                                                                 participating in loan programs under this Act, in ex-
                                                                                                 port finance; and
                                                                                                   (v) provide for the participation of appropriate Ad-
                                                                                                 ministration personnel in training programs conducted
                                                                                                 by the Export-Import Bank.
                                                                                    (e) TRADE REMEDIES.—The Associate Administrator shall—
                                                                                          (1) work in cooperation with other Federal agencies and the
                                                                                       private sector to counsel small businesses with respect to initi-
                                                                                       ating and participating in any proceedings relating to the ad-
                                                                                       ministration of the United States trade laws; and
                                                                                          (2) work with the Department of Commerce, the Office of the
                                                                                       United States Trade Representative, and the International
                                                                                       Trade Commission to increase access to trade remedy pro-
                                                                                       ceedings for small businesses.
                                                                                    (f) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—The Associate Administrator shall
                                                                                  submit an annual report to the Committee on Small Business and
                                                                                  Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the Committee on Small Busi-
                                                                                  ness of the House of Representatives that contains—
                                                                                          (1) a description of the progress of the Office in imple-
                                                                                       menting the requirements of this section;
                                                                                          (2) a detailed account of the results of export growth activi-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       ties of the Administration, including the activities of each dis-
                                                                                       trict and regional office of the Administration, based on the
                                                                                       performance measures described in subsection (i);




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00141   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  142

                                                                                          (3) an estimate of the total number of jobs created or re-
                                                                                       tained as a result of export assistance provided by the Admin-
                                                                                       istration and resource partners of the Administration;
                                                                                          (4) for any travel by the staff of the Office, the destination
                                                                                       of such travel and the benefits to the Administration and to
                                                                                       small business concerns resulting from such travel; and
                                                                                          (5) a description of the participation by the Office in trade
                                                                                       negotiations.
                                                                                    (g) STUDIES.—The Associate Administrator, in cooperation, where
                                                                                  appropriate, with the Division of Economic Research of the Office
                                                                                  of Advocacy, and with other Federal agencies, shall undertake
                                                                                  studies regarding the following issues and shall report to the Com-
                                                                                  mittees on Small Business of the House of Representatives and the
                                                                                  Senate, and to other relevant Committees of the House and Senate
                                                                                  within 6 months after the date of enactment of the Small Business
                                                                                  International Trade and Competitiveness Act with specific rec-
                                                                                  ommendations on—
                                                                                          (1) the viability and cost of establishing an annual, competi-
                                                                                       tive small business export incentive program similar to the
                                                                                       Small Business Innovation Research program and alternative
                                                                                       methods of structuring such a program;
                                                                                          (2) methods of streamlining trade remedy proceedings to in-
                                                                                       crease access for, and reduce expenses incurred by, smaller
                                                                                       firms;
                                                                                          (3) methods of improving the current small business foreign
                                                                                       sales corporation tax incentives and providing small businesses
                                                                                       with greater benefits from this initiative;
                                                                                          (4) methods of identifying potential export markets for
                                                                                       United States small businesses; maintaining and dissemi-
                                                                                       nating current foreign market data; and devising a comprehen-
                                                                                       sive export marketing strategy for United States small busi-
                                                                                       ness goods and services, and shall include data on the volume
                                                                                       and dollar amount of goods and services, identified by type, im-
                                                                                       ported by United States trading partners over the past 10
                                                                                       years; and
                                                                                          (5) the results of a survey of major United States trading
                                                                                       partners to identify the domestic policies, programs and incen-
                                                                                       tives, and the private sector initiatives, which exist to encour-
                                                                                       age the formation and growth of small business.
                                                                                    (h) DISCHARGE OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE RESPONSIBILITIES OF
                                                                                  ADMINISTRATION.—The Administrator shall ensure that—
                                                                                          (1) the responsibilities of the Administration regarding inter-
                                                                                       national trade are carried out by the Associate Administrator;
                                                                                          (2) the Associate Administrator has sufficient resources to
                                                                                       carry out such responsibilities; and
                                                                                          (3) the Associate Administrator has direct supervision and
                                                                                       control over—
                                                                                               (A) the staff of the Office; and
                                                                                               (B) any employee of the Administration whose principal
                                                                                            duty station is an Export Assistance Center, or any suc-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                            cessor entity.
                                                                                    (i) EXPORT AND TRADE COUNSELING.—
                                                                                          (1) DEFINITION.—In this subsection—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00142   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  143

                                                                                                  (A) the term ‘‘lead small business development center’’
                                                                                               means a small business development center that has re-
                                                                                               ceived a grant from the Administration; and
                                                                                                  (B) the term ‘‘lead women’s business center’’ means a
                                                                                               women’s business center that has received a grant from
                                                                                               the Administration.
                                                                                             (2) CERTIFICATION PROGRAM.—The Administrator shall estab-
                                                                                          lish an export and trade counseling certification program to
                                                                                          certify employees of lead small business development centers
                                                                                          and lead women’s business centers in providing export assist-
                                                                                          ance to small business concerns.
                                                                                             (3) NUMBER OF CERTIFIED EMPLOYEES.—The Administrator
                                                                                          shall ensure that the number of employees of each lead small
                                                                                          business development center who are certified in providing ex-
                                                                                          port assistance is not less than the lesser of—
                                                                                                  (A) 5; or
                                                                                                  (B) 10 percent of the total number of employees of the
                                                                                               lead small business development center.
                                                                                             (4) REIMBURSEMENT FOR CERTIFICATION.—
                                                                                                  (A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to the availability of appro-
                                                                                               priations, the Administrator shall reimburse a lead small
                                                                                               business development center or a lead women’s business
                                                                                               center for costs relating to the certification of an employee
                                                                                               of the lead small business center or lead women’s business
                                                                                               center in providing export assistance under the program
                                                                                               established under paragraph (2).
                                                                                                  (B) LIMITATION.—The total amount reimbursed by the
                                                                                               Administrator under subparagraph (A) may not exceed
                                                                                               $350,000 in any fiscal year.
                                                                                       (j) PERFORMANCE MEASURES.—
                                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—The Associate Administrator shall develop
                                                                                          performance measures for the Administration to support export
                                                                                          growth goals for the activities of the Office under this section
                                                                                          that include—
                                                                                                  (A) the number of small business concerns that—
                                                                                                       (i) receive assistance from the Administration;
                                                                                                       (ii) had not exported goods or services before receiv-
                                                                                                    ing the assistance described in clause (i); and
                                                                                                       (iii) export goods or services;
                                                                                                  (B) the number of small business concerns receiving as-
                                                                                               sistance from the Administration that export goods or
                                                                                               services to a market outside the United States into which
                                                                                               the small business concern did not export before receiving
                                                                                               the assistance;
                                                                                                  (C) export revenues by small business concerns assisted
                                                                                               by programs of the Administration;
                                                                                                  (D) the number of small business concerns referred to an
                                                                                               Export Assistance Center or a small business development
                                                                                               center by the staff of the Office;
                                                                                                  (E) the number of small business concerns referred to
                                                                                               the Administration by an Export Assistance Center or a
                                                                                               small business development center; and




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                  (F) the number of small business concerns referred to
                                                                                               the Department of Commerce, the Department of Agri-
                                                                                               culture, the Department of State, the Export-Import Bank




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00143   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  144

                                                                                              of the United States, the Overseas Private Investment
                                                                                              Corporation, or the United States Trade and Development
                                                                                              Agency by the staff of the Office, an Export Assistance
                                                                                              Center, or a small business development center.
                                                                                            (2) JOINT PERFORMANCE MEASURES.—The Associate Adminis-
                                                                                         trator shall develop joint performance measures for the district
                                                                                         offices of the Administration and the Export Assistance Cen-
                                                                                         ters that include the number of export loans made under—
                                                                                                 (A) section 7(a)(16);
                                                                                                 (B) the Export Working Capital Program established
                                                                                              under section 7(a)(14);
                                                                                                 (C) the Preferred Lenders Program, as defined in section
                                                                                              7(a)(2)(C)(ii); and
                                                                                                 (D) the export express program established under sec-
                                                                                              tion 7(a)(34).
                                                                                            (3) CONSISTENCY OF TRACKING.—The Associate Adminis-
                                                                                         trator, in coordination with the departments and agencies that
                                                                                         are represented on the Trade Promotion Coordinating Com-
                                                                                         mittee established under section 2312 of the Export Enhance-
                                                                                         ment Act of 1988 (15 U.S.C. 4727) and the small business de-
                                                                                         velopment center network, shall develop a system to track ex-
                                                                                         ports by small business concerns, including information relat-
                                                                                         ing to the performance measures developed under paragraph
                                                                                         (1), that is consistent with systems used by the departments
                                                                                         and agencies and the network.
                                                                                       (k) EXPORT ASSISTANCE CENTERS.—
                                                                                            (1) EXPORT FINANCE SPECIALISTS.—
                                                                                                 (A) MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXPORT FINANCE SPECIAL-
                                                                                              ISTS.—On and after the date that is 90 days after the date
                                                                                              of enactment of this subsection, the Administrator, in co-
                                                                                              ordination with the Secretary of Commerce, shall ensure
                                                                                              that the number of export finance specialists is not less
                                                                                              than the number of such employees so assigned on Janu-
                                                                                              ary 1, 2003.
                                                                                                 (B) EXPORT FINANCE SPECIALISTS ASSIGNED TO EACH RE-
                                                                                              GION OF THE ADMINISTRATION.—On and after the date that
                                                                                              is 2 years after the date of enactment of this subsection,
                                                                                              the Administrator, in coordination with the Secretary of
                                                                                              Commerce, shall ensure that there are not fewer than 3
                                                                                              export finance specialists in each region of the Administra-
                                                                                              tion.
                                                                                            (2) PLACEMENT OF EXPORT FINANCE SPECIALISTS.—
                                                                                                 (A) PRIORITY.—The Administrator shall give priority, to
                                                                                              the maximum extent practicable, to placing employees of
                                                                                              the Administration at any Export Assistance Center that—
                                                                                                      (i) had an Administration employee assigned to the
                                                                                                   Export Assistance Center before January 2003; and
                                                                                                      (ii) has not had an Administration employee as-
                                                                                                   signed to the Export Assistance Center during the pe-
                                                                                                   riod beginning January 2003, and ending on the date
                                                                                                   of enactment of this subsection, either through retire-




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                   ment or reassignment.
                                                                                                 (B) NEEDS OF EXPORTERS.—The Administrator shall, to
                                                                                              the maximum extent practicable, strategically assign Ad-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00144   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  145

                                                                                               ministration employees to Export Assistance Centers,
                                                                                               based on the needs of exporters.
                                                                                                  (C) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this subsection
                                                                                               may be construed to require the Administrator to reassign
                                                                                               or remove an export finance specialist who is assigned to
                                                                                               an Export Assistance Center on the date of enactment of
                                                                                               this subsection.
                                                                                             (3) GOALS.—The Associate Administrator shall work with the
                                                                                          Department of Commerce, the Export-Import Bank of the
                                                                                          United States, and the Overseas Private Investment Corpora-
                                                                                          tion to establish shared annual goals for the Export Assistance
                                                                                          Centers.
                                                                                             (4) OVERSIGHT.—The Associate Administrator shall designate
                                                                                          an individual within the Administration to oversee all activi-
                                                                                          ties conducted by Administration employees assigned to Export
                                                                                          Assistance Centers.
                                                                                       (l) STATE TRADE EXPANSION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                             (1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection—
                                                                                                  (A) the term ‘‘eligible small business concern’’ means a
                                                                                               business concern that—
                                                                                                       (i) is organized or incorporated in the United States;
                                                                                                       (ii) is operating in the United States;
                                                                                                       (iii) meets—
                                                                                                             (I) the applicable industry-based small business
                                                                                                          size standard established under section 3; or
                                                                                                             (II) the alternate size standard applicable to the
                                                                                                          program under section 7(a) of this Act and the
                                                                                                          loan programs under title V of the Small Business
                                                                                                          Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 695 et seq.);
                                                                                                       (iv) has been in business for not less than 1 year, as
                                                                                                    of the date on which assistance using a grant under
                                                                                                    this subsection commences; and
                                                                                                       (v) has access to sufficient resources to bear the
                                                                                                    costs associated with trade, including the costs of
                                                                                                    packing, shipping, freight forwarding, and customs
                                                                                                    brokers;
                                                                                                  (B) the term ‘‘program’’ means the State Trade Expan-
                                                                                               sion Program established under paragraph (2);
                                                                                                  (C) the term ‘‘rural small business concern’’ means an el-
                                                                                               igible small business concern located in a rural area, as
                                                                                               that term is defined in section 1393(a)(2) of the Internal
                                                                                               Revenue Code of 1986;
                                                                                                  (D) the term ‘‘socially and economically disadvantaged
                                                                                               small business concern’’ has the meaning given that term
                                                                                               in section 8(a)(4)(A) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                               637(a)(4)(A)); and
                                                                                                  (E) the term ‘‘State’’ means each of the several States,
                                                                                               the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
                                                                                               Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Commonwealth of the
                                                                                               Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.
                                                                                             (2) ESTABLISHMENT OF PROGRAM.—The Associate Adminis-
                                                                                          trator shall establish a trade expansion program, to be known




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                          as the ‘‘State Trade Expansion Program’’, to make grants to
                                                                                          States to carry out programs that assist eligible small business
                                                                                          concerns in—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00145   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  146

                                                                                                 (A) participation in foreign trade missions;
                                                                                                 (B) a subscription to services provided by the Depart-
                                                                                              ment of Commerce;
                                                                                                 (C) the payment of website fees;
                                                                                                 (D) the design of marketing media;
                                                                                                 (E) a trade show exhibition;
                                                                                                 (F) participation in training workshops;
                                                                                                 (G) a reverse trade mission;
                                                                                                 (H) procurement of consultancy services (after consulta-
                                                                                              tion with the Department of Commerce to avoid duplica-
                                                                                              tion); or
                                                                                                 (I) any other initiative determined appropriate by the
                                                                                              Associate Administrator.
                                                                                            (3) GRANTS.—
                                                                                                 (A) JOINT REVIEW.—In carrying out the program, the As-
                                                                                              sociate Administrator may make a grant to a State to in-
                                                                                              crease the number of eligible small business concerns in
                                                                                              the State exploring significant new trade opportunities.
                                                                                                 (B) CONSIDERATIONS.—In making grants under this sub-
                                                                                              section, the Associate Administrator may give priority to
                                                                                              an application by a State that proposes a program that—
                                                                                                       (i) focuses on eligible small business concerns as
                                                                                                    part of a trade expansion program;
                                                                                                       (ii) demonstrates intent to promote trade expansion
                                                                                                    by—
                                                                                                             (I) socially and economically disadvantaged
                                                                                                          small business concerns;
                                                                                                             (II) small business concerns owned or controlled
                                                                                                          by women; and
                                                                                                             (III) rural small business concerns;
                                                                                                       (iii) promotes trade facilitation from a State that is
                                                                                                    not 1 of the 10 States with the highest percentage of
                                                                                                    eligible small business concerns that are engaged in
                                                                                                    international trade, based upon the most recent data
                                                                                                    from the Department of Commerce; and
                                                                                                       (iv) includes—
                                                                                                             (I) activities which have resulted in the highest
                                                                                                          return on investment based on the most recent
                                                                                                          year; and
                                                                                                             (II) the adoption of shared best practices in-
                                                                                                          cluded in the annual report of the Administration.
                                                                                                 (C) LIMITATIONS.—
                                                                                                       (i) SINGLE APPLICATION.—A State may not submit
                                                                                                    more than 1 application for a grant under the program
                                                                                                    in any 1 fiscal year.
                                                                                                       (ii) PROPORTION OF AMOUNTS.—The total value of
                                                                                                    grants made under the program during a fiscal year to
                                                                                                    the 10 States with the highest percentage of eligible
                                                                                                    small business concerns, based upon the most recent
                                                                                                    data available from the Department of Commerce,
                                                                                                    shall be not more than 40 percent of the amounts ap-
                                                                                                    propriated for the program for that fiscal year.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                       (iii) DURATION.—The Associate Administrator shall
                                                                                                    award a grant under this program for a period of not
                                                                                                    more than 2 years.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00146   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  147

                                                                                                (D) APPLICATION.—
                                                                                                     (i) IN GENERAL.—A State desiring a grant under the
                                                                                                  program shall submit an application at such time, in
                                                                                                  such manner, and accompanied by such information as
                                                                                                  the Associate Administrator may establish.
                                                                                                     (ii) CONSULTATION TO REDUCE DUPLICATION.—A
                                                                                                  State desiring a grant under the program shall—
                                                                                                           (I) before submitting an application under
                                                                                                        clause (i), consult with applicable trade agencies
                                                                                                        of the Federal Government on the scope and mis-
                                                                                                        sion of the activities the State proposes to carry
                                                                                                        out using the grant, to ensure proper coordination
                                                                                                        and reduce duplication in services; and
                                                                                                           (II) document the consultation conducted under
                                                                                                        subclause (I) in the application submitted under
                                                                                                        clause (i).
                                                                                           (4) COMPETITIVE BASIS.—The Associate Administrator shall
                                                                                         award grants under the program on a competitive basis.
                                                                                           (5) FEDERAL SHARE.—The Federal share of the cost of a trade
                                                                                         expansion program carried out using a grant under the pro-
                                                                                         gram shall be—
                                                                                                (A) for a State that has a high trade volume, as deter-
                                                                                             mined by the Associate Administrator, not more than 65
                                                                                             percent; and
                                                                                                (B) for a State that does not have a high trade volume,
                                                                                             as determined by the Associate Administrator, not more
                                                                                             than 75 percent.
                                                                                           (6) NON-FEDERAL SHARE.—The non-Federal share of the cost
                                                                                         of a trade expansion program carried out using a grant under
                                                                                         the program shall be comprised of not less than 50 percent
                                                                                         cash and not more than 50 percent of indirect costs and in-kind
                                                                                         contributions, except that no such costs or contributions may
                                                                                         be derived from funds from any other Federal program.
                                                                                           (7) REPORTS.—
                                                                                                (A) INITIAL REPORT.—Not later than 120 days after the
                                                                                             date of enactment of this subsection, the Associate Admin-
                                                                                             istrator shall submit to the Committee on Small Business
                                                                                             and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the Committee on
                                                                                             Small Business of the House of Representatives a report,
                                                                                             which shall include—
                                                                                                     (i) a description of the structure of and procedures
                                                                                                  for the program;
                                                                                                     (ii) a management plan for the program; and
                                                                                                     (iii) a description of the merit-based review process
                                                                                                  to be used in the program.
                                                                                                (B) ANNUAL REPORTS.—
                                                                                                     (i) IN GENERAL.—The Associate Administrator shall
                                                                                                  publish on the website of the Administration an an-
                                                                                                  nual report regarding the program, which shall in-
                                                                                                  clude—
                                                                                                           (I) the number and amount of grants made
                                                                                                        under the program during the preceding year;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                           (II) a list of the States receiving a grant under
                                                                                                        the program during the preceding year, including
                                                                                                        the activities being performed with each grant;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00147   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  148

                                                                                                            (III) the effect of each grant on the eligible
                                                                                                         small business concerns in the State receiving the
                                                                                                         grant;
                                                                                                            (IV) the total return on investment for each
                                                                                                         State; and
                                                                                                            (V) a description of best practices by States that
                                                                                                         showed high returns on investment and signifi-
                                                                                                         cant progress in helping more eligible small busi-
                                                                                                         ness concerns.
                                                                                                      (ii) NOTICE TO CONGRESS.—On the date on which the
                                                                                                   Associate Administrator publishes a report under
                                                                                                   clause (i), the Associate Administrator shall notify the
                                                                                                   Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship
                                                                                                   of the Senate and the Committee on Small Business of
                                                                                                   the House of Representatives that the report has been
                                                                                                   published.
                                                                                           (8) REVIEWS BY INSPECTOR GENERAL.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—The Inspector General of the Adminis-
                                                                                              tration shall conduct a review of—
                                                                                                      (i) the extent to which recipients of grants under the
                                                                                                   program are measuring the performance of the activi-
                                                                                                   ties being conducted and the results of the measure-
                                                                                                   ments; and
                                                                                                      (ii) the overall management and effectiveness of the
                                                                                                   program.
                                                                                                 (B) REPORTS.—
                                                                                                      (i) PILOT PROGRAM.—Not later than 6 months after
                                                                                                   the date of enactment of this subsection, the Inspector
                                                                                                   General of the Administration shall submit to the
                                                                                                   Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship
                                                                                                   of the Senate and the Committee on Small Business of
                                                                                                   the House of Representatives a report regarding the
                                                                                                   use of amounts made available under the State Trade
                                                                                                   and Export Promotion Grant Program under section
                                                                                                   1207 of the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 (15
                                                                                                   U.S.C. 649b note).
                                                                                                      (ii) NEW STEP PROGRAM.—Not later than 18 months
                                                                                                   after the date on which the first grant is awarded
                                                                                                   under this subsection, the Inspector General of the Ad-
                                                                                                   ministration shall submit to the Committee on Small
                                                                                                   Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the
                                                                                                   Committee on Small Business of the House of Rep-
                                                                                                   resentatives a report regarding the review conducted
                                                                                                   under subparagraph (A).
                                                                                           (9) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                                         to be appropriated to carry out the program $30,000,000 for
                                                                                         each of fiscal years 2016 through 2020.
                                                                                       (m) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                           (1) the term ‘‘Associate Administrator’’ means the Associate
                                                                                         Administrator for International Trade described in subsection
                                                                                         (a)(2);




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                           (2) the term ‘‘Export Assistance Center’’ means a one-stop
                                                                                         shop for United States exporters established by the United
                                                                                         States and Foreign Commercial Service of the Department of




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00148   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  149

                                                                                         Commerce pursuant to section 2301(b)(8) of the Omnibus
                                                                                         Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 (15 U.S.C. 4721(b)(8));
                                                                                           (3) the term ‘‘export finance specialist’’ means a full-time
                                                                                         equivalent employee of the Office assigned to an Export Assist-
                                                                                         ance Center to carry out the duties described in subsection (e);
                                                                                         and
                                                                                           (4) the term ‘‘Office’’ means the Office of International Trade
                                                                                         established under subsection (a)(1).
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *

                                                                                                    SECTION 707 OF THE SMALL BUSINESS
                                                                                                      REAUTHORIZATION ACT OF 1997
                                                                                  SEC. 707. ENTREPRENEURIAL TRAINING, COUNSELING, AND MANAGE-
                                                                                              MENT ASSISTANCE.
                                                                                     The Administrator shall take such actions as may be necessary
                                                                                  to ensure that small business concerns owned and controlled by eli-
                                                                                  gible veterans have access to programs established under the Small
                                                                                  Business Act that provide entrepreneurial training, business devel-
                                                                                  opment assistance, counseling, and management assistance to
                                                                                  small business concerns, including, among others, the Small Busi-
                                                                                  ness Development Center program and the øService Corps of Re-
                                                                                  tired Executives (SCORE) program¿ SCORE program (as defined
                                                                                  in section 8(c)(1) of the Small Business Act).

                                                                                  VETERANS ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS
                                                                                             DEVELOPMENT ACT OF 1999
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *

                                                                                        TITLE III—TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                                                                                  SEC. 301. SCORE PROGRAM.
                                                                                    (a) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator of the Small Business Ad-
                                                                                  ministration shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with
                                                                                  the øService Core of Retired Executives¿ SCORE program (de-
                                                                                  scribed in section 8(b)(1)(B) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                  637(b)(1)(B)) and in this section referred to as ‘‘SCORE’’) to provide
                                                                                  for the following:
                                                                                         (1) The appointment by SCORE in its national office of an
                                                                                       individual to act as National Veterans Business Coordinator,
                                                                                       whose duties shall relate exclusively to veterans business mat-
                                                                                       ters, and who shall be responsible for the establishment and
                                                                                       administration of a program to coordinate counseling and
                                                                                       training regarding entrepreneurship to veterans through the
                                                                                       chapters of SCORE throughout the United States.
                                                                                         (2) The assistance of SCORE in the establishing and main-
                                                                                       taining a toll-free telephone number and an Internet website
                                                                                       to provide access for veterans to information about the coun-
                                                                                       seling and training regarding entrepreneurship available to




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                       veterans through SCORE.
                                                                                         (3) The collection of statistics concerning services provided by
                                                                                       SCORE to veterans, including service-disabled veterans, for in-




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00149   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  150

                                                                                      clusion in each annual report published by the Administrator
                                                                                      under section 4(b)(2)(B) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                      633(b)(2)(B)).
                                                                                    (b) RESOURCES.—The Administrator shall provide to SCORE
                                                                                  such resources as the Administrator determines necessary for
                                                                                  SCORE to carry out the requirements of the memorandum of un-
                                                                                  derstanding specified in paragraph (1).
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *


                                                                                   MILITARY RESERVIST AND VETERAN SMALL BUSINESS
                                                                                    REAUTHORIZATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2008

                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *
                                                                                  SEC. 3. DEFINITIONS.
                                                                                       In this Act—
                                                                                           (1) the term ‘‘activated’’ means receiving an order placing a
                                                                                         Reservist on active duty;
                                                                                           (2) the term ‘‘active duty’’ has the meaning given that term
                                                                                         in section 101 of title 10, United States Code;
                                                                                           (3) the terms ‘‘Administration’’ and ‘‘Administrator’’ mean
                                                                                         the Small Business Administration and the Administrator
                                                                                         thereof, respectively;
                                                                                           (4) the term ‘‘Reservist’’ means a member of a reserve compo-
                                                                                         nent of the Armed Forces, as described in section 10101 of title
                                                                                         10, United States Code;
                                                                                           (5) the term ‘‘Service Corps of Retired Executives’’ means
                                                                                         øthe Service Corps of Retired Executives¿ the SCORE program
                                                                                         authorized by section 8(b)(1) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                         U.S.C. 637(b)(1));
                                                                                           (6) the terms ‘‘service-disabled veteran’’ and ‘‘small business
                                                                                         concern’’ have the meaning as in section 3 of the Small Busi-
                                                                                         ness Act (15 U.S.C. 632);
                                                                                           (7) the term ‘‘small business development center’’ means a
                                                                                         small business development center described in section 21 of
                                                                                         the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 648); and
                                                                                           (8) the term ‘‘women’s business center’’ means a women’s
                                                                                         business center described in section 29 of the Small Business
                                                                                         Act (15 U.S.C. 656).
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *


                                                                                             CHILDREN’S HEALTH INSURANCE PROGRAM
                                                                                                  REAUTHORIZATION ACT OF 2009

                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *

                                                                                       TITLE VI—PROGRAM INTEGRITY AND
                                                                                       OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00150   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  151

                                                                                                    Subtitle C—Other Provisions
                                                                                  SEC. 621. OUTREACH REGARDING HEALTH INSURANCE OPTIONS
                                                                                             AVAILABLE TO CHILDREN.
                                                                                    (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                            (1) the terms ‘‘Administration’’ and ‘‘Administrator’’ means
                                                                                         the Small Business Administration and the Administrator
                                                                                         thereof, respectively;
                                                                                            (2) the term ‘‘certified development company’’ means a devel-
                                                                                         opment company participating in the program under title V of
                                                                                         the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 695 et
                                                                                         seq.);
                                                                                            (3) the term ‘‘Medicaid program’’ means the program estab-
                                                                                         lished under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                         1396 et seq.);
                                                                                            ø(4) the term ‘‘Service Corps of Retired Executives’’ means
                                                                                         the Service Corps of Retired Executives authorized by section
                                                                                         8(b)(1) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(b)(1));¿
                                                                                            (4) the term ‘‘SCORE program’’ means the SCORE program
                                                                                         authorized by section 8(b)(1)(B) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                         U.S.C. 637(b)(1)(B));
                                                                                            (5) the term ‘‘small business concern’’ has the meaning given
                                                                                         that term in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                         632);
                                                                                            (6) the term ‘‘small business development center’’ means a
                                                                                         small business development center described in section 21 of
                                                                                         the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 648);
                                                                                            (7) the term ‘‘State’’ has the meaning given that term for
                                                                                         purposes of title XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                         1397aa et seq.);
                                                                                            (8) the term ‘‘State Children’s Health Insurance Program’’
                                                                                         means the State Children’s Health Insurance Program estab-
                                                                                         lished under title XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                         1397aa et seq.);
                                                                                            (9) the term ‘‘task force’’ means the task force established
                                                                                         under subsection (b)(1); and
                                                                                            (10) the term ‘‘women’s business center’’ means a women’s
                                                                                         business center described in section 29 of the Small Business
                                                                                         Act (15 U.S.C. 656).
                                                                                       (b) ESTABLISHMENT OF TASK FORCE.—
                                                                                            (1) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established a task force to
                                                                                         conduct a nationwide campaign of education and outreach for
                                                                                         small business concerns regarding the availability of coverage
                                                                                         for children through private insurance options, the Medicaid
                                                                                         program, and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program.
                                                                                            (2) MEMBERSHIP.—The task force shall consist of the Admin-
                                                                                         istrator, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Sec-
                                                                                         retary of Labor, and the Secretary of the Treasury.
                                                                                            (3) RESPONSIBILITIES.—The campaign conducted under this
                                                                                         subsection shall include—
                                                                                                 (A) efforts to educate the owners of small business con-
                                                                                              cerns about the value of health coverage for children;




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                                 (B) information regarding options available to the own-
                                                                                              ers and employees of small business concerns to make in-
                                                                                              surance more affordable, including Federal and State tax




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00151   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  152

                                                                                              deductions and credits for health care-related expenses
                                                                                              and health insurance expenses and Federal tax exclusion
                                                                                              for health insurance options available under employer-
                                                                                              sponsored cafeteria plans under section 125 of the Internal
                                                                                              Revenue Code of 1986;
                                                                                                 (C) efforts to educate the owners of small business con-
                                                                                              cerns about assistance available through public programs;
                                                                                              and
                                                                                                 (D) efforts to educate the owners and employees of small
                                                                                              business concerns regarding the availability of the hotline
                                                                                              operated as part of the Insure Kids Now program of the
                                                                                              Department of Health and Human Services.
                                                                                           (4) IMPLEMENTATION.—In carrying out this subsection, the
                                                                                         task force may—
                                                                                                 (A) use any business partner of the Administration, in-
                                                                                              cluding—
                                                                                                      (i) a small business development center;
                                                                                                      (ii) a certified development company;
                                                                                                      (iii) a women’s business center; and
                                                                                                      (iv) the øService Corps of Retired Executives¿
                                                                                                   SCORE program;
                                                                                                 (B) enter into—
                                                                                                      (i) a memorandum of understanding with a chamber
                                                                                                   of commerce; and
                                                                                                      (ii) a partnership with any appropriate small busi-
                                                                                                   ness concern or health advocacy group; and
                                                                                                 (C) designate outreach programs at regional offices of
                                                                                              the Department of Health and Human Services to work
                                                                                              with district offices of the Administration.
                                                                                           (5) WEBSITE.—The Administrator shall ensure that links to
                                                                                         information on the eligibility and enrollment requirements for
                                                                                         the Medicaid program and State Children’s Health Insurance
                                                                                         Program of each State are prominently displayed on the
                                                                                         website of the Administration.
                                                                                           (6) REPORT.—
                                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 2 years after the date
                                                                                              of enactment of this Act, and every 2 years thereafter, the
                                                                                              Administrator shall submit to the Committee on Small
                                                                                              Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate and the
                                                                                              Committee on Small Business of the House of Representa-
                                                                                              tives a report on the status of the nationwide campaign
                                                                                              conducted under paragraph (1).
                                                                                                 (B) CONTENTS.—Each report submitted under subpara-
                                                                                              graph (A) shall include a status update on all efforts made
                                                                                              to educate owners and employees of small business con-
                                                                                              cerns on options for providing health insurance for chil-
                                                                                              dren through public and private alternatives.
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                               ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT

                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00152   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  153

                                                                                                  TITLE III—IMPROVING ENERGY EFFICIENCY
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *
                                                                                         PART B—ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER
                                                                                                 PRODUCTS OTHER THAN AUTOMOBILES
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *
                                                                                                                    CONSUMER EDUCATION
                                                                                     SEC. 337. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, in close coopera-
                                                                                  tion and coordination with the Commission and appropriate indus-
                                                                                  try trade associations and industry members, including retailers,
                                                                                  and interested consumer and environmental organizations, carry
                                                                                  out a program to educate consumers and other persons with re-
                                                                                  spect to—
                                                                                          (1) the significance of estimated annual operating costs;
                                                                                          (2) the way in which comparative shopping, including com-
                                                                                        parisons of estimated annual operating costs, can save energy
                                                                                        for the Nation and money for consumers; and
                                                                                          (3) such other matters as the Secretary determines may en-
                                                                                        courage the conservation of energy in the use of consumer
                                                                                        products.
                                                                                  Such steps to educate consumers may include publications, audio-
                                                                                  visual presentations, demonstrations, and the sponsorship of na-
                                                                                  tional and regional conferences involving manufacturers, distribu-
                                                                                  tors, retailers, and consumers, and State, local, and Federal Gov-
                                                                                  ernment representatives. Nothing in this section may be construed
                                                                                  to require the compilation of lists which compare the estimated an-
                                                                                  nual operating costs of consumer products by model or manufactur-
                                                                                  er’s name.
                                                                                     (b) STATE AND LOCAL INCENTIVE PROGRAMS.—(1) The Secretary
                                                                                  shall, not later than one year after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                  this subsection, issue recommendations to the States for estab-
                                                                                  lishing State and local incentive programs designed to encourage
                                                                                  the acceleration of voluntary replacement, by consumers, of exist-
                                                                                  ing showerheads, faucets, water closets, and urinals with those
                                                                                  products that meet the standards established for such products
                                                                                  pursuant to subsections (j) and (k) of section 325.
                                                                                     (2) In developing such recommendations, the Secretary shall con-
                                                                                  sult with the heads of other federal agencies, including the Admin-
                                                                                  istrator of the Environmental Protection Agency; State officials;
                                                                                  manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of plumbing products; and
                                                                                  other interested parties.
                                                                                     (c) HVAC MAINTENANCE.—(1) To ensure that installed air condi-
                                                                                  tioning and heating systems operate at maximum rated efficiency
                                                                                  levels, the Secretary shall, not later than 180 days after the date
                                                                                  of enactment of this subsection, carry out a program to educate
                                                                                  homeowners and small business owners concerning the energy sav-
                                                                                  ings from properly conducted maintenance of air conditioning, heat-
                                                                                  ing, and ventilating systems.
                                                                                     (2) The Secretary shall carry out the program under paragraph




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING
                                                                                  (1), on a cost-shared basis, in cooperation with the Administrator
                                                                                  of the Environmental Protection Agency and any other entities that
                                                                                  the Secretary determines to be appropriate, including industry




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00153   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  154

                                                                                  trade associations, industry members, and energy efficiency organi-
                                                                                  zations.
                                                                                     (d) SMALL BUSINESS EDUCATION AND ASSISTANCE.—(1) The Ad-
                                                                                  ministrator of the Small Business Administration, in consultation
                                                                                  with the Secretary and the Administrator of the Environmental
                                                                                  Protection Agency, shall develop and coordinate a Government-
                                                                                  wide program, building on the Energy Star for Small Business Pro-
                                                                                  gram, to assist small businesses in—
                                                                                          (A) becoming more energy efficient;
                                                                                          (B) understanding the cost savings from improved energy ef-
                                                                                       ficiency;
                                                                                          (C) understanding and accessing Federal procurement oppor-
                                                                                       tunities with regard to Energy Star technologies and products;
                                                                                       and
                                                                                          (D) identifying financing options for energy efficiency up-
                                                                                       grades.
                                                                                     (2) The Secretary, the Administrator of the Environmental Pro-
                                                                                  tection Agency, and the Administrator of the Small Business Ad-
                                                                                  ministration shall—
                                                                                          (A) make program information available to small business
                                                                                       concerns directly through the district offices and resource part-
                                                                                       ners of the Small Business Administration, including small
                                                                                       business development centers, women’s business centers, and
                                                                                       the øService Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE)¿ SCORE
                                                                                       program, and through other Federal agencies, including the
                                                                                       Federal Emergency Management Agency and the Department
                                                                                       of Agriculture; and
                                                                                          (B) coordinate assistance with the Secretary of Commerce for
                                                                                       manufacturing-related efforts, including the Manufacturing Ex-
                                                                                       tension Partnership Program.
                                                                                     (3) The Secretary, on a cost shared basis in cooperation with the
                                                                                  Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, shall pro-
                                                                                  vide to the Small Business Administration all advertising, mar-
                                                                                  keting, and other written materials necessary for the dissemination
                                                                                  of information under paragraph (2).
                                                                                     (4) The Secretary, the Administrator of the Environmental Pro-
                                                                                  tection Agency, and the Administrator of the Small Business Ad-
                                                                                  ministration, as part of the outreach to small business concerns
                                                                                  under the Energy Star Program for Small Business Program, may
                                                                                  enter into cooperative agreements with qualified resources partners
                                                                                  (including the National Center for Appropriate Technology) to es-
                                                                                  tablish, maintain, and promote a Small Business Energy Clearing-
                                                                                  house (in this subsection referred to as the ‘‘Clearinghouse’’).
                                                                                     (5) The Secretary, the Administrator of the Environmental Pro-
                                                                                  tection Agency, and the Administrator of the Small Business Ad-
                                                                                  ministration shall ensure that the Clearinghouse provides a cen-
                                                                                  tralized resource where small business concerns may access, tele-
                                                                                  phonically and electronically, technical information and advice to
                                                                                  help increase energy efficiency and reduce energy costs.




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00154   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6602   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257
                                                                                                                                  155

                                                                                    (6) There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as are
                                                                                  necessary to carry out this subsection, to remain available until ex-
                                                                                  pended.
                                                                                              *           *            *              *           *          *          *

                                                                                                                                      Æ




rfrederick on DSKBCBPHB2PROD with HEARING



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   04:55 Mar 08, 2022   Jkt 029006   PO 00000   Frm 00155   Fmt 6659   Sfmt 6611   E:\HR\OC\HR257.XXX   HR257


File and source

File
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt257_crpt-117hrpt257.pdf
Size
974,243 bytes
SHA-256
e0e43807714f291b450e4ecf8798f3a495ea411f794e4b4be3896bcb1bf87a97
Our copy
CRPT_crpt-117hrpt257_crpt-117hrpt257.pdf
Original
www.govinfo.gov
Back to top